Tag Archives: Satanism

Satanic Subversion of the U.S. Military

by Jeffrey Steinberg

This article appears in the August 26, 2005 issue of Executive Intelligence Review. Reprinted from EIR, July 2, 1999.

On Feb. 5, 1999, in U.S. District Court in Lincoln, Nebraska, an extraordinary hearing occurred in Paul A. Bonacci v. Lawrence E. King, a civil action in which the plaintiff charged that he had been ritualistically abused by the defendant, as part of a nationwide pedophile ring linked to powerful political figures in Washington, and to elements of the U.S. military and intelligence establishment. Three weeks later, on Feb. 27, Judge Warren K. Urbom ordered King, who is currently in Federal prison, to pay $1 million in damages to Bonacci, in what Bonacci’s attorney John DeCamp said was a clear signal that “the evidence presented was credible.”

During the Feb. 5 hearing, Noreen Gosch stunned the court with sworn testimony linking U.S. Army Lt. Col. Michael Aquino (ret.) to the nationwide pedophile ring. Her son, Johnny, then 12 years old, was kidnapped off the streets of West Des Moines, Iowa, on Sept. 5, 1982, while he was doing his early-morning newspaper deliveries. Since his kidnapping, she has devoted all of her time and resources to finding her son, and to exposing the dangers that millions of children in America face from this hideous, literally Satanic underground of ritualistic deviants.

Aquino: Pentagram poster boy

“We have investigated, we have talked to, so far, 35 victims of this said organization that took my son and is responsible for what happened to Paul, and they can verify everything that has happened,” she told the court.

“What this story involves is an elaborate function, I will say, that was an offshoot of a government program. The MK-Ultra program was developed in the 1950s by the CIA. It was used to help spy on other countries during the Cold War because they felt that the other countries were spying on us.

“It was very successful. They could do it very well.”

Then, the Aquino bombshell: “Well, then there was a man by the name of Michael Aquino. He was in the military. He had top Pentagon clearances. He was a pedophile. He was a Satanist. He’s founded the Temple of Set. And he was a close friend of Anton LaVey. The two of them were very active in ritualistic sexual abuse. And they deferred funding from this government program to use [in] this experimentation on children.

“Where they deliberately split off the personalities of these children into multiples, so that when they’re questioned or put under oath or questioned under lie detector, that unless the operator knows how to question a multiple-personality disorder, they turn up with no evidence.”

She continued: “They used these kids to sexually compromise politicians or anyone else they wish to have control of. This sounds so far out and so bizarre I had trouble accepting it in the beginning myself until I was presented with the data. We have the proof. In black and white.”

Under questioning from DeCamp, Gosch reported: “I know that Michael Aquino has been in Iowa. I know that Michael Aquino has been to Offutt Air Force Base [a Strategic Air Command base, near Omaha, which was linked to King’s activities]. I know that he has had contact with many of these children.”

Paul Bonacci, who was simultaneously a victim and a member of the nationwide pedophile crime syndicate, has subsequently identified Aquino as the man who ordered the kidnapping of Johnny Gosch. In his Feb. 5 testimony, Bonacci referred to the mastermind of the Gosch abduction as “the Colonel.”

A second witness who testified at the Feb. 5 hearing, Rusty Nelson, was King’s personal photographer. He later described to EIR another incident which linked King to Aquino, while the Army special forces officer was still on active reserve duty. Some time in the late 1980s, Nelson was with King at a posh hotel in downtown Minneapolis, when he personally saw King turn over a suitcase full of cash and bearer-bonds to “the Colonel,” whom he later positively identified as Aquino. According to Nelson, King told him that the suitcase of cash and bonds was earmarked for the Nicaraguan Contras, and that “the Colonel” was part of the covert Contra support apparatus, otherwise associated with Lt. Col. Oliver North, Vice President George Bush, and the “secret parallel government” that they ran from the White House.

Just who is Lt. Col. Michael Aquino (ret.), and what does the evidence revealed in a Nebraska court hearing say about the current state of affairs inside the U.S. military? Is the Aquino case some kind of weird aberration that slipped off the Pentagon radar screen?

Not in the least.

Aquino, Satan, and the U.S. Military

Throughout much of the 1980s, Aquino was at the center of a controversy involving the Pentagon’s acquiescence to outright Satanic practices inside the military services. Aquino was also a prime suspect in a series of pedophile scandals involving the sexual abuse of hundreds of children, including the children of military personnel serving at the Presidio U.S. Army station in the San Francisco Bay Area. Furthermore, even as Aquino was being investigated by Army Criminal Investigation Division officers for involvement in the pedophile cases, he retained highest-level security clearances, and was involved in pioneering work in military psychological operations (“psy-ops”).

On Aug. 14, 1987, San Francisco police raided Aquino’s Russian Hill home, which he shared with his wife Lilith. The raid was in response to allegations that the house had been the scene of a brutal rape of a four-year-old girl. The principal suspect in the rape, a Baptist minister named Gary Hambright, was indicted in September 1987 on charges that he committed “lewd and lascivious acts” with six boys and four girls, ranging in age from three to seven years, during September–October 1986. At the time of the alleged sex crimes, Hambright was employed at a child care center on the U.S. Army base at the Presidio. At the time of Hambright’s indictment, the San Francisco police charged that he was involved in at least 58 separate incidents of child sexual abuse.

According to an article in the Oct. 30, 1987 San Francisco Examiner, one of the victims had identified Aquino and his wife as participants in the child rape. According to the victim, the Aquinos had filmed scenes of the child being fondled by Hambright in a bathtub. The child’s description of the house, which was also the headquarters of Aquino’s Satanic Temple of Set, was so detailed that police were able to obtain a search warrant. During the raid, they confiscated 38 videotapes, photo negatives, and other evidence that the home had been the hub of a pedophile ring, operating in and around U.S. military bases.

Aquino and his wife were never indicted in the incident. Aquino claimed that he had been in Washington at the time, enrolled in a year-long reserve officers course at the National Defense University, although he did admit that he made frequent visits back to the Bay Area and to his church/home. The public flap over the Hambright indictment did prompt the U.S. Army to transfer Aquino from the Presidio, where he was the deputy director of reserve training, to the U.S. Army Reserve Personnel Center in St. Louis.

On April 19, 1988, the ten-count indictment against Hambright was dropped by U.S. Attorney Joseph Russoniello, on the grounds that, while there was clear evidence of child abuse (six of the children contracted the venereal disease, chlamydia), there was insufficient evidence to link Hambright (or the Aquinos) to the crimes. Parents of several of the victims charged that Russoniello’s actions proved that “the Federal system has broken down in not being able to protect the rights of citizens aged three to eight.”

Russoniello would later be implicated in efforts to cover up the links between the Nicaraguan Contras and South American cocaine-trafficking organizations, raising deeper questions about whether the decision not to prosecute Hambright and Aquino had “national security implications.”

Indeed, on April 22, 1989, the U.S. Army sent letters to the parents of at least 56 of the children believed to have been molested by Hambright, urging them to have their children tested for the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), because Hambright, a former day-care center worker, was reported to be a carrier.

On May 13, 1989, the San Jose Mercury News reported that Aquino and his wife had been recently questioned by Army investigators about charges of child molestation by the couple in two northern California counties, Sonoma and Mendocino. A 9-year-old girl in Santa Rosa, California, and an 11-year-old boy in Fort Bragg, also in California, separately identified Aquino as the rapist in a series of 1985 incidents, after they had seen him on television.

The U.S. drooling class’s end draws nigh

Softies on Satan

When the San Francisco Chronicle contacted Army officials at the Presidio to find out if Aquino’s security clearances had been lifted as a result of the pedophile investigations, the reporters were referred to the Pentagon, where Army spokesman Maj. Greg Rixon told them: “The question is whether he is trustworthy or can do the job. There is nothing that would indicate in this case that there is any problem we should be concerned about.”

Indeed, the Pentagon had already given its de facto blessings to Aquino’s long-standing public association with the Church of Satan and his own successor “church,” the Temple of Set. This, despite the fact that Aquino’s Satanic activities involved overt support for neo-Nazi movements in the United States and Europe. On Oct. 10, 1983, while traveling in West Germany on “official NATO business,” Aquino had staged a Satanic “working” at the Wewelsburg Castle in Bavaria. Aquino wrote a lengthy account of the ritual, in which he invoked Nazi SS chief Heinrich Himmler: “As the Wewelsburg was conceived by Heinrich Himmler to be the ‘Mittelpunkt der Welt’ (‘Middle of the World’), and as the focus of the Hall of the Dead was to be the Gate of that Center, to summon the Powers of Darkness at their most powerful locus.”

As early as April 1978, the U.S. Army had circulated A Handbook for Chaplains “to facilitate the provision of religious activities.” Both the Church of Satan and the Temple of Set were listed among the “other” religions to be tolerated inside the U.S. military. A section of the handbook dealing with Satanism stated, “Often confused with witchcraft, Satanism is the worship of Satan (also known as Baphomet or Lucifer). Classical Satanism, often involving ‘black masses,’ human sacrifices, and other sacrilegious or illegal acts, is now rare. Modern Satanism is based on both the knowledge of ritual magick and the ‘anti-establishment’ mood of the 1960s. It is related to classical Satanism more in image than substance, and generally focuses on ‘rational self-interest with ritualistic trappings.’ ”

Not so fast! In 1982, the Temple of Set fissured over the issue of Aquino’s emphasis on Nazism. One leader, Ronald K. Barrett, shortly after his expulsion, wrote that Aquino had “taken the Temple of Set in an explicitly Satanic direction, with strong overtones of German National Socialist Nazi occultism…. One fatality has occurred within the Temple membership during the period covered, May 1982–July 1983.”

The handbook quoted “Nine Satanic Statements” from the Church of Satan, without comment. “Statement Seven,” as quoted in the handbook, read, “Satan represents man as just another animal, sometimes better, more often worse than those that walk on all fours, who, because of his ‘divine and intellectual development,’ has become the most vicious animal of all.”

From ‘Psyops’ to ‘Mindwars’

Aquino’s steady rise up the hierarchy of the Satanic world closely paralleled his career advances inside the U.S. military. According to an official biography circulated by the Temple of Set, “Dr. Aquino is High Priest and chief executive officer of the Temple of Set, the nation’s principal Satanic church, in which he holds the degree of Ipissimus VI. He joined the original Church of Satan in 1969, becoming one of its chief officials by 1975 when the Temple of Set was founded. In his secular profession he is a Lieutenant Colonel, Military Intelligence, U.S. Army, and is qualified as a Special Forces officer, Civil Affairs officer, and Defense Attaché. He is a graduate of the Command and General Staff College, the National Defense University and the Defense Intelligence College, and the State Department’s Foreign Service Institute.”

Indeed, a more detailed curriculum vitae that Aquino provided to EIR, dated March 1989, claimed that he had gotten his doctorate at the University of California at Santa Barbara in 1980, with his dissertation on “The Neutron Bomb.” He listed 16 separate military schools that he attended during 1968–87, including advanced courses in “Psychological Operations” at the JFK Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, and “Strategic Intelligence” at the Defense Intelligence College, at Bolling Air Force Base in Washington, D.C.

Aquino was deeply involved in what has been called the “revolution in military affairs” (“RMA”), the introduction of the most kooky “Third Wave,” “New Age” ideas into military long-range planning, which introduced such notions as “information warfare” and “cyber-warfare” into the Pentagon’s lexicon.

In the early 1980s, at the same time that Heidi and Alvin Toffler were spinning their Tavistock “Third Wave” utopian claptrap to some top Air Force brass, Aquino and another U.S. Army colonel, Paul Vallely, were co-authoring an article for Military Review. Although the article was never published in the journal, the piece was widely circulated among military planners, and was distributed by Aquino’s Temple of Set. The article, titled “From PSYOP to MindWar: The Psychology of Victory,” endorsed some of the ideas published in a 1980 Military Review article by Lt. Col. John Alexander, an affiliate of the Stanford Research Institute, a hotbed of Tavistock Institute and Frankfurt School “New Age” social engineering.

How Greedy Was My Vallely

Aquino and Vallely called for an explicitly Nietzschean form of warfare, which they dubbed “MindWar.” “Like the sword Excalibur,” they wrote, “we have but to reach out and seize this tool; and it can transform the world for us if we have but the courage and the integrity to enhance civilization with it. If we do not accept Excalibur, then we relinquish our ability to inspire foreign cultures with our morality. If they then desire moralities unsatisfactory to us, we have no choice but to fight them on a more brutish level.”

And what is “MindWar?” “The term is harsh and fear-inspiring,” Aquino wrote. “And it should be: It is a term of attack and victory – not one of rationalization and coaxing and conciliation. The enemy may be offended by it; that is quite all right as long as he is defeated by it. A definition is offered: MindWar is the deliberate, aggressive convincing of all participants in a war that we will win that war.”

For Aquino, “MindWar” is a permanent state of strategic psychological warfare against the populations of friend and foe nations alike. “In its strategic context, MindWar must reach out to friends, enemies and neutrals alike across the globe … through the media possessed by the United States which have the capabilities to reach virtually all people on the face of the Earth. These media are, of course, the electronic media – television and radio. State of the art developments in satellite communication, video recording techniques, and laser and optical transmission of broadcasts make possible a penetration of the minds of the world such as would have been inconceivable just a few years ago.” Above all else, Aquino argues, MindWar must target the population of the United States, “by denying enemy propaganda access to our people, and by explaining and emphasizing to our people the rationale for our national interest…. Rather it states a whole truth that, if it does not now exist, will be forced into existence by the will of the United States.”

http://www.larouchepub.com/other/2005/3233aquino_profile.html

Retired U.S. General Vallely Creates Guerrilla Insurgent Group in Syria
 

While attempting to single-handedly co-opt the American Tea Party under his control, and while demanding publicly that the President and key administration officials resign their offices, General Paul E. Vallely is also active for the military–industrial complex neo-con warhawk Pax Americana global quest for the American Empire, by organizing guerrilla forces to take down the legitimate government of a sovereign nation-state, Syria. General Vallely’s guerrilla fighters will, of course, share duties against Assad with members of al Qaeda and/or related groups who seek to disempower the Syrian government.

And now for some “patriot” propaganda from the malevolent military–media complex (grab a gas mask!):

America’s Forum | Gen. Paul Vallely discusses the threat to America from ISIS
 

“Stand Up America”? Sit Down Vallely, you tool.

“Unbeknownst to most, ex-Major & ex-Lt.-Colonel Michael Aquino is now General Michael Aquino – and still working with NSA+. Approval of Michael Aquino to be elevated to the rank of General must have been approved in a closed Senate committee session, since there is no public record of Michael Aquino being considered to be a U.S. military General.” –Jim Dean, an editor at VT

MindWar Paper by NSA Gen. Michael Aquino
 
Satan’s Soldiers: Devil Worship in the US Military (w. Geraldo Rivera)
 
Michael Aquino – MK-Ultra 
Rusty Nelson testimony – Lt. Col. Michael Aquino 

“General Aquino is now the highest-ranking officer in the National Security Agency, along with General [Bill?] Black and General [Michael] Hayden. It is important to remember than General Aquino is first and foremost a military intelligence officer, with over 40 years’ experience in counterinsurgency operations, and an expert in psychological warfare. General Aquino’s psychological warfare campaign has started or infiltrated cults and other closed systems, as part of a concerted effort to control large numbers of people, and to destabilize the centers of constitutional and legal authority, both here in the United States and in other nations. This methodology is part of a concerted plan that spans several generations. The Church of Satan and the Church of Set, as well as other cults and mainstream organizations, are closed systems, with their own belief systems that are insular and separate from the reality that most people take for granted. These closed systems allow large numbers of people to be manipulated into performing antisocial acts that most members of the greater society would not contemplate. Aquino first participated in MK-ULTRA-related activities in Viet Nam, as part of the Phoenix Program in the 1960s. These ongoing MK-ULTRA operations are functioning as a counterinsurgency and infiltration operation, aimed at destabilizing the United States and other industrialized nations.”

Phoenix Program: original unissued patch

 

 

MindWars and the Temple of Set with Michael A. Aquino (w. Sean Stone)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J0EN65XLv94

Doug Millar – Michael Aquino & Satanic Sex Ritual Child Abuse
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lsJ61hI_QYA

Dr. Michael Aquino, Founder of the Temple of Set, on KHPR
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K5HamZ4cd-Y

 
PARIS ATTACK – INSIDE JOB – PSY-OP – LIKE MUMBAI AND GLADIO ATTACKS – UPDATED

Ex-General Paul E. Vallely in Syria.

Towards the end of October 2015, the USA’s ex-General Paul E. Vallely, a specialist in psy-ops, visited Paris.

In Paris three weeks ago – US General

The Friday 13th attacks on Paris look like a psy-op.

Geraldo Rivera Plays Along With Paris Bombing Hoax! Daughter Was There!
 

Child-molesting cults have been abusing “free exercise of religion” to practice their heinous, criminal activities – don’t fall for it! This is NOT what is meant by constitutional “freedom of religion” – license for the OTO and other Satanic groups to pursue their evil agenda. These people MUST be prosecuted immediately!

Source

Supriem Rockefeller – possessed by Satan?

Supriem Rockefeller – Is it possible for a human being to be possessed by Satan? The idea has been explored in a number of horror films, but there’s a group working for the Old World Order that thinks it can be accomplished for real. They have identified twelve possible candidates, but, at the present time, the name of only one is known for sure: Supriem Rockefeller.

It is said that he considers that he was born as Lucifer, but is now “redeemed” and in synch with the “Supriem” Being. (Contrary to Christian propaganda, Satan and Lucifer are two entirely different beings. Many of the greatest misunderstandings in history have come from wrongly equating the two. A Luciferian has nothing in common with a Satanist; the first is a follower of light and the latter a servant of darkness. The idea of Lucifer being “redeemed” is absurd. Only Satan is in need of redemption.) Supriem claims to see himself as a great benefactor, the long-foretold saviour destined to at last bring enlightenment to humanity. But it would come as no surprise for a Satanist to seek to disguise his true nature.

Below, we have outlined the infinitely strange tale of Supriem Rockefeller. Is he mankind’s future Saviour or Destroyer? Or simply a fantasist, who, by moving in the right circles, has come across snippets of an ancient plan to bring Satan to earth and, to satisfy his narcissism, has decided to put himself in the frame. Judge for yourself.

The Brotherhood of the Shadows

The Old World Order sponsor a number of esoteric societies. One of the most sinister is The Brotherhood (or College) of the Shadows, once known as theOrder of the Golem and composed of Jewish alchemists and Kabbalists. The golem is a creature composed of inanimate matter (a “clay being”), an automaton, which can allegedly be brought to life when a rabbi places in its mouth a piece of paper with the true name of God written upon it. In the world of magic, the true name of “God” is invoked when the most powerful spells of all are cast. Moses allegedly used it to part the Red Sea, and Solomon to harness demonic forces to help him create the wondrous Temple of Solomon.

According to the Bible, Adam, having been fashioned from clay by the Creator and then had life breathed into him, must be considered the first golem. So the human race, tracing its descent from Adam if the Book of Genesis is to be believed, can be said to have the closest of relationships with golems. They are entirely compatible; just different points on the spectrum. Frankenstein, a being created from the body parts of corpses and then animated by a brilliant scientist, is a more modern tale of a golem. Dr Frankenstein could easily be based on a member of the Brotherhood of the Shadows, although there is no sure proof.

The ancient mission of the Brotherhood of the Shadows was to master every aspect of the golem and its interactions with humans. In modern times, they have become experts in artificial intelligence, cybernetics, the human genome, genetic engineering, cloning etc: every aspect of the “science of the double”. Many are elite scientists, being paid vast salaries. They desire to produce a perfect simulacrum of a human being, like the “replicants” of the film Blade Runner. Many of them see it as purely a scientific endeavour, but the higher ranks of the Brotherhood have very different aims.

They want to create 1) “Manchurian Candidates” (perfect, disposable assassins), 2) “doubles” to take the place of leaders in dangerous situations or to produce airtight alibis for leaders while they are engaging in nefarious activities elsewhere, 3) simulacra of soldiers who can be sent on the most dangerous missions, 4) doppelgangers for use in psy-ops against chosen targets (nothing is more psychologically disturbing than to suddenly encounter your own double), 5) young clones of old, dying members of the Old World Order into which their minds can be transferred so that they can be “reborn” in their prime.

Some of these things were done in the past with the help of magic and illusion and they have provided the basis for a whole host of stories, myths and legends concerning the “double” and “doppelganger”. (The legends of King Arthur and the Holy Grail are closely entwined with the “double”. Arthur is conceived when his father, Uther Pendragon, via a powerful spell cast by Merlin, takes on the form of Gorlois, Duke of Cornwall, and sleeps with Cornwall’s wife, Igraine, Arthur’s mother. Similarly, Galahad, the Grail Knight and more perfect version of Arthur, was conceived when his father Lancelot was duped into thinking he was sleeping with Guinevere when it was actually Elaine of Carbonek, daughter of Pelles, the Grail King. Are these just stories or do they hint at the existence of a real process that existed in the past for creating the illusion of a double? Also, note that both Arthur and Galahad were illegitimate, showing that they were born outside the rules of the Demiurge’s world.) The more technologically advanced of these concepts regularly feature in contemporary sci-fi stories and films. Many of these ideas, which often seem outlandish and far-fetched to ordinary people, are not far from coming to fruition. Humanity is sleepwalking into this disturbing future and has no idea what nightmares are coming.

The Brotherhood refer to all copies of real human beings as “shadows”. (They themselves like to stand in the shadows, hence their name.) Some of them dream of an entire world of shadows over which they can exert complete mastery. The “New World Order”, in the mouths of these people, is a codename for the creation of this shadow world in which the unruly, uncooperative masses are replaced by their compliant, docile simulacra. It is the horrific vision of perfect and permanent control by the Old World Order, in which real humanity is no longer welcome to participate.

(The Illuminati also preach a New World Order, but in the opposite sense to the OWO’s “vision”. The Illuminati want to see the power of the Old World Order utterly smashed, and for humanity to be genuinely liberated for the first time, led by meritocrats – those who demonstrate the greatest ability – who can come from any race, nation, sex or background and are not the children and beneficiaries of privilege. Above all, greed must be eliminated from the New World Order. In the expression Money is the root of all evil, “money” should be replaced by “greed” since it is greed that fuels the desire for excessive amounts of money.)

Read Also  Rothschild Insider Claims Global Elite Planning Race War In America

For the highest echelon of the Brotherhood of the Shadows, their task is the most sinister of all, but it is by no means a secret one. It is one long foretold and much discussed – to bring forth the “antichrist”, or even one level higher than that: Satan himself.

The Brotherhood of the Shadows reached the peak of their powers between 1600 and 1793. They saved many prominent aristocrats from the guillotine in Revolutionary France by substituting them with doubles.The famous story The Scarlet Pimpernel is said to be based on the activities of a member of the Brotherhood.

“We seek him here, we seek him there,
Those Frenchies seek him everywhere.
Is he in heaven? — Is he in hell?
That damned, elusive Pimpernel.”

The real Pimpernel was reputedly a master of the art of the double, and hence his singular ability to evade his pursuers.

The most controversial case of all regarding substitution by a double was supposedly that of Jesus Christ at the Crucifixion, which the Brotherhood of the Shadows, led at the time by Joseph of Arimathea, was alleged to have organised. In the Koran, it says: “‘Verily, we have killed the Messiah, Jesus the son of Mary, the apostle of God’, [they said]…but they did not kill him, and they did not crucify him, but a similitude was made for them…”

In 1793, the headquarters of the Brotherhood of the Shadows was based in the important French port of Toulon, strongly pro-royalist in its sympathies. In August of that year, the city allowed itself to be occupied by a pro-royalist army supported by the British, Spanish and other enemies of revolutionary France. A powerful British fleet supported the land force. The revolutionary army laid siege to the port and, only after a long and difficult campaign, did they take the city. The inspiration for the revolutionary army was a brilliant young man called Napoleon Bonaparte. He was a Freemason, Rosicrucian and a friend of leading Jacobins, including the brother of Robespierre. Bonaparte, an artillery genius, found the optimal locations for cannons to dominate both the city and the British fleet. A secret task of Bonaparte was to direct cannon fire at the HQ of the Brotherhood of the Shadows. He succeeded in destroying it. Many of the Brotherhood were killed, including their Grand Master. Many of their most precious documents and books were lost, and irreplaceable apparatus that they needed for their work. It was a devastating blow that all but ended the Brotherhood.

As mainstream science grew ever stronger in the period 1800 to the present day, it was believed that the Brotherhood of the Shadows had either been dissolved or gone deep underground. Now, it is thought that they have re-emerged, having combined state-of-the-art science with their ancient occult skills, and they are being massively backed by the power and wealth of the Old World Order. Their leaders have been given carte blanche to focus on the darkest arts. This unholiest of alliances could scarcely be more disturbing. Humanity’s darkest fears may be realised. Why take the risk? Why not do what you can to ensure that the people seize power from the Old World Order and start running the nations of the world in the interests of all of the people rather than those of the privileged elites?

Egyptian occultist Rollo Ahmed said in 1936, “There are people walking our earth whose spiritual self is already dead or has detached itself from being sunk in matter. Some souls cast themselves so wilfully into the pleasures of the material world, living only for its power, its luxuries and riches, bodily beauty, intellectual brilliance and wit, that they lose even the smallest link with the Divine Spark within. Starved and ignored, this gradually detaches itself and returns to the Divine Source, leaving a living and intelligent corpse behind it. Others live lives of physical, moral and spiritual evil; until the ego or soul is literally lost and becomes swamped in darkness.”

This provides an accurate description of many of the members of the Old World Order. What Ahmed doesn’t mention is that it’s possible to prevent a human from acquiring a soul. Certain black magicians have specialised in this “skill”.

In the 1970s, the Brotherhood of the Shadows identified twelve possible candidates to host Satan. These twelve had to be born in particular circumstances. Renegade priests carried out black magic ceremonies to ensure that they were born without souls (because only soulless golems can be taken over by Satan). These “living corpses” seem to most people to be perfectly human, but they all exhibit a strange deadness of the eyes. (If eyes are the windows to the soul then what are the eyes like if there is no soul?)

The Brotherhood are said to have reinforced the DNA of the potential hosts using “triple helix DNA”, to make them robust enough to host Satan’s soul without being destroyed.

Satan, once he has become incarnate, will become the one-world leader, and the Great Tyranny will begin, much worse even than that of the Old World Order. Rex Mundi, the king of the world, the Demiurge himself, will be able to rule his creation in person before the coming of the Apocalypse.

Supriem Rockefeller is said to be the favoured host at the present time, although a prominent member of the Rothschild family has also been mentioned. It is thought that the successful candidate will have to prove his worth by excelling in the financial, political or military world and surpassing the achievements of all of his rivals, or will have to engage in a lethal struggle with the others. The last man standing will have demonstrated that he has what it takes – the requisite cunning, ruthlessness, savagery and lack of conscience.

2012 is said to be the year when the decision concerning which of the twelve empty vessels is to be chosen must finally be taken.

The Nazi Theory

One person who has done more than any other to bring Supriem Rockefeller to public prominence is Wes Penre. He has done excellent work (drawing him into potential danger), and managed to get very close to a number of powerful players. Wes is well aware that, when dealing with elements such as these, they may be feeding him misinformation and disinformation to steer him in the wrong direction and conceal their hidden agenda. However, Wes thinks it is vital to get the material, warts and all, out there because it all helps to reveal the workings and methodologies of the Old World Order. They are experts in propaganda and, like the most skilled of illusionists, in misdirection.

Read Also  Holy Smoke And Mirrors – The Vatican Conspiracy

Wes’s work presents a radically different picture to the one presented above. It reveals a network that appears to be inspired by the ideas set out by Edward Bulwer-Lytton in his 1871 speculative novel Vril: The Power of the Coming Race, about a master race of angel-like beings that lived underground and had mastered and harnessed an incredible form of energy called “Vril”. They lived in vast, beautiful caverns linked by tunnels, like a subterranean Shangri La. The Nazis wanted to learn the secrets of vril and wield it as the ultimate superweapon to reverse the tide of WWII as they stared catastrophic defeat in the face. The “Vril Society” was supposedly the core of the “Thule Society” that was dedicated to exploring the alleged links between the Aryan race and fabled Atlantis. (The Aryans were said to have travelled to Atlantis from their northern home known as Thule or Ultima Thule or Hyperborea). The plan was to reveal the possibly superhuman and extraterrestrial origins of the Aryan race and its rightful claim to being a “master race”. In modern times, the theory has evolved to embrace an alien race called the Anunnaki, Nazi bases in Antarctica, Nazi flying saucers, Nibiru, Aldebaran, stargates, the “hollow earth” hypothesis, Agharti, vril generators and so forth.

Wes Penre has said: “Supriem was born on the Winter Solstice 1974 on an air force base. The air force was strictly monitoring his birth and he was taken into custody immediately and grew up within a Rockefeller family. His birth was well prepared for in advanced and it was very important that he was born within a certain bloodline and at a certain time. He claims that his birth was even predicted by the Vatican since long.”

Wes is in regular contact with a group purporting to be the Thule society, who claim to have a vril generator at their disposal. They came into the picture when the “time was right”, tested his blood, activated the triple helix DNA embedded within him and tampered with his genetics to give him the unique power to be the world leader. Wes has said that the Thule society may genuinely believe they are a force for good. They portray themselves as humanity’s benefactors, helping to save mankind.

Supriem has allegedly claimed to be a reincarnation of Marduk Ra (later Amen Ra) and Lucifer in the flesh, and to possess the DNA of other deities from the ancient past, all in an extraordinarily potent mix. He insists he is not Satan, but Lucifer, the Bringer of Light, the world’s only hope for survival. His task, so he says, is to unite the leaders of the power elites behind him, have them follow him, accept him as their leader and use their vast wealth and power to transform the world and make it a new Eden. David Rockefeller and branches of the Rothschilds supposedly support him in his endeavours.

Supriem will, so the theory goes, act as a mediator between humanity and the Anunnaki, who will be returning to earth as “gods”, but who only want peace. One can only imagine that humanity would be cast in the role of slaves of the Anunnaki.

Supriem, with his allegedly heavily tampered DNA, is said to be complicated, unstable, deeply paranoid and dangerous. Even the Thule Society are thought to be concerned because they are afraid to lose control of the situation, and are unsure whether Supriem now has his own agenda.

Those who want to consider this matter in much more detail should look at the following links to Wes’s research (which we have used in the preparation of this article):

Home

http://illuminati-news.com/pdf/SupriemRockefellerMessiahOrAntiChristByWesPenre.pdf

As ever, consider carefully and sceptically everything you read, and draw your own conclusions. The Rockefeller/Thule “plan” that has been fed to Wes is one that we completely reject and consider misinformation and disinformation, but it is for you to make up your own mind.

*****

A summary of some of the main aspects of the theory, pulled from extracts from wikipedia, is shown below:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anunnaki

The Anunnaki (also transcribed as: Anunnaku, Ananaki and other variations) are a group of Sumerian, Akkadian and Babylonian deities. The name is variously written “a-nuna”, “a-nuna-ke-ne”, or “a-nun-na”, meaning something to the effect of ‘those of royal blood’ or ‘princely offspring’.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aldebaran#Gnostic_Neo-Nazis

An esoteric neo-Nazi sect headquartered in Vienna, Austria called the Tempelhofgesellschaft, founded in the early 1990s, teaches a form of Gnosticism called Marcionism. They distribute pamphlets claiming that the Aryan race originally came to Atlantis from the star Aldebaran (this information is supposedly based on “ancient Sumerian manuscripts”). They maintain that the Aryans from Aldebaran derive their power from the vril energy of the Black Sun. They teach that since the Aryan race is of extraterrestrial origin it has a divine mission to dominate all the other races. It is believed by adherents of this religion that an enormous space fleet is on its way to Earth from Aldebaran which, when it arrives, will join forces with the Nazi Flying Saucers from Antarctica to establish the Western Imperium.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zecharia_Sitchin

Zecharia Sitchin (born 1922) is an author of books promoting an explanation for human origins involving ancient astronauts, amidst other aspects of pseudoscience. Sitchin attributes the creation of the ancient Sumerian culture to the “Anunnaki” (or “Nephilim”), a race of aliens from a planet he calls Nibiru, which he believes to be in an elongated, elliptical orbit in the Earth’s own Solar System and asserts that Sumerian mythology reflects this view.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thule#Aryan_Thule

Nazi mystics believed in a historical Thule/Hyperborea as the ancient origin of the Aryan race. Much of this fascination was due to rumours surrounding the Oera Linda Book “found” by Cornelis Over de Linden during the 19th Century. The Oera Linda Book was translated into German in 1933 and was favored by Heinrich Himmler. The book has since been thoroughly discredited.

The Traditionalist School expositor Rene Guenon believed in the existence of ancient Thule on “initiatic grounds alone”. According to its emblem, the Thule Society was founded in 1919. It had close links to the Deutsche Arbeiter Partei (DAP), later the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP, the Nazi party). One of its three founding members was Lanz von Liebenfels (1874-1954). In his biography of Liebenfels (“Der Mann, der Hitler die Ideen gab”, Munich 1985), the Viennese psychologist and author Dr Wilhelm Dahm wrote: “The Thule Gesellschaft name originated from mythical Thule, a Nordic equivalent of the vanished culture of Atlantis. A race of giant supermen lived in Thule, linked into the Cosmos through magical powers. They had psychic and technological energies far exceeding the technical achievements of the 20th century. This knowledge was to be put to use to save the Fatherland and create a new race of Nordic Aryan Atlanteans. A new Messiah would come forward to lead the people to this goal.” In his book “Mit ruhig festem Schritt” (1998), a history of the SA, Wilfred von Oven, Joseph Goebbels’ Press adjutant from 1943 to 1945, confirmed that Pytheas’ Thule was the historical Thule for the Thule Gesellschaft.

Read Also  New World Order – Chapter One: The Birth Of Tyranny

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thule_Society

A primary focus of Thule-Gesellschaft was a claim concerning the origins of the Aryan race. “Thule” was a land located by Greco-Roman geographers in the furthest north. The term “Ultima Thule” ((Latin): most distant Thule) is also mentioned by the Roman poet Virgil in his pastoral poems called the Georgics. Although originally Thule was probably the name for Scandinavia Virgil simply uses it as a proverbial expression for the edge of the known world, and his mention should not be taken as a substantial reference to Scandinavia.

Said by Nazi mystics to be the capital of ancient Hyperborea, they identified Ultima Thule as a lost ancient landmass in the extreme north: near Greenland or Iceland. These ideas derived from earlier speculation by Ignatius L. Donnelly that a lost landmass had once existed in the Atlantic, and that it was the home of the Aryan race, a theory he supported by reference to the distribution of swastika motifs. He identified this with Plato’s Atlantis, a theory further developed by Helena Blavatsky, the occultist during the second part of the 19th century.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vril

The existence of a Vril-Society was first alleged in 1960 by Jacques Bergier and Louis Pauwels. In their book Le Matin des Magiciens, which appeared in 1960, they claimed that the Vril-Society was a secret community of occultists in pre-Nazi Berlin.

The Berlin Vril Society was in fact a sort of inner circle of the Thule Society. It was also thought to be in close contact with the English group known as the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn. The Vril information takes up about a tenth of the volume, the remainder of which details other esoteric speculations, but the authors fail to clearly explain whether this section is fact or fiction.

In his book Monsieur Gurdjieff, Louis Pauwels claimed that a Vril Society had been founded by General Karl Haushofer, a student of Russian magician and metaphysician Georges Gurdjieff. Pauwels later recanted many assertions in relation to Gurdjieff. Obviously belief in the existence of the Vril Society has persisted.

The Conspiracy Theory – Claims in detail

According to these authors, the Vril Society was founded as “The All German Society for Metaphysics” in 1921 to explore the origins of the Aryan race, to seek contact with the “hidden masters” of Ultima Thule, and to practice meditation and other techniques intended to strengthen individual mastery of the divine Vril force itself. It was formed by a group of female psychic mediums led by the Thule Gesellschaft medium Maria Orsitsch (Orsic) of Zagreb, who claimed to have received communication from Aryan aliens living on Alpha Tauri, in the Aldebaran system.

Allegedly, these aliens had visited Earth and settled in Sumeria, and the word Vril was allegedly formed from the ancient Sumerian word Vri-Il, “like god” (In fact, Vri-Il means nothing in Sumerian, and could not even be a Sumerian word, as Sumerian had no /v/ phoneme, nor does Sumerian allow consonant clusters at the beginning of words. While the Akkadian word for “deity” is indeed ilum, the Sumerian word is dingir.). A second medium was known only as Sigrun, a name etymologically related to Sigrune, a Valkyrie and one of Wotan’s nine daughters in Norse legend. Other sources state that the Vril Society was founded by an ill-defined group of Rosicrucians in Berlin before the end of the 19th century, while still others state that it was founded by Karl Haushofer in Berlin in 1918. Some sources state that the Vril Society was also known as the Luminous Lodge, or the Lodge of Light, though others claim that it was originally called the Brothers of the Light.

The Society allegedly not only taught concentration exercises designed to awaken the forces of Vril, their main goal was to achieve Raumflug (Spaceflight) to reach Aldebaran. To achieve this, the Vril Society joined the Thule Gesellschaft and the alleged DHvSS (Die Herren des schwarzen Steins, The Masters of the Black Stone) to fund an ambitious program involving an inter-dimensional flight machine based on psychic revelations from the Aldebaran aliens.

Members of the Vril Society are said to have included Adolf Hitler, Alfre Rosenberg, Heinrich Himmler, Hermann Göring, and Hitler’s personal physician, Dr. Theodor Morell. These were original members of the Thule Society which supposedly joined Vril in 1919. The NSDAP (National Sozialistische Deutsche ArbeiterPartei) was created by Thule in 1920, one year later. Dr. Krohn, who helped to create the Nazi flag, was also a Thulist.

With Hitler in power in 1933, both Thule and Vril Gesellschafts allegedly received official state backing for continued disc development programs aimed at both spaceflight and possibly a war machine.

There is no evidence that a functional prototype was ever made. The claim of an ability to travel in some inter-dimensional mode is similar to Vril claims of channeled flight with the Jenseitsflugmaschine (Other World Flight Machine) and the Vril Flugscheiben (Flight Discs).

Hidden masters (the members of the Vril society and their antagonist, the Jewish World Conspiracy), an escape by Hitler and other Nazis from Berlin to the South Pole, flying saucers, secret Nazi inventions, and psychic channeling powers and Aliens from Aldebaran clearly are the elements of a conspiracy theory. As there yet seems to be no comprehensive scholarly examination of the proponents of this theory (except for some chapters in Goodrick-Clark’s Black Sun), their motives remain unclear.

Source: armageddonconspiracy

Sanity Requires Discernment & Self Discipline

If you are planning to keep on fighting The Truth & Freedom. You have to keep yourself healthy and strong mentally and physically.

Sanity Requires Discernment & Self Discipline


There is an imbalance in our lives. 95% of our thought goes to saving our skin; hardly anything to saving our soul. As a consequence, we are slowly going crazy individually and collectively.

“Amassing details about the Illuminati or corruption isn’t going to save us. We can foil the Satanists by having a moment-to-moment relationship with God. They want your soul. Nothing would infuriate them more than a massive worldwide religious revival.”

(revised from Dec. 2 2013)

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

We are becoming more “externalized” than ever.  What does that mean?

We seek satisfaction, knowledge and meaning outside ourselves, i.e. souls.  Our happiness depends on manipulating the world to give us “ego strokes” . Facebook has turned us into “likes” addicts. If we write on someone’s wall and they don’t reply, we are miffed.

We are like squealing chicks waiting for benefactors to bring us juicy worms in the form of money, sex or recognition (“love.”) This sense that our happiness comes from outside ourselves is the cause of all addictions.OUR BIGGEST MISTAKE

The biggest mistake is conformity. In Thoreau words, is that “All anyone knows is the wind that blows.”  Humanity is pretty clueless as to where it came from, why it is here and where it is going.  Satanists control education and the mass media and their first priority is denying the existence of God, and our spiritual connection to Him.

We are born alone, tread a solitary path, and meet our maker alone, yet we spend our lives evading God, our constant companion. This Self evasion is experienced as emptiness and loneliness. Seeking happiness or guidance from society is looking into a “wilderness of mirrors” in T.S. Eliot’s words. When we watch a movie or even listen to music, we are stuck in the mindset of the artist.  Entertainment rarely inspires, uplifts or nurtures the spirit. Human companionship often leaves us feeling dissatisfied and empty.

I once saw this graffiti: “If you hate being alone, other people must find you boring too.”

LOOKING INWARD

God is our constant companion by virtue of our soul.The Illuminati Satanists have made “God” a dirty word. God cannot be evaded or denied. He is Reality: Truth, Goodness, Justice, Love, Beauty, Bliss, things we all crave because they are inherent in our spiritual nature.  How can “atheists” deny God when He is spiritual ideals. Can they deny the existence of spiritual ideals?

“God is a Spirit, and we must love (worship) Him in sprit and in Truth,” said Jesus (John 4:24). “Be ye therefore perfect as your Father in heaven is perfect,” Mathew 5:48.

Atheism is simply a smokescreen for Satanism.  Who can deny our craving for perfection?

Imagine the soul is light emanating from a slide projector. The slides are our thoughts. These slides are provided by entertainment and the mass media. We see a thought-slide of a steak, we salivate. A sexy person and “we” feel lust. We see a stock going up and “we” feel another kind of lust- greed.

The Illuminati is adept at providing an endless supply of these diversions. We are bombarded with nubile young women selling everything including the “news.”  The Illuminati are constantly pushing sex in our face, a form of spiritual control.

Our real identity is not the mind or its thought-slides.  It is the light. By keeping our minds still (clear), or thinking positive and eschewing negative ones, we can experience the light – immanent truth, beauty, goodness, and love.

“Muddied water, let stand, becomes clear,” said Lao Tzu.

Cambridge Platonist poet Henry More (1614-1687) wrote:

“When the inordinate desire after knowledge of things was allayed in me,  and I aspired after nothing but purity and simplicity of mind, there shone in me daily a greater assurance than ever I could have expected, even of those things which before I had the greatest desire to know.”

(“My soul is a candle that burned away the veil; only the glorious duties of light I now have.”  St John of the Cross.)

Amassing details about the Illuminati or world corruption isn’t going to save us. We can foil the Satanists by having a moment-to-moment relationship with God. They want your soul. Nothing would infuriate them more than a massive, worldwide religious revival. This is the only thing that will stop the NWO.God is not an abstraction or something to be found in books. He is our soul. We need only locate Him in our being and defer to Him in our words and deeds. This is the essence of all true religions. Islam, for example, means “Obey.”Gradually, our identity shifts from the thought-slides to the light, and we distance our self from our animal behavior. This is the purpose of life. Self-perfection. By becoming the light. By shining the light. En-light-enment. I expect Jesus literally shone. He referred to himself and his disciples as the “light of the world.” The light is life and the path of human development. Worldly desire is the path of death and destruction.This quest is the dedicated life. I haven’t been able to achieve this but at least I have a goal. Our religion is our day. Not what we espouse but what we do.

RESTORING BALANCE
 

The imbalance in our lives is because our “secular” society is a disguised satanic cult that denies the existence of the soul and God. Religion used to provide a balance between flesh and spirit. But our Cabalist masters have eradicated religion or rendered it meaningless. So the challenge is to fill the vacuum either by finding a genuine religious practice or by some other means. Ideally, we will devote time each day to restoring psychic balance by nourishing our spiritual identity through obedience to God.

Note: For those who want to explore this further, check out Thomas a Kempis or Eckhart Tolle:

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

My Story Fiona Barnett – “Hang on for the Ride”

Very important whistle blower Fiona Barnett is telling the truth about pedophile network, which destroys people all around the World. She is very brave woman to bring this out so please read and spread her story so this can be stopped, thank you.

My Story Fiona Barnett – “Hang on for the Ride”

This all written and drawn by Fiona Barnett, who lives in Australia, fears for her life and wishes her story spread widely. She names some prominent people. First she gives her explanation as to why she has posted the information and this is followed by her story “Hang on for the Ride” in words and pictures. Her facebook is on this link [1] :-

My statement concerning my 13 ‘Hang on for the Ride’ posts:

My reasons for posting this information is as follows:

1. With the exception of the 2 detectives who took my statements in Sydney on 2-3 November 2015 – the NSW Police force have refused to protect me from my neighbour who moved next door form Wollongong 10 years ago. Ever since then, he has assaulted my family, poisoned my dog, constantly harassed and intimidated and threatened my family including 2 children. Further, police have targeted me for harassment during the past 10 years since I advocated for the many children abused by the Tweed Shire pedo ring.

2. I know from past experience that the 2 good officers who took my statements will be prevented from doing their job and investigating my claims. Dr Reina Michaelson attests that she witnessed a good female officer’s career destroyed by her command, because she pursued claims of ritual abuse and VIP pedo network in Victoria involving politicians, police, Channel 10 making kiddie porn, etc. I do not want these good officers attacked form within like Peter Fox was. Peter Fox’s police command rang his private doctor and insisted she declare Peter Fox medically insane.

3. Many victims of the same VIP pedophile network that I described to police have contacted me in the past month. Not one of the stronger capable group of these people have publicly supported me by joining me and speaking out. Consequently, the pedophile network have severely targeted me. I believe my life is at risk because the police and Royal Commission have failed to support me with witness protection.

4. I am exhausted. I have no other means of protecting my family other than sharing the information that places my family at risk as long as it remains a secret. It is out now – perhaps now my husband and children are safe.

5. I share this information so that other victims may recognise their own abuse experiences and know that they are not crazy, not alone – that YES this did happen to them.

6. Most importantly – I speak out to give a voice to the 100+ children I witnessed raped, tortured and murdered throughout my nightmare childhood. I saw children bred in captivity beneath Holsworthy to be used as human guinea pigs in horrendous unethical medical experiments – all in the name of national security. THESE CHILDREN DID INDEED EXIST!!

7. I would like to thank my supporters, including SNAP and others – they know who they are.

8. And now, on a deeply personal note – I acknowledge that many victims have been abused in the name of religion. God is not reflected in churchianity, Hillsong, the Roman Catholic Church, or any of the other infiltrated organisation. I know that many victims reel when I mention God, which is why I have avoided it. But many people ask me, what is the source of my strength and hope. My strength, perseverance and survival are a testimony to the existence and authority of God and His only Son Jesus Christ. That is what I believe. That is all I have to offer besides my witness testimony. That is all I had to comfort me throughout my abuse.

Hang on for the ride!

Part 1:

Prostituted by the Australian government to RICHARD NIXON at RAAF Fairbairne military airport, Canberra. Operation Attest refused to investigate this incident. They promised to at least investigate and tell me whether or not there was a centrifuge at the base, used to train pilots in – to validate my memories.

1a1b1c1d1e1f1g
Hang on for the ride! Part 2:

Being used as a guinea pig, subjected to child rape, electrocution & torture at Holsworthy Army Base & Lucas Heights nuclear reactor, for the JASON PROJECT by John GITTINGER and Dr Antony KIDMAN – with the full knowledge and approval of the Australian Government.

2f2e2d2c2b2a
Hang on for the ride! Part 3

A former Holsworthy officer confirmed that an Asian man named named Chan was recruited in the army at Holsworthy. This man is thought to have been in the Army Reserves, but when I saw him he appeared to outrank all the Australian soldiers I witnessed under his command. Chan received the dead body of a girl named Michelle who was abducted by Engadine Boystown pedos, murdered beside the Weir on Heathcote Rd, and delivered to Chan through a side gate at Holsworthy.

3c3b3a
Hang on for the ride! Part 4

Dr ANTONY KIDMAN was trained by Gittinger and others in the employment of torture, unethical hypnosis, and drugs to artificially induce a state of dissociation in children. He also was in a kiddie killing cult. His MK-Ultra programming was structured on a pentagram – the same emblem that featured in his inner Sydney City cult.

4a4b4c4d4e4f4g

Hang on for the Ride! Part 5

Prime Minister GOUGH WHITLAM & his lover Governor General JOHN KERR raped me at a pedo party at Parliament House. Operation Attest refused to investigate this on the grounds they are dead – even though that federal police task force was established to investigate HISTORICAL child sex offences.

5b5a
Hang on for the ride! Part 6

I was trafficked to the USA, to Bohemian Grove where I was drugged & raped by the Rev BILLY GRAHAM – Richard Nixon’s pal, in a pink bubble room. I was also made to dress up like a teddy bear and play hide, seek & rape. I also witnessed the ritual murder of a person by politicians dressed up in robes. I was taken via Sydney airport, in a crate like an animal. On the way home I was drugged, raped and beaten at an exclusive, after hours, pedo gathering at Disneyworld. Yes, Walt Disney was a pedo. Why do you think the Mickey Mousketeers go nuts and shave their heads? Why did pedo Whacko Jacko build a Neverland based on Disneyland?

6e6d6c6b6a6g6f

Hang on for the ride! Part 7

Yes, ritual abuse does exist in Australia. A kiddie killing cult underpins the Roman Catholic Church, Engadine BoysTown, Holsworthy Army Base, Lucas Heights nuclear reactor. Here are the only photos I can present as evidence. First we have Leonas Petrauskas (aka Dr Mark) performing an abortion on me beneath Engadine BoysTown. Next we have the statue of ‘DAGON’ located on the ground floor of the 6-7 story underground facility at Holsworthy, located far from the main entrance gate. Then we have Dagon statue in fish form, kneeling beside a murky pool, on the ground floor of Lucas Heights nuclear reactor. Lucas Heights, like Pine Gap, are CIA facilities where the Jason Project was conducted. Both facilities were built by the same group.

7e7d7c7b7a7f

Hang on for the ride! Part 8

Here’s a couple of cult rituals to their god ‘Moloch’ – the same one they pretend to sacrifice humans to at Bohemian Grove. Apparently, according to their religious beliefs, Moloch is happy when people are burnt alive in his name. One took place at Caltex Oil Refinery at Kurnell. The other on a remote Kurnell Beach.

8b8a

Hang on for the ride! Part 9

And here is the nicest person I met in the pedo organisation – Grande Dame Veronica. No idea if that was her true name, considering they changed peoples’ names so I couldn’t ID them easily later. Veronica was my surrogate mother, tutor, mentor within the pedo network, from age 5 until age 14 when she was ritually murdered on the altar at St Mary’s cathedral in Sydney City. The church was packed full of Sydney’s social elite. An organ played, a choir sang, police guarded the doors. Veronica chose to die young because she was sick of abusing children like me. She was a victim forced to turn perpetrator. She lived in private living quarters at Sancta Sophia College at Sydney University.

99b9c9d

Hang on for the ride! Part 10

And here’s my favourite – the one that epitomises the Australian government’s attitude toward government-sanctioned child trafficking, rape and murder in this country.

10
Hang on for the ride! Part 11

And now for something completely different! Some more Holsworthy secrets – an underground railway connects major sites in Australia, including Pine Gap, Lucas Heights/Holsworthy. Also, Gittinger used some kid of prop/virual reality program called Candyland, which had ‘Disney’ trademark written on it

11e11d11c11b11
Hang on for the ride! Part 12

And now for the pista resistance! At age 5 I was raped by future Prime Minister BOB HAWKE in a zucchini patch, at a BBQ, in a suburban Canberra backyard.

Another Bob Hawke victim, the daughter of Hawke’s architect Kevin Borland, was assaulted by Hawke after a party at her family home when she was 14. Hawke entered her room at night, awoke her in her bed, and digitally penetrated her. She immediately told her entire family who recall the incident today.

When I was 8, Dr Leonas Petrauskas took me to a crime scene at a secluded Kurnell Beach. There he met with prime minister Paul Keating who had raped and murdered a 5 year old boy and shallowly buried him in the sand. Keating was into necrophilia. Petrasukas was called in by Keating to do a clean up job. Petrauskas ordered me to dig up the body. As I did this, I heard the men talking about Petrauskas fabricating the child’s cause of death as a blue ringed octopus sting.

Operation Attest lied in their response to my complaint, saying they would not investigate mt claims because the alleged perpetrators were all dead. Last I checked, Keating and Hawke were still alive.Hang on for the ride! Part 13

I was also raped by actor BRUCE SPENCE, at Bathurst City Hall when I was 15. I met an apprentice carpet layer who laid carpet in Spence’s Sydney flat. He said Spence’s lounge room walls were covered in kiddie porn.

I was also raped by Shakespearean actor JOHN BELL, in the company of Dr Antony Kidman, on the eve of my 15th birthday, after a Nimrod Theatre post production party held at Kidman’s house that was attended by the Shakesperean play’s well-known cast. The following morning, Kidman tied me to a chair and beat me in front of his daughter NICOLE KIDMAN who stood there and smirked at me, with her arms crossed.

I witnessed actress JACKI WEAVER, playwright JOHN WILLIAMSON, and author of Puberty Blues KATHY LETTE at pedo ritual gatherings in Sydney. Kathy was based at Regina Coeli cathedral in Beverly Hills.

Other victims have identified Jacki Weaver to Dr Reina Michaelson, on whom the Australian Government placed a D Section gagging order, on the grounds that her disclosure of the government’s involvement in child trafficing etc would undermine the Australian public’s confidence in the Australian government.

12a12c12b

Links

[1] Fiona Barnett facebook https://www.facebook.com/fiona.barnett.940

[A] Sanctuary for the Abused http://abusesanctuary.blogspot.co.uk/2006/07/for-survivors-coping-with-triggers-if.html

[B] NAPAC http://www.napac.org.uk/

[C] One in Four http://www.oneinfour.org.uk/

[D] Havoca http://www.havoca.org/HAVOCA_home.htm

[E] SurvivorsJustice Triggers post http://survivorsjustice.com/2014/02/26/triggers-what-are-they-and-how-do-we-work-through-them/

[F] SurvivorsJustice Blog http://survivorsjustice.com/

[G] Jim Hopper Mindfulness http://www.jimhopper.com/mindfulness/

[H] Jim Hopper Meditation http://www.jimhopper.com/mindfulness/#cultivate

This is all written in good faith but if there is anything that needs to be corrected please email cathyfox@bigfoot.com

cathyfox the truth will out, the truth will shout, the truth will set us free

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Mystery Cloaks Father Malachi Martin’s Death

This have bothered me since I posted about Malchi Martin and Alfred Kunz. There is something very odd going on in Vatican and I think we should know about it. Here’s the post before:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/silenced-speakers-part-iv-malachi-martin-aflred-kunz/

Here’s Malachi Martin’s last interview before he died:

>> Art Bell & Malachi Martin Last Interview 1998

Mystery Cloaks Father Malachi Martin’s Death


A
tragic fall, reportedly delivered by “an unseen hand”, caused Malachi Martin’s second stroke in twelve months. Now the world sadly bids a premature, “Adieu” to a great Irish American priest, distinguished for his life of selfless service to Christ as a long time champion of the underprivileged, a prolific, controversial author, and alike Pope Julius III in the days of Trent, a modern day apostle of the Tridentine Mass and reverential worship. On Tuesday, July 27th, Father Malachi Brendan Martin silently passed away in Manha ttan, only a few days after reaching his 78th birthday.

The invisible (preternatural?) force that shoved Father Martin into a stumble, wherein he hit and fatally traumatized his head remains unknown. Yet, before an accompanying stroke claimed his physical existence, while lying in critical condition, Father managed to convey to a close friend, prudently preferring to remain anonymous…

“I felt something push me,
but… no one was there.”

Coincidental or Related? In the months preceding his unsuccessful battle, Father was rehabilitating from a stroke brought on last Summer. This lesser health attack closely followed him granting his Website designer, Star Harbor of Texas, permission to post what is known as “the Medjugorje Hoax” note on the Internet. When politely asked beforehand for permission to use his words against this “Satanic” cult, Father Martin replied,

“By all means. Of course
you have my permission to use it.”

For the unfamiliar, Unity Publishing is a nonprofit, lay mission based in Southern California, singularly noted for going against the tide of the self-proclaimed, fraudulent, vainglorious, and those who’ve come to be known as “celebrity mystics”, and daring at great personal sacrifice and risk to expose the errors of such evil ways. In courageously battling the powerful, incestuous, worldwide clan and lobby of Medjugorje promoters, Unity Publishing has come under singular and ferocious fire, from con artists hiding behind the Church’s apron(1), and using God’s most hallowed institution for their own gain. Alike Father Martin, Unity has been and remains dedicated to cutting away every evil from the Church, that the true light of God’s Being — ever-present only in the Most Blessed Sacrament — might shine through the lives of every Holy Communicant.

“The Medjugorje Hoax” Note

Before we continue, Father Martin’s note to Unity Publishing contained a typical hearty thanks, congratulations and blessing for their work against what “has been a target of my criticism for fifteen years”, namely, what he called, “the Medjugorje Hoax”, and added, “It was Satanic from the beginning.”

Father’s casual correspondence, inflammatory to lovers of this, et al. false apparitions, came after he received and viewed “Visions On Demand”. This documentary was the first of two Unity Publishing videos to expose the lunacy and scandals spewing forth from the volcanic ash of Mount Medjugorje’s unholy dominion.

[Click here to see “the Medjugorje Hoax” note.]

The Conspirators

On the heels of Father’s initial stroke, a disgruntled, housewife and Medjugorje sympathizer, Denise Zuppe, his then “assistant” hired solely to help answer mail, joined forces with Mrs. Kakia Livanos, a woman the New York Times has sorely labeled Father Martin’s “companion”(2). While Father Martin laid in a New York hospital incapacitated from his August assault, united in purpose, intent, and concerted effort, these two subversive(3) women conspired, and ultimately collaborated, to deliberately rifle Father’s apartment of his business effects, personal computer, telephone, fax machine, stationary and yes, even his pens, pencils and stamps. In one of Father’s few private phone conversations with a close friend, he revealed that, his “handlers” had “taken away everything I had to write with.”

Why would anyone do such a thing? Why would two seemingly unrelated women perpetrate a second story job on a priest? Could their actions have had anything to do with the fact that Father Martin was finishing a book set to expose a pervasive evil in the Church — Satanic pedophilia? Was the spirit compelling them to violate the sanctity of Father Martin’s apartment and belongings little more than the same fallen power dominating the blind hearts and minds of those promoting Medjugorje? Were they sorely upset that he had gone “too public” in letting his anti-Medjugorje sentiments be made known to the world?

Furthermore, we ask… What prompted millionairess Livanos to enlist the aid of a housewife with a paper route (Zuppe)? What drove the former to shut Father Martin off entirely from the world — one might even say incarcerate him under house arrest — and deprive this gregarious priest, deeply in love with his fellow man, all human contact? What drove Zuppe to blindly work at discrediting the priest she claimed to love and serve?

We dare pose these questions, knowing that Mrs. Livanos disclosed long before Father’s first mishap that she wanted him to retire. Given Kakia Livanos’ furtive carpe diem conduct, in which she flew a Massachusetts housewife from Boston to Manhattan (on her dime) to be her burglary accomplice, and her insensitivity, to say the least, to Father Martin’s reaction to this crime, we cannot help but wonder how serious Mrs. Livanos was about imposing her will on God’s servant. That is to inquire, “Why should ending Father Martin’s ministry be of any concern to a landlord?” Was she moved by and part of some other scheme? Was she deliberately named Kakia(4) at birth, as part of a yet more nefarious plot to take out God’s privileged and persevering knight?

Father Martin lived and loved to serve the Church. Anyone and everyone who ever met him, if even for only a few fleeting moments could easily see this. It is preposterous to think that Mrs. Livanos did not see and know this. It is even more incredulous to buy the guile that she was merely looking out for his own good by silencing him. After twenty-seven years of association, we can safely say that no one knew Father Martin lived for others more perfectly than Mrs. Livanos, but apparently, she did not care about crushing his spirit. Some who have spoken with her proclaim she seemed to take a delight in it.

“Will you shut down Father’s Website… for me?”

As a brief aside, after Father suffered his first stroke, the Livanos-Zuppe connection conspired and labored to coerce Star Harbor into shutting down Father Martin’s Website. When Star Harbor(5) refused to do so any such thing without hearing from Father Martin, Livanos and Zuppe then connived to dupe them into taking down Father Martin’s Website by emailing a letter forged to look like his hand. In truth, this note resembled another(6) sent to unity Publishing from Mrs. Livanos in her own hand. In a badgering after hours phonecall to Star Harbor, Kakia coyly inquired, “Will you shut down Father’s Website… for me?” Need we say, that the principals at Star Harbor were and remain aghast at her brazen behind-the-back tactics? They are not alone.

In the middle of the intrigue to undermine Father Martin’s work, name and reputation, and plot to emphatically close his Star Harbor Website, Livanos and Zuppe pretended that it was “too much for him to maintain”. However, they quickly proved this claim to be ridiculous and no more than an outright lie. This statement was ridiculous, because Father Martin did absolutely nothing to maintain his Website; Star Harbor did it all for him. It was a lie because, in a futile attempt to cancel the positive effects of “the Medjugorje Hoax” note, Livanos and Zuppe fraudulently registered a new domain in his name. Why start a new Website if his original site was “too much for him”?

Using “malachimartin.com” as their handle and electronic base of operations, they promptly proceeded to redefine Father Martin’s persona and teachings by shamelessly daring to pose as him and author ludicrous statements in his name. For example, “Suicide is an act of God’s mercy.” Deliberately implying Medjugorje wasn’t so bad, Livanos and Zuppe unwittingly and proudly revealed their true colors by linking this bogus Website to the Medjugorian site of fellow thieves of Father’s good name, Ted and Maureen Flynn(7). A number of bystanders suspect the Flynns were complicit in the premeditated takeover of Father Martin’s identity from the beginning. They proudly boasted a return link from their site to “malachimartin.com”… and proclaimed they knew Father was upset over his Star Harbor site. Given the fact that Father Martin wanted nothing to do with the Flynns, and avoided all association with them, this prevarication is most illuminating.

Taking a deep breath, need we ask…

“If Livanos and Zuppe weren’t tied to Medjugorje,
why did they create a Medjugorian Website
and associate with Medjugorian promoters
all in Father Martin’s name?”

Thank God, were it not for Father’s innate and cultivated brain power, skillful wordsmithing, and profound insights, these fumblers might have succeeded… but as fate would have it, their dim wits, impoverished grasp of the English language and incapacity for true spiritual insight swiftly demonstrated to all who had come to know and love Father throughout the years, that their bogus creation could not possibly be the work of a man so lettered and refined. After including forged articles and attributing them to Father Martin, their motives became unmistakably distinct. They were not concerned with Father’s interests in the least… only protecting their own. In essence, posing as Father Martin in the eyes of the public and making him out to be an idiot was not beneath them.

Unabated Ire

Insatiably outraged because Star Harbor and Father Martin’s technical advisors insisted on keeping his Website open until he instructed them otherwise, Livanos and Zuppe(8) mounted and waged a campaign of belligerent phonecalls, mail, email and Internet harassments(9), replete with profanity and unfounded threats of litigation and physical violence. While Star Harbor held the creative copyright to Father Martin’s Website, Livanos and Zuppe sought to intimidate them into closing the blinds on the intellectual property they had taken well over a year to build; all PRO BONO.

In an attempt to bend Star Harbor to their will and embarrass them into submission, i.e. shutting down, they posted an attorney’s letter on their phony site, disguised as Father Martin’s doing. The idiocy of such a libelous maneuver defies all sense. If Father Martin had distanced himself from the Flynns by merely leaving them alone, what makes any rational person think that he would take to the Internet to publicly humiliate personal friends into shutting down a Website he authorized and blessed?

All this angry move demonstrated was just how ugly and base the spirit behind Medjugorje is. How can we say this? Going back to the beginning, there was no “Website controversy” whatsoever until the Medjugorje crowd got wind of Father Martin’s public stance against them. From that point forward, Father’s health was smitten, thousands of copies of “Windswept House” were inexplicably destroyed, his personal effects were stolen, his friends were hounded to abandon him, he was kept mute under lock and key, and his final writings — God only knows where his last will and testament is — remain unseen, unspoken and unheard.

Truth – Greater than Fiction

Before we close, it should be clear to anyone with a grade one I.Q. and knowledge of human nature and Father Martin, that if he had truly wanted Star Harbor to shut down his Website he would have simply instructed them to do so. Instead, one day, when able to secretively secure a private phoneline, he had enough time to tell them in an uncharacteristically weak voice, “I’m having difficulty talking…. Let’s continue to do God’s work together.. and talk next Tuesday.” Tuesday’s phonecall never came, and that was the last time his servants at Star Harbor ever heard from him.

Portrait of A Lie

Are you receiving a clear picture? Do you see the reason for our questions? They remain unanswered. Can you comprehend the angst of his close friends, Spiritual Director and allies; all left completely in the dark over the last year of Father Martin’s imprisonment, only privileged to hear the propaganda Livanos and Zuppe would leak from time to time? Do you agree that something isn’t right with this picture? Why would Father Martin’s words, “Let’s continue to do God’s work together.” — uttered from his own mouth, in his own voice — contradict the words of Livanos and Zuppe, unless their scheme to silence him was, under the pretense of caretaking, nothing more than a PORTRAIT OF A LIE.

Under the guise of keeping their patient quiet, Livanos and Zuppe persistently labored to thwart EACH and EVERY person close with Father Martin away from him. They both evaded every question of his well-being, and even denied his friends the opportunity to speak with Father when he proved to be present at their call(10). These two ladies, Kakia Livanos in particular, made it their special interest and mission to especially deprive him contact from those who had brought him the most joy before his mishap. For certain, recovering from a stroke mandates rest and relaxation… HOWEVER… who ever heard of therapeutic solitary confinement? No one gets better in jail.

Over the course of Father’s rehab, it became manifest that he was healthy enough to speak with select individuals, e.g. an FBI investigator probing the death of Fr. Kunz… a young seminarian… and a token few others. After these visits, he was always reported as doing well and suffering no visible effects of his initial setback. Are we the only ones who take pause in asking, “Why was your Spiritual Director shut off, Father Martin?” Why did Livanos and Zuppe make a point of cruelly telling your former nurse of twenty-five years that she was “fired”? “How did you come to be surrounded by such evil, ill-intentioned souls?” “Were your forthright and challenging words — “IT WAS SATANIC FROM THE BEGINNING.” — too much for the Medjugorje powerbrokers to swallow, the beginning of your end?”
Words Never Spoken, Song Never Sung

Earlier this year, the meddling Medjugorian, Zuppe, told Unity Publishing that Father Martin would unravel the controversy regarding his Web presence on an Art Bell radio broadcast. [Father Martin held hopes of welcoming Art Bell into the Church.] Regrettably, alike so many idle threats, this one never materialized. C’est dommage! We would have welcomed the opportunity to hear Father explain the tale of the tape, and declare for all the world to hear where he truly stood regarding Medjugorje and the pretenders making him out to be one of them. And yet, under the circumstances of his solitudinous final days, unusual fall and lethal blow, it’s not a stretch of reason to wonder if those opposed to Father’s mighty, priestly pen might not have had foreknowledge — or at least a participatory premonition — of his demise. To think otherwise is to rule their threats utterly inane and insane. To suspect a sinister foresight controlled their proud tongues is more plausible. In criminal circles, this is especially so. Premeditation makes psychopaths more psychopathic.

Year of Silence

What remains most unfortunate, sad and unaccountable in all this is, “Why did Father Martin seemingly accept his imposed silence this past year? Was he merely utilizing this time to make his final peace with his Maker, was he simply unable to overcome his opposition, or is there an intrigue running far beneath any question we can wittingly compose? Did he know too much to speak? Did he know enough to keep quiet?” While the answers to these ponderances have seemingly gone to the grave with Father, his silence in time remains a mystery, not adequately explained away by the minor stroke preceding his enigmatic fall.

My father had five heart attacks and I am quite familiar with their consequences and debilitating factors. So exposed, I know that on the same day of a muscle damaging heart attack, heart patients are commonly able to talk. Although they should avoid overexcitement, they can, should be and are, in virtually every medical institution, allowed to talk.

Instead, as you now know, locked away from those closest to him, Father Martin was forced to remain speechless for nearly a year, and abide the debatable caretaking and blatant mishandling of Kakia Livanos and Denise Zuppe.

O God, Bless and Keep Thy Servant
in the Heart of Thy Loving Son

We prefer to let the great, witty, humorous and inimitable spirit of Father Malachi Martin rest in peace, but the unreliable answers tied to his last days compel us to speak out about what we’ve learned. Perhaps, armed with this little knowledge, Father’s true friends will discover the who, what, where, when and why of how he was taken. We doubt it was his ordained time, although our heavenly Father permits evil, that all may become stronger opposing it

At the time of Father’s first stroke, he was taking a stroke-inhibitor medication proven to be better than 90% effective. Of course, he could have simply been of the smaller percentile, but given his virility, verve, zest for life and indomitable will to serve, all who knew him concur that his spirit of love in and for God was strong enough to overcome any such statistical challenge.

After the first stroke, why was Father Martin silent so long without speaking with those who cared for him? Why did he seem to avoid his Spiritual Director and closest friends? Likewise, why didn’t he ever phone us? If he truly endorsed the Livanos-Zuppe Website, and truly wanted Star Harbor’s site(11) closed, we would have gladly obliged his will with a mere phone call.

Also… Why was Father Martin’s signature forged during his recovery? Why did Livanos and Zuppe conspire to forge “malachimartin.com” using his name and credentials — without his knowledge — and contradict what he had already written and signed against Medjugorje, unless they stood against him and for the Croatian nightmare known as Medjugorje? Are we the only ones to suspect that Father was, figuratively speaking, sleeping with the Enemy? Logic prevents us from reaching any other conclusion.

“Et tu, Brutus!”

Who were the two women that Father trusted with his life and belongings? What spirit motivated them to perform seemingly bizarre, criminal and covert acts? In their minds, they may have believed they were loyal and loving souls with Father’s interests at heart, but their actions dramatically argue otherwise.

And now, according to informed sources, who value their anonymity, Father’s last book(s) will NOT be published. On the subject of publishing, thousands of copies of “Windswept House” were destroyed, and Father was prevented from speaking out or writing his mind about these incidents to anyone. Once more, his landlady, Kakia Livanos forbade it. Even when he lay dying, she forbade consoling words to reach Father and news about his condition to reach the public… right up till the day he died.

Reiteratively, Kakia Livanos was Father Martin’s benefactress (patron of the Arts) and landlady, who provided him room and board and the oratory where he said daily Mass. She was not Roman Catholic but Greek Orthodox, and of a family that owned several Greek shipping lines. We and all of Father’s friends are sincerely indebted and grateful that she gave him a sanctuary from which to do God’s work, but we wonder if her possession of her tenant became unduly harmful to his health.

Denise Zuppe emailed Phil Maguire, a reporter from Australia, that only select people were allowed to go upstairs to visit Father Martin. Why weren’t his friends so privileged? Was Livanos apprehensive the more enlightened among them would pick up on her hidden agenda? Furthermore, did Father know and approve of her restrictions and visitor selections? Because he was only able to smuggle out a few scant last words, we solemnly doubt it.

We’d like to think that Father Martin’s handlers cared for him and intended to protect him, but their methods of health care leave much to be desired, and cause rational men and women to ask, “What in God’s name were they thinking about?”
Father’s Parting Blow

In one of his last coherent acts, Father Martin fired his entire staff. Was he then healthy enough to arrest those who set out to damage his good name in defense of Medjugorje? We think so. We also propose that he was nevermore a threat to the evil he opposed then in that moment.

Soon after wielding Saint Michael’s Sword into the Heart of the Medjugorje camp, and vowing to expose the villains in his tell-all last book, Father felt a spectre push him… and then he fell.

Though he rests beyond time now, depriving many of his compassion, genius and warm presence, Father Martin’s final act of resistance substantiates the validity of this newsletter, and suggests that Livanos and Zuppe did much more than try to silence him. They kept him in the dark about their machinations. With good cause. Father Martin would have fired his staff months before had he known then what he discovered too late — the Enemy was within.

In facing the visible and invisible world undaunted, Father honored his holy ancestors. In fighting the good fight till the end, he honored God’s Holy Catholic and Apostolic Church. His final act of opposition to his staff exposed their sheeplike cloaks as belonging to the genus WOLF, and declared that he would not stand still as long as evil existed anywhere. In letting them know he disapproved of what they had done, in calling the Devil by name as he was want to do within a Holy Exorcism, Father did not go out with a whimper (as his foes desired), rather he violently ripped a hole the size of an ocean through the veil of time like an atomic bomb delivered from a distant star; the fallout from his thunderous blast and parting left to come.

The Man Who Knew (and said) Too Much

Father Martin knew firsthand about the long-planned, Satanically-orchestrated infiltration of homosexuals and pedophiles into the American Catholic Church. He understood they were most likely behind the brutal, ritualistic murder of his friend, Father Kunz — butchered alive for not merely possessing like knowledge, but because he was prepared to reveal a list of names and events to Church authorities. In the same manner, Father Martin was readying to blow the whistle on this deviant subculture in his last book. As in a Grisham novel, Father was ever the archetypal hero, growing more courageous the greater the danger, yet ever-tested to not underestimate his opponent.

As we pine the loss of a great warrior for the salvation of God’s children, we’re left feeling uneasy with so many remaining questions. We cannot accuse or prove anyone deliberately set out to take over his identity. These things sometimes just have a way of happening when lesser plans go awry. Maybe the phrase “the Medjugorje Hoax” was simply too unbearable for the proud Enemy to swallow. Maybe God chose Father Martin to become a victim soul so the evil spirits of Medjugorje might be exposed and crushed. Who knows? But the fact that people in his immediate camp pretended to be him, while working to keep his wit and wisdom from reaching the world, cries for an answer.

And still, we hope and pray Father Martin rests in peace in the loving arms of Our Lord. May he more powerfully intercede for all who remain, that we may come to love what he did more than anything: defending God’s Church on earth and saving souls.

A Strange Coincidence

George Livanos, a leading ship owner and one of Greece’s wealthiest men, died a few days after Malachi Martin’s death. A member of this eminent shipping family from the Aegean island of Hios, Livanos was born in New Orleans in 1926. He founded the Greek hydrofoil company known as “Ceres”, a fleet of 110 vessels, all registered and sailing under the Greek flag.

Other Sources

For more information on the bizarre events and even more bizarre people shadowing Father Martin’s last days on earth, visit Catholic Viewpoints on the Web or our own site at http://www.unitypublishing.com/malachi. A colorized prayer card photo and brief farewell can be found on our webmaster’s site at http://starharbor.com/malachi.

Father Malachi Brendan Martin’s funeral Mass was offered at St. Anthony of Padua Church in West Orange, New Jersey. God’s servant was 78 years of age. A renowned theologian and best-selling author of 16 books, Father Martin’s writings may be obtained by emailing Catholic Truth Books at “ctbooks@thinline.com” or visiting http://www.amazon.com on the Internet.

A true history, defense and obituary of Father Malachi, written by his 20 year friend, Fr. Charles Fiore of Minnesota, can be found on http://www.rcf.org.

I would like to close by saying, that knowing the caliber of his friends — Father Charles Fiore, Dr. William Marra, Father Alfred Kunz, Stephen Brady, Paul Likoudis, Jerry Matatics, Michael Davies, Father Fitzgerald, Cecile Powell, Tom Fitzgerald, and many others — Father Malachi Martin must have been a great and holy man. Judged by the company we keep, he kept company with the brightest and best men and women of our day.

Eager to explore timeless and deep theological questions effecting our world, I regret we weren’t able to meet before his death. I’m also convinced, of like mind and spirit as Father’s God-fearing friends, that we would have come to perfect agreement on many subjects, and enjoyed spiritually slaying infidels together.

Father Malachi genuinely loved people and Holy Mother the Church. Gentle, sage and kind, he was ever ready to answer any question or attend to any need. He was a good and holy priest, a man after God’s heart. May he rest in the Light of God.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Svali, Illuminati Defector, Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview

Sometimes you just eralixe, that something is awfully wrong when this kind of information gets out. And when the informant dies you can assume, that there is something truth in the story…

Svali, Illuminati Defector,

Disappeared 6 Months after this Interview

Transcript

Warning: When I first heard Svali’s story in her own words, years ago, it was so awful and heart-breaking that I could not listen to the whole thing. However, Svali likely gave her life to bring us this information, and if you can be brave enough to confront this, this information is vital to make earth a good place for every person and animal to be.

Few people have done more to expose the beyond-terrible things that he Illuminati have done to us, plan to do, and do to their own members. Anytime that you wish you were born into a rich and powerful family, remember Svali. These people desperately need our prayers.

Thank you to Svali for (probably) giving her life to get us this crucial information. Thank you to Greg Szymanski for doing this interview.

Interview starts at 5.40.

Published on Jun 19, 2012

INTRODUCTION

Svali was once a programmer for the Illuminati, where she lived a double-life. She herself has gone through trauma-based mind control since she was a newborn, which split her personality in thousands of fractions as a result. From these fractions, her programmers then built a whole new brain structure; implanting commands, false memories, amnesia and a lot of other things to create a total Illuminati mind controlled slave.

Her task was then to program others in similar ways, so each and every person within the group could be assigned different tasks and accomplish them without hesitation or protest. These tasks could be anything from prostitution to brutal murder.

Like many others born into the Illuminati, from her birth in Germany, Svali had no choice in her future, as her wealthy, rich and powerful parents charted her course as a “Chosen Child” from an early age.

Told she was “special and born to rule over the masses” to make a better world, Svali recalls going to regular Illuminati meetings with other “chosen children” at least three times a week, after moving from Germany to Virginia, and then finally to San Diego.

Svali later managed to escape from the Illuminati, after she started “waking up,” realizing how destructive it was what she was doing. She kept herself in hiding for years and was very reluctant to giving interviews, afraid of being caught.

However, in January of 2006 she decided to do an interview with the anti New World Order radio host Greg Szymanski. Approximately six months after the interview, Svali disappeared. A friend of hers at the time said she suspected the worst: either the Illuminati killed her or she was brought back into the cult to be ‘tuned up,’ as they call it, which meant she would be ‘re-programmed’ so she would stay in the cult. (It has been reported since then that Svali did go into hiding and is safe)

In this interview with Greg Szymanski, Svali explains how the Illuminati organization is structured, in general. It is of course much, much more complex than this.

TRANSCRIPT

(GS=Greg Szymanski)

SATANIC RITUAL & CHILD SACRIFICE IN THE CATHOLIC CHURCH, IN THE VATICAN

GS: We are going to get deep inside the Illuminati, the family, the order. We have a guest who was involved with this group, born into it, for over thirty years. Her name is Svali. Svali, are you here?

Svali: Yes, I am.

GS: Well, it’s nice to have you here, and I know you don’t give radio interviews. And I really want to thank you, because I think it really does help the American people to understand about this secret organization that you were born into.

Satanic Rituals in the Vatican

So I guess we could just start from the beginning, and tell us right from the beginning, you were born into this from wealthy parents. And tell us about your training in this group when you were a young child, and up onto your orientation at the Vatican.

Svali: Well, that’s a pretty broad area.That gives me hours.

GS: If you could just give us an outline.

Svali: I was born into this group, born in Germany, came to this very young. And basically went through all the training that the group – all members of the group do undergo training to different degrees, depending on their role.

By the time I was a teenager I was a youth leader and by the time I was 22 I became the youngest member –  leadership counsel in San Diego County – and at that time I was a head trainer. I was the sixth trainer. I was moved up  to the second position.

When I was 12, I had mentioned to you, about the ceremony at the Vatican, that they really do make all leadership undergo, at some point.

GS: Now basically when you were growing up, I remember you told me that, you were instilled at a young age.  You were born into a very wealthy, well-to-do family.

Svali: Yes.

GS: You moved back to the States.  You were told at a very young age that you were special, that you were chosen.  Am I correct?

Svali: Well, they tell everyone in the group that they are special and chosen.  And in fact, that was one of the things that made me cynical when I was older.  You will never meet a person who is an Illuminati who has not been told and programmed for years that they are special.  That they are the only one who can do things for “family”.  But I was told that, yes, I would do great things for family one day.  And the reason why, I guess, I can filter some of this with an objective view is, I know what my role in the group was.  And it was over quite a significant number of other people.  So I don’t evaluate what my role or specialness was in the group so much by what I was told, but by what I did.

GS: So you reached the age of 12 and then you were told by your parents that you were going to an induction ceremony in the Vatican. Can you tell us how that happened, and what occurred at that ceremony when you went there?

Svali: Okay. (tears). This isn’t easy to talk about, as you know. I was 12. I was flown over to Germany.  I was at – I’ll call it the German father’s house, over there.  There was some preparation for a few days, beforehand.  I was told that there would be a very important ceremony and it was considered a ceiling ceremony at that point.

And basically I was told a little bit about what I was expected to do during the ceremony.  When we got there, we went to the Vatican.  There is, underneath the Vatican a large room, that I described to you when we talked before. It has 13 catacomb chambers leading into it, and what they do, as you go down these steps into the room, you can see that – it’s circular, so they are all rounded, and they bring out the mummies from the catacombs, and they say that is the spirits of the fathers, watching over the ceremony.

And during the ceremony there was a large table in the center of the room. It was on top of a huge, golden pentagram. And they had the ceremony there.

GS: How many other children were with you, being inducted with you into the family, or the order, as they call it?

Svali: There were two other children, but there were several adults there too.

GS: Okay.

Svali: You see, the church also brings in adults, for allegiance.  I was told. I was told – I don’t know if this is true – If you rise to a certain position within the Catholic Church hierarchy, then you do have to go through that ceremony.

GS: So you are down in this room. Your parents weren’t present?

Svali: No. The German father and grandfather were.

GS: Well at that point, tell our listeners what you witnessed.

Svali: Well, there was a table – it looked like dark glass – in the center of the room. It was made of stone, but it looked very shiny and dark and black.  It may have been something like obsidian or onyx, I’m not sure.  That’s the only time I’ve seen stone that looked like that.

And it had around the corners gold – I guess – channels that collects woods (? hard to hear this). And a little boy was placed in the center of the room, on drugs – I think he was drugged, because he was very quite, he didn’t move or say anything during the ceremony.

GS: This was a little 3 or 4 year old boy. Correct?  And then they continued to do a child sacrifice.

Svali: Yes, they did.  I told you about that before.

GS: Now, afterwards – quite – what an unbelievable experience for a 12 year old.  I just don’t know – I mean , what went through your mind?

Svali: I was terrified. I was absolutely horrified.  I can’t describe the terror you feel when you go through something like that.

GS: Do you remember what the words where said while this was going on?

Svali: The man was in scarlet.  He was speaking in Latin.  And basically he was saying, “Please accept the sacrifice on this day. And then he said “This sacrifice will seal the ceremony.”

And then he did it.

Again, I was so terrified that… Have you ever been in a situation where your heart is racing but you can’t do anything, and so you are just sitting there, and you are caught fading in and out?

GS: I can remember as a youth being frightened, but I don’t think I’ve ever …

Svali: No.  All right.  Well imagine your heartrate going up to about 220.  You can’t move, so you are kind of shaking, but you are trying not to show it.

It was horrible.  Actually, I kept thinking inside, “I can’t wait until this is over.  I can’t wait until this is over. I can’t wait until this is over” Over and over.

Afterwards, the man in scarlet, he had a huge, golden ring on his hand.  He came over to the center of the room and he had each of the people who were swearing that day.  I had to go forward and kneel before him, and kiss his ring, and swear my allegiance to the New World Order until my death.

GS: Now, at that point you were escorted out.

Svali: Yes.  After the ceremony was over. The other people did theirs as well – they had to swear allegiance too.

GS: They were about the same age as you?

Svali: The two children were, but there were also three adults there too, who did the same.  And afterwards we were told, may the same or worse occur to you, should you ever break this oath.

GS: Phew.  Imagine at that age…And you weren’t really prepped for this, were you?  You were told there was a ceremony but nothing, you didn’t expect anything like this, from what I’ve gathered from talking with you.

Svali: It, it was very difficult because the sense of horrific oppression down there was the worse – I mean, I’ve been through some ceremonies in my life in the Illuminati – you do go through them – and I have to say in my experience that this was the worst – I can’t explain the amount of darkness in a room like that, the amount of pure evil.  It was horrible.  It wasn’t just what happened.  The oppression .…I’m a Christian now, I know the difference now between when there is evil present, oppression or when God’s love is present, and joy and peace, which is the exact opposite of what was in that room.

GS: Now you know what I find quite interesting about this.  About 25 years ago I was a reporter and a freelance writer in Rome and I spent 6 years there – walked through the Vatican hundreds of times – covered the Papal addresses, things like that, and during that time I was there during a Vatican scandal, which involved the church bank, and other things, members of the Illuminati, the Freemasons, and I was approached by a woman, on Via (?) – I will never forget this.  Rome is a small town, and people knew I was covering stories about the secret societies, things like that, because I had to ask people. Well this woman came up to me and told me similar stories, although she wasn’t quite as specific, because she couldn’t handle it, and she would break out crying, and had tried to commit suicide twice, because she couldn’t get out of the Illuminati.  She was a member, young.  She was born into it, a very wealthy Northern Italian family.  And she told me basically the same ceremony took place with her.  And so when I started talking to you, I wanted to relay that to you, and also to relay to my listeners that I heard about this 25 years ago, from a woman by the name of Maria and many other people, several people in Italy that I talked to.

I was never able to locate or – really, probably for my own safety – never find out what happened. But, again, Svali is corroborating the story that I heard about 25 years ago.  We’ll get back after this break, this incredible story about a member of the Illuminati, who is now out of the group, safe, on the Republican Broadcasting Network.

(Editor’s note: It would appear that he spoke too soon when he said that Svali was safe).

(Break)

GS: We are back on the Investigative Journal, I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. We are talking to Svali, a member of the family, the order, Illuminati, for over 30 years.  Svali, you leave the induction ceremony, you walk out into the Vatican courtyard, you walk out with one of the fathers.  What did he tell you then?

Svali: He told me to never forget. He told me I performed well during the ceremony, because I didn’t scream or pass out or anything like that.  He said, “You did very well”.  We went and stayed at the home of a local person nearby, we spent the night there, before we went back to Germany.

GS: How did the other people at the ceremony, how did they handle themselves, do you remember?

Svali: When you are in that kind of situation, the last thing you are thinking about is what the other people are doing.  I was so busy trying not to lose it, myself.  I mean, no one screamed or shouted, or anything like that.  Everyone was quiet.  There was dead silence.  Unless they had to go forward and kiss the ring.

GS: Let’s move on. The question I’ve wanted to ask you, and this is such a wide subject, and I’ve had a chance to talk to you a number of days, and I’ve done some stories about it.  You go back home.  You’re 12 years old.  You said you were schooled into 12 disciplines.  So your life begins, and you know now you are in some type of organization that is very different from what most people experience.  But tell us, I guess what I want to do, is leave it open to you to begin.  You’ve written so in depth on this story.  I’m just going to give you the microphone, and let you begin and tell the listeners what you think is important about your original training, about the group and about many things that I know people want to know about the Illuminati.  Go ahead.

Svali: Okay. Well, Greg, first I want to say that my purpose in talking about this is not to glorify evil.  Because there are very wicked people out there, very powerful people.  And I do not want at all to magnify their power.  But I do want people to know that this is real, that these people exist, that people who say, “There are people out there who are involved in these activities”, it really happens.  I also know that because there are children being hurt in the group, every day.  And that is my motivation for coming forward.  I don’t like giving interviews, for obvious reasons.  I am willing this one time to put lay aside my thoughts of personal safety, because these people need to be stopped, it needs to be stopped.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

Svali: And, normally children in the group are born into it.  While the Illuminati very rarely goes outside recruitment, that’s not their main method.  It’s just passed down generationally from father to son, and mother to daughter, to children, until the whole family line is in it.

Throughout the centuries people have tried to escape, but a lot of times they were either poisoned, murdered or set up to look like a suicide.  They don’t like it when people leave, and they try to make it very difficult.  Simply because it looks bad.  They go through an enormous amount of training from the time you are an infant.  You undergo indoctrination.  And when I say indoctrination, I don’t just mean cult programming so much as watching your parents and see what they do.  My parents modeled their behavior.  To them it was very important for growing up.  I saw that 3 times a week everything was dropped to attend to the activities.

And basically their training process is designed to take on your adult role in the group.  The Illuminati covers so many levels, too.  It goes all the way from what most people think of as, like, a Satanic coven type thing, at the very low, local level.  All the way to, it’s a huge, enormous business corporation.  At the mid levels you have people overseeing finance and administration.  I mean, these people are making a lot of money through gun running, through white slavery, prostitution, pornography, they links and ties to the mafia left and right.  In fact, the mafia are afraid of them.  Well, think about it.  Because they know, you don’t cross the members of the group.

They have a very spiritual orientation.  They are not Satanic, though, they are Luciferian, which is a difference.  They’re ultimate goal of their spiritual philosophy and discipline is that they believe that, should you complete all your training, you become a god.  That is their actual end goal.  They believe in the achievement of godhood.  Through what they call illumination, which is how they got their name.

They are international.  In Europe there are 12 fathers, who represent the different nations of Europe.  They are very expectantly awaiting he who is to come….

GS: Svali, can you, uh, I have to take a break.

SV: Sure.

GS: We’ll continue with the massive organization, your role as a mid-level person in the Illuminati on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal, and I’m talking with Svali. Svali, why don’t we just pick it right up where we left off at the break. You were telling us about this hierarchy that starts with twelve fathers. Can you just run that down for us so people know exactly how this group is organized?

SV: Sure. At the top levels, it’s in Rome. That’s the power center or the heart of the Illuminati, where the power base is. And that’s why all leadership must swear fealty in Rome, because that’s considered the core of, the spiritual center of the Universe. That’s how they view it.

From there, in Europe there are twelve fathers – one for each country in Europe. When I was younger I had to also meet with the fathers at one point and kiss the ring, and go through another ceremony of allegiance to them as well.

In the Illuminati, the European Fathers rule over what are called the different houses. For instance, if you are from Germany then you belong to the German House, if you are from France you belong to the French House – they call them Houses. UK, Russia, Poland, Belgium, Spain, Italy and others.

From there, America was considered a mission field for them. In the 17, actually in the 1600s, Pittsburgh became the first port of entry for them. That’s where they first settled. That’s why it’s still considered a spiritual power base for the group on the East Coast in the US.

GS: You know, I did want to mention one thing. A caller / listener / reader of your stories sent me an email, and said, “Greg, check into the reason why President Bush, right after being elected, went into and talked to a Masonic group there.” I found that quite interesting.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: It’s the spiritual power base for the group. From there, it spread out across the Atlantic seaboard, and then throughout the nation. The nation is divided into many regions, multiple regions but seven main regions. The East Coast region has its spiritual power base in Pittsburgh, but the administrative power base is in Alexandria, Virginia. That’s where they administer the finances during the day to day operations.

The West Coast, or the West region, west of the Mississippi, has its power base in the San Diego area.

GS: And that’s where you spent a lot of time, correct?

SV: Yeah. Yes. I was sent from, the Alexandria Council sent me to San Diego to help them out.

GS: Okay, go ahead.

SV: Those are the two, of course, main regions. And then each of those regions are divided into sub-regions.

So then you have your Regional Councils sitting over those, and overseeing activities. If you can think of the structure of a large multinational corporation, that’s really how the Illuminati is structured. Then beneath each of the regional councils are your local councils. They call them sister groups or sisters, or your local councils. Then you have your local groups under those as well, or what they call the sister groups.

Any major metropolitan city could have anywhere from five to fifteen groups, depending on the size of the population base. Or more.

GS: Now you were saying that, how many people are in this group in America now, from your estimate, of knowing a lot of this stuff? Go ahead…

SV: Pure Illuminati, I would say about one percent, give or take, based on population.

GS: So it’s a fairly huge… big organization, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Now their goal, basically. Just give us the broad overview goal, and then I want to get into some of these, you know, your role in it, and some of these ways that the Illuminati makes money that you learned about.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: You know, when you say “To rule the world,” it almost sounds laughable – like “yeah, right”, you know. I think people get ideas of thinking or wanting to rule the world. But really, that is their goal. They believe that they are the intelligent leaders, and they believe that the rest of the world are sheep that need wise… They see themselves as wise leadership. So they believe that their goal is to rule the world.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: But at the same time, they have occult ways of doing that. Their main way of doing that is behind the scenes. They believe in infiltration of the media, of education and of government – those are the three areas – and of the financial system. And they have successfully done quite a bit of all four throughout Europe and the US, as well as other countries.

GS: Now you said that they, basically the Illuminati is divided into about six or seven groups, and everyone is born into a group. Could you outline what those groups are?

SV: Well no, it’s all one group, there are just different levels.

GS: Yeah, that’s what I mean. Like the Sciences, the Government, or…

SV: Oh. Oh. Okay. The Illuminati is divided into different branches of learning. These branches include Sciences, Military, Government, Leadership, Scholarship and Spiritual. Those are the six branches of learning. And while all children need to undergo some training or teaching in each area, as they get older… They begin profiling you from infancy, and they know where your activities and abilities are. Then you’re, you really go into… Most people specialize in one branch or possibly two branches of learning.

GS: And you were involved in what branch?

SV: I was heavily involved in Sciences, and also to some degree I did some Spiritual as well – but mainly Sciences.

GS: Just to backtrack one minute, these twelve disciplines. As a child, you were rigorously trained in this, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. And what were those disciplines?

[1. To not need.

2. To not want.

3. To not wish.

4. Survival of the fittest.

5. The code of silence.

6. Betrayal is the greatest good.

7. Not caring.

8. Time travel.

9,10,11: Sexual trauma, learning to dissociate and increase cognition, decrease feeling – details of these 3 steps vary according to child’s future role in the cult.

12. Coming of age ceremony (Vatican underground sacrifice).]

GS: I mean, if… You don’t have to go through each one of them, but what primarily were you taught?

SV: (pause) I think the best way would be to give you an example of just one type of training that they do.

GS: Okay.

SV: I was two years old. I was left in a room for probably a 24-hour period. When you are that age it is hard to estimate, but it was a long time. I know that the sun did go around (laughs) at least once, and it wasn’t just like a few hours.

At that age, when you are two and you are left alone without food and water, you are terrified. And at the end of the time, I was just dying of thirst. My morale was just… I have never been so thirsty in my entire life.

My mother walked into the room. A lot of times they have the children, you know, or the parents train the children at these early ages. There was a table in the middle of the room and I was sitting at it. She brings in this cold pitcher of water and she starts pouring it. I said, “Mom! I want a drink of water,” and she slapped me out of the chair. (pause)

GS: Hm.

SV: And I remember crying! And as I’m crying, she’s drinking the water in front of me, and she leaves! She takes the pitcher of water. And a couple of hours later, she came back in and did the same thing. And I said, “Mom, Mom, I want water!” And she slapped me! I mean, across the room.

After this had happened about three times, luckily I was bright enough that by the third time she came in, I mean, I remember crying silently, but I just looked at her. I didn’t ask.

After she got up and left with the pitcher, a man came into the room. He said, “You did very well that time.” And then he gave me a drink of water.

GS: Hm.

SV: That was part of the “learning not to want” stage. Looking back on it, I realize now as an adult that the part of that training was to teach me not to recognize my own physiological needs and respond to them, but to look to outside people to tell me what I wanted or needed. Which is what…

GS: Now you basically, you told me you led a dual life in the Illuminati. That’s basically how they function.

SV: Oh yeah!

GS: You have a day job, and then at nighttime you’re quite busy sometimes with the cult activities, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: Okay. What I wanted to get into… you were talking about these groups. I remember I mentioned to you, you said you had these meetings three times a week. I said, “Well, what about if I wanted to go and visit, and maybe do a story about them?” What would happen, or how could… would I be able to find one of these meetings that were going on, in your area of Escondido?

SV: Well no, because of the security measures. And A), you really don’t want to show up unannounced at a meeting if you could get through their security, because the chances are you would never make it out alive. Let’s just say that a certain auto accident would occur, and be reported in the papers: “Unfortunate accident – man accidentally runs into tree.” (Laughs) I mean, I’m serious!

The security that they have during group meetings is so intense that it would be very difficult. They have security at the one-mile perimeter, the three-mile perimeter and the five-mile perimeter. They have three people assigned. Usually one is up in a tree where you can’t see him at the five-mile perimeter.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And then you have one person who is standing, looks like a security guard for the estate, because these are often large, wealthy estates, which is appropriate. He is dressed in a uniform. The third person is standing hidden behind a tree. As cars come through, and they come through the gates – remember these are gated estates.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: So if it’s not someone on their approved license checklist, they will stop the car. It’s just like at a military installation. They will say, “Can I help you? Are you lost?” Their goal is to delay the person. Now if a person is saying, “Oh, this is blah blah blah,” and they are just asking for directions, they will give them directions, be very pleasant and send them on their way, to where they are supposed to be going.

But if they are acting as if they want to go further into the estate, and this is not an okay person, then they will say, “Uh, all right, well HE’S NOT EXPECTING YOU.” That’s a code word. That tells the person either behind, up in the tree, or hidden further back – they radio ahead and they say “UNEXPECTED VISITOR.”

At that point, everyone has been trained to pick up and leave immediately, within five minutes – with no traces of the activity.

GS: So this is some of the methods they go through so you don’t get caught. I know that you wrote an article about why the cult doesn’t get caught.

SV: Oh yeah.

GS: It’s pretty specific. You have so much stuff here, and we can’t get into it all in two hours, so please pick and choose what you think is most important. But I find that to be interesting – why the cult doesn’t get caught. Is there anything in just a brief time you could explain to us… that?

SV: Well, their security, their money, their influence. Some of these people even own newspapers. Imagine trying to get a (laughs) article published, you know, disclosing… There’s a lot of reasons why they don’t get caught. That’s the first thing people ask.

Then my next question is, “Well, how many child pornographers are there out there, that the police have been chasing for years, and have never found or caught?”

GS: Correct.

SV: And they’re not even members of a secret organization. They’re just trying to hide, you know. So when you consider that…

GS: Now you…

SV: Okay.

GS: Yeah. You were a mid-level person in this organization, a head trainer. We’re going to get into those specifics in the next hour. But you know, what did you learn about the infiltration of this group into all our different areas of government and media? They are basically at the high levels of most of our financial institutions also, correct?

SV: Yes.

GS: And that is a great way to pursue their goal. I guess I’ve got to ask you this. How come things are moving a little bit faster in America now? I remember back in the 80s when I was confronted with this, when I came back home I didn’t really see this kind of New World Order movement… all this different symbolism that you see now. What is going on, just for our listeners, right now? Why are things stepped up since 9-11?

SV: I believe it’s because they can see the fulfillment of their goal… See, I’m going to sound very cynical now, and please forgive me for this, okay? Their goal is to rule the world, and personally I believe that they do – it’s just not open yet.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And they say they’re now preparing people for when they disclose themselves openly. Does that mean that they can’t be stopped? I believe they could. I believe it would take a miracle, because of the amount of infiltration I see at all levels of society, and the world. These guys, these people have a lot of money. They have a lot of influence. And your average person has no idea of how much is going on behind the scenes that no one understands.

But, with that said, I think that they’re already there, they just aren’t open. These people just don’t know where they’re going! (Laughs) If they did, I think the average person would be horrified to know how much is going on behind the scenes that people really don’t know.

GS: Yeah, and the point of this interview, one, I had two goals…

SV: But… But you see, I don’t want to sound disparaging, because I am also a strong Christian. I have faith in God, and I believe through prayer, and through people knowing… I mean, I would like them to be stopped. I just don’t know, at this point, how do you take on the financial institutions of the world, the major oil enterprises of the world, you know? (Laughs) That’s the question! (Laughs) You know?

GS: Yeah! You know, it is a difficult question. Now you’re in the mid-level of this group. You worked your way up to a head trainer, correct?

SV: Yeah… Yeah.

GS: Now what did you learn… Before we get into specifics, you outline some in of your writings, the big money-making… the ways this group makes its money. Can you go over and outline some of those methods?

SV: Again, if you can think of an illegal activity, they’re probably involved at some point. Maybe not overtly, at the point of where the actual money is first shaking hands – but when you have child pornography, prostitution, white slavery, gun running, gambling, then at some point where the money is changing hands, buffered by about four layers of people, there’s going to probably be someone from the Illuminati involved at that point. These guys have their fingers in everything.

GS: Now…

SV: Uh…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: But they also use legitimate means. They launder their money. When you have a lot of money, you have to do something with it. And so, these men don’t come in and say, “Hi! I’m a member of the Illuminati and I want to run your bank.” What they’ll do is they’ll quietly come in and become a quiet investor, start buying up shares. And over a period of maybe, almost a lifetime, they will get a controlling interest in the bank, or become a very… you know. Or maybe in their son’s lifetime.

That’s the other thing about the Illuminati. The Illuminati do not see it as “This is what must happen now, in my lifetime.” These people have goals that last for centuries, for two centuries. They are very, very patient.

GS: And that’s why the specific training of the children is so important, correct?

SV: Yes. It’s to teach you PATIENCE. Everyone knows, growing up in the group, we may not see the coming order disclosed or open or revealed in our lifetime, but our children or our grandchildren may. So they will spend their entire life trying to bring about the goals of the organization.

GS: (Chuckles) Hm. Incredible. So now you’re in the mid-level. I can see now where they used these programming techniques, the different mind control techniques. We have a minute before the break. Just kind of whet our interests about how you… what your specific role was.

SV: Well, they did a lot of what you might call human experimentation. And they had a lot of research protocols going on. So one thing I did was to supervise the research going on. I was teaching the younger trainers and head trainers how to do things more efficiently, how to do their job well, but also reviewing their research reports for errors or problems.

Eventually I became kind of a consultant. If a problem occurred, or they didn’t know how to install something, or if they needed assistance, I would help them with problem solving as well.

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m going to have to take a break. We’ll be back in three minutes. We’ll continue, on Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’ve got a short four minute segment here, then we’ll take a break and come back with Svali for a whole [additional] hour. We’re talking about jobs in the Illuminati, the practical daily jobs that these members of this group, who are infiltrated in America heavily… what they do. Now one thing I find interesting, Svali, knowing the media… I’m not going to name names or anything, because I don’t have any specific information. But I find it interesting.

Doing some background checks on a lot of the top media people in our country, they all come from these very wealthy families. (Laughs) Now that’s not the typical MO for a journalist. A journalist is somebody who grows up on the street, wants to talk to people, I can think of Jimmy Breslin, guys who never went to college, didn’t know how to type, and just got in there, took their tie off and started writing stories.

But you know, as you look at the media now, there are all these silver spoon kids – growing up with silver spoons. I find that quite interesting. How deeply infiltrated, from your knowledge, are they in our media?

SV: Wow. Pretty… I do know, uh, fairly deeply. I remember that when I was in San Diego on Leadership Council during meetings, they would laugh about how people had no idea of how much they were being influenced and didn’t even know it. They found that kind of amusing, which is… I mean, that’s the mindset of people in the group, though. They’re like, “The sheep have no idea that they’re being led by the hand.”

And they find it amusing, because they show it as evidence of… I mean, I’m just describing what they say, I don’t agree with it now, but they saw as evidence of the stupidity of the m… of the average person – that they have no idea.

I’m not saying that every news story or every newscaster is a member of the group… by no means. But, they specifically do teach and train and educate children that show an aptitude for the media, because they want that. And if the person has a bright, charismatic personality, and presents well, then that child will go into that, if they have their verbal communication and other skills required.

GS: Well, you know, that could explain why a lot of our stories really never get covered, outside of the influence they have financially and the ownership of the media.

SV: (crosstalk) That’s absolutely not by coincidence.

GS: What’s that?

SV: Not at all a coincidence.

GS: Yes. That’s a good idea, folks, why you’re not getting the news from those outlets. Not only in our government. It explains a lot of things. Look at the war in Iraq. Look at the evidence there that shows what is wrong. Look at what they’re doing in Iran right now. I mean, it’s incredible. All this stuff is pretty obvious, people. There’s something behind it. Svali is here trying to explain this organization from her knowledge, and it is quite, quite a story.

I know this idea. You were involved as a trainer of mind programming? I mean, this is just, I’m looking at some of the chapters in a book you have yet to publish [in paper book form]. We’re talking about brainwave, color control, metal, jewel programming, programming link to stories and movies… I mean, it goes into suicidal programming.

In just a minute here before our break, can you kind of break down what you learned about the importance, well, oh! We’ve got to take a break, Svali, sorry. We’re going to do that quickly, then we’ll get back to you. We’re talking to Svali, regarding her role as a head trainer in the Illuminati, the American Illuminati. We’ll be back, on the Republic Broadcasting Network, in two minutes.

[END OF FIRST HOUR]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Republic Broadcasting Network. One more hour. We’re talking to Svali, and she was a head trainer in the Illuminati.

Svali, what type of programming do they actually teach you, and how do you learn these different techniques?

SV: Well, you’re taught from childhood on. My training in how to be a programmer started very young. I was mentored by another programmer at the age of 5, by a doctor at George Washington University. Not only did he do the programming on me, but also taught me how to do it to others. The types of programming… again, that could be a whole ten-hour segment to go into depth. From the time a child is an infant, all through their life basically, they are tested, they are profiled. Trainers can create a psychological profile, and then they update it frequently.

Basically, they are trying to install in this child the ability to obey, loyalty to the group, and the ability to do their job within the group.

Now those jobs vary in complexity. You may have on one side a child trained to be a prostitute. On the other end you may have a child trained to become a governmental figure, which is a lot more complex programming.

But as long as the loyalty to the group is instilled, and that is the first and foremost programming always installed, then no matter what their eventual role is, they will remain loyal. And that becomes their first loyalty. Whatever nation, whatever their public role in life is, their first and foremost loyalty will be to the group, and to serve its goals – whether they know.

A lot of times, the goal is [also] to be able to help the child create that complete division between their day role and their night role. So a pleasant, charming, wonderful, kind person in the daytime could be an absolutely cold, ruthless person at night – or during the day, you know, it’s also during the day they do it.

Then you may have a housewife with children who goes out and completes a courier job for the group. And no one would ever suspect her. Who is going to suspect [that] this lovely-looking little housewife with a baby in a car seat is actually carrying some valuable documents?

Again, the first and foremost other thing was to instill loyalty, and they want to discourage people from questioning orders. They really don’t want you questioning that, and they want you to obey their directives. Should people show signs of not doing that, then they go on for tune-ups. Actually people are being programmed all through their life. We used to call them tune-ups. It’s a lifelong process for members of the group.

GS: We have a minute here before our break, and we’ll get back and get in depth into some of these areas. But what went wrong with you? I mean, the dropout rate probably is very low…

SV: Extremely low. (laughs)

GS: …considering the number of, considering the training. But what went wrong with you? They somehow missed something.

SV: When I was very young I absolutely believed in the goals of [the group]. You never saw a more loyal group member. I thought that they were saving the world. I thought that we were doing a wonderful thing. But the older I got, I started to see the methods that were being used for so long, and that the ends do not justify the means. I became increasingly cynical, partly because I saw what I was doing to people. I was lying to them. I was manipulating them. I was telling them things that weren’t true. I remember questioning this, thinking, “I was told lies as a child too, then. I was manipulated.”

GS: Wow.

SV: And finally you start to question, as an adult, the things you were taught. (bumper music starts)

GS: Okay. We’re going to take a break, Svali, we’ll be back in three minutes on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. Svali, I wanted to ask you a question. Before we get into how you finally left the group, and what happened to you afterwards in your life now – tell us. You wrote an article that is very interesting – A Day in the Life of a Trainer for the Illuminati. Tell us what you went through in a normal day in your role at the Illuminati. Go ahead.

SV: Okay. Basically I would get up. At the time that I described in that article, I was teaching at a Christian school. And so I would get up, I would get my two children dressed and ready for school. Just like a normal mom, you know, go through the day, come home. We’d have little friends over and play, and stuff like that. Then, you know, have dinner. I was a good mom. I was your average American housewife – on the surface.

But underneath the surface, then my husband and I would remind each other on nights when there was a meeting. And then what we would do is when we would go to sleep, I had programming in place that would allow me to wake up within ten minutes of the specified time. If I knew there was a meeting that night, I would wake up ten minutes before it was time to get ready and go. A lot of times we would even go to bed with our clothes on. And I never really thought that was abnormal, you know?

GS: Mm hm.

SV: I thought everyone went to bed with their clothes on. I didn’t even question it, you know, on nights when we had meetings. I thought, “Oh, it’s warmer.” (Laughs)

GS: Okay.

SV: And then we’d get up and go, and drive to the meeting. I was also very involved in Military in San Diego. In fact the group has a lot of military orientation. So on top I would take the kids to their area, there was an area where the kids would go and change. They had a room and we would have like baskets of clothes, and we would change our clothing. You’d pick out your clothing, it had your name on it, and put on your uniform. Or whatever you wore that night. The kids would wear these little miniature military uniforms.

Then they would go out and do their training exercises. They were learning how to march, how to shoot. All kids in the Illuminati, at least in that area, know how to take apart a gun, put it together and shoot with deadly accuracy by the age of eight years old. Martial arts, there’s a lot of martial arts training. Sometimes I’d help supervise that, or fill in if there’s a military trainer [who] was [absent]. Everyone had to be – there was a lot of cross training. But most of the time I supervised the training. I would be working on implementing programming, or what we’d call tuning up – reinforcing previously installed programming in adults.

At that point I was normally supervising the younger trainers. They would be doing it, and I would be there watching and making sure they did it correctly. Or I would be also evaluating whether – sometimes every once in a while we’d be working on something that was somewhat experimental, and then I would be taking a more active role, assessing the person’s responses to the new protocol, recording it and if there was any difference between established parameters for that protocol or expected responses, I would be flagging that.

GS: Give me an example of someone you were working on. What… how would they be introduced, what would be the reason? Would they be military, what is, how does someone get sent to you?

SV: No, these were all members of the group!

GS: Oh, okay.

SV: Oh! I can tell you that in San Diego, twenty percent of the active members of the group were active military.

GS: Okay.

SV: Okay? And think of military intelligence. Think high-ranking officials, colonels, (laughs), commanders. My ex-husband was a lieutenant commander in the Navy, getting ready to become a commander, okay?

GS: All right.

SV: These are not stupid people.

GS: So you were basically working on the programming of the members involved.

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh yeah. Yeah.

No, we didn’t program people who were not members of the group. You CANNOT install significantly traumatic mind-control programming in a person who is not a member of the group.

GS: (crosstalk) Good.

SV: Now there are certain… what you can do is what we call passive programming, which is basically through media means. If someone’s watching a television program, they go immediately into alpha state. Everyone in the group, even a baby in the group knows that, because these people are very much into behavioral psychology. That’s a trance state, almost, a very relaxed state where messages can be implemented.

And that’s why I very strongly suggest people be very careful about the TV shows they watch! That’s all I will say about that.

But no, you cannot take an adult who is not a member of the group and do what we did to them. They would go psychotic, or they wouldn’t survive it, probably. They wouldn’t be able to psychologically handle it.

GS: Tell us some examples of what you were doing. Program techniques.

SV: (sighs) Sometimes, (sigh) it would involve, normally we would start with a hypnotic induction or even sometimes we would inject a medication. A lot of times especially young children have a lot of fear when they are going into programming, but adults do too. We want them to relax. We give them a very short-acting medication to relax them.

We would then invoke a hypnotic state in them. If it was an older person I would be checking that the codes are already installed. If I was getting ready to install programming in like a young child, I would tell them, explain to them very patiently exactly the behavior expected. I’d say, “I want you to do this, and this, and this.” I break it up into steps. Then I’d say, “First we’re going to practice this.”

I would show the child what I want them to do – I would model it. I would then tell the child, “DO IT.” The child would then do it, okay? But, normally they won’t do it well the first time, so she would… she or he would get shocked. That was called, because the group very much uses what they call positive and negative reinforcement. Okay?

If a child did not do it perfectly the first time, they are shocked. That’s the negative reinforcement.

Then I would say, “DO IT AGAIN.” They would show me the behavior.

Now at this point we start associating the behavior with an external stimulus or cue, too. Now a lot of times a child… If this is a behavior, though, that we want associated with a specific code, the child will often then traumatize very heavily first, to create a fragmentation in their personality. Then the behavior and the associated cue are given.

You might hear a tone, like “ding ding ding.” [I say,] “All right, I want you to do this.” Ding ding ding. The child hears the tone, they get up and they do the behavior. Once they can perform it perfectly, they are rewarded with praise. Good job, or a hug. Children like hugs, or something like that.

Then you do it over, and over, and over. That’s why trainers have to be very patient people. Because then maybe after the child has done it fifty times, then they hear the cue, they get up, [and] they do it. It’s not even a conscious [decision]… it’s reflexive. At that point it’s considered installed.

For very, very important programming, I’m talking about like end-level assassin programming, because we did train people how to assassinate people, and that’s a whole other topic I don’t want to go into here…

GS: Okay.

SV: We would then do a ritual to seal the programming afterwards.

GS: (Final-sounding) Okay.

SV: Okay?

GS: Just something, I was looking at some of your articles. One was “Christmas in the Cult.” Just to get off on a different subject here…

SV: Sure.

GS: You say this is quite different for you, when you were growing up, than it is for most children. Can you just kind of briefly tell us what you meant by that?

SV: Yeah, um… (sighs) I mean, we had trees and presents and things like that. But for most children, Christmas is just happy time, you know, lots of presents. But in the group, there are some very high ceremonies that are celebrated. Several times, in fact many times, I flew into Germany. And there, there wasn’t a Santa Claus. They had a figure called Father Yule…

GS: (crosstalk) Mm hm.

SV: …who represents Christmas there. But he is not the kind of benevolent Santa that you see here. This is a man with a golden scepter dressed in a white robe and a golden sash around.

I was once at the German Father’s house, where there was a gathering with children and adults, and Father Yule was present. He raises the scepter and basically strikes down a child in front of everyone.

GS: (laughs in disbelief) Oh my God!

SV: I know!

GS: (shocked) He strikes down a CHILD? I just…

SV: I know. Yes. He struck down the child with his, his scepter. And that… that is not what you call a happy Christmas, you know?

GS: No. (sighs)

SV: And at the same time, yes, we did have a tree, you know, and fruitcake and all that, and decorate the house, but there is another side to Christmas. It’s, it’s…

GS: (in shock) You know, I’m just listening and I just can’t believe, you know, we’re, you know, we have leaders in our country that have probably gone through this kind of stuff. I mean, uh, it’s just incredible, this group. I know they’ve been around for a long, long time, thousands of years, and gone through it, came here. George Washington was a 33rd degree Mason…

SV: (crosstalk,) Oh, YEAH!

GS: …and we go on. Uh, the quest… you know, I just, I want you to understand, just from my point of view, I just wonder how… you know, you write a story, “The End of the Illuminati.” How do we get rid of these people? I know, you’re out of it. You couldn’t take it any more. You think we can inspire more mid-level people to just LEAVE, like you, so they have no one to DO this kind of INSIDIOUS… CRAZY… PROGRAMMING and lifestyle! What do you – what do you think?

SV: Well, I believe that, as strongly as a Christian, that it’s a spiritual warfare as well as an emotional and psychological warfare. I believe that, by the grace of God.

But I will also say that when I was in the group, a lot of the members are not happy. You have people in the group that are there because they love it, because they believe in our goals, they are totally dedicated. But to be honest, a lot… I often knew as many people who would have left in a minute if they thought that they could get out, and make it.

GS: You know, about your husband, uh, just to break in and then go back into that. Do they marry you to somebody in the group, or is that forced on you?

SV: (crosstalk) Yeah. Yeah. No. In the group, the marriages are always arranged, in my experience. In my 38 years in the group, I never knew of a couple, in the Illuminati, that did not have an arranged marriage. It can’t be…

GS: (crosstalk) You just mentioned a couple that I, I suspect. Clinton and uh, Bill and Hillary.

SV: Oh, well, YEAH! (Laughs)

GS: (Laughs)

SV: YES! Definite. Definite.

GS: Yes. Bill?

SV: Yeah.

GS: Go ahead.

SV: Yeah. A lot of times, these marriages are arranged for compatibility, but also for bloodlines – to bring the right bloodlines together.

GS: Okay, good. We’re going to be back in three minutes. I want to continue this, and then we’re going to get into Svali’s life after the Illuminati, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back on the Investigative Journal. I’m your host, Greg Szymanski. And let me tell you, as an interviewer, and someone who has researched the Illuminati for a long time… it started way back when, when I was a young reporter in Rome…

It’s a whole different ballgame when you’re actually talking to someone with experiences like this. It takes it out of that realm of what is quasi-fiction fact, into the realm of reality. It’s – it’s really shocking.

And, uh, I’ll be honest with you. This is a story, uh, that folks, you have to listen to – because this is going on in our country. All the things you’re seeing regarding our rights being taken away, the police state, the war in Iraq, 9/11 – all these things have to do with this powerful group.

Svali, you know, we’re talking about mid-level people. Now we’re going to talk about some of the lower-level people. I’m interested in who they are. But you said they weren’t happy, but a lot of them probably stay because it’s very… I mean, this is a… it’s a very lucrative way to live, I imagine.

SV: Oh, yeah!

GS: …families?

SV: Oh, yeah! That’s the main thing, that’s one of the factors that keeps people in. The reason more people don’t leave is because leaving means giving up your husband, your children, your entire family on both sides, your money. And basically, for a lot of people, leaving the group means giving up everything, and starting out penniless and alone.

Not only that, but you’re combating child programming to recontact, to go back, to be loyal, to be a good member.

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I know many people have tried to leave and went back, because they just couldn’t take it.

GS: Do you, uh, do you want to take a phone call right now? Break it up?

SV: Sure!

GS: Okay. Marilyn, in California. You’re on the Investigative Journal. Marilyn?

Marilyn (ML): Yes, I’ve been a part of this. I lost part of it, I’ve been listening on the Internet. I didn’t quite catch it. How did this woman become involved in this Illuminati training?

GS: Uh, go ahead, can you explain that, Svali?

SV: I was taught it from early childhood. I was mentored into it. Trainers in the group are mentored. You wok with older adults and they show you, and you are given increasing responsibility. And so by the time you are in your teens, you are basically doing adult training responsibilities. You’ve been taught for years.

ML: Your parents put you in it, or… ?

SV: Yes, they were members.

ML: Oh, I see, so it comes down through the parents – one parent to another.

SV: Yeah. Or from both.

ML: (shocked) Are they private SCHOOLS?

SV: Through what?

ML: Are these private SCHOOLS?

SV: Well, my children were schooled at private Christian schools. They were all Illuminati. (Laughs) Okay?

ML: (surprised, “Now I get it” voice tone) Oh, you’re saying that the CHRISTIAN schools are Illuminati!!

SV: SOME of them are. Not all – but some.

ML: Yeah, obviously.

SV: No, no. The ones that my children in were, specifically. But no, there’s a lot of good Christian schools that have nothing to do with the group, but some can be. Now I went to a public school, but what’s interesting is, out of three public schools I went to as a young child, two burned down. (sadly): So there’s no access to any school records.

ML: (completely shocked) I’ll be DARNED.

GS: Marilyn, just to get you up to speed. You’re born into this, then you’re trained as a young child. You go through an induction ceremony in the Vatican. And this is going on with one to two percent of our population, according to Svali. Very serious, in all levels. Government, and everything else. Go ahead, Marilyn, do you have another question?

ML: Yeah. When you said the Vatican, now that is not a Christian religion, okay? Now I’m a Christian. Catholics is a Christian religion, we look at them as the precursor of the New World Religion. So…

GS: Well, you know, if I may just break in. I grew up a Catholic. I don’t get involved in the splicing of the religions. I’m basically stating that when I started researching the Illuminati as a reporter in Rome, and I realized there was a bad portion of the Church, I looked at it. I had to deal with the evil and the good. So that’s the way I reconciled it. The evil WITHIN the Catholic Church, at the high level of the Vatican, which seeps down into many, many areas. Go ahead.

ML: Okay, well I won’t argue that point.

SV: (crosstalk) Now… Now… Now…

ML: I won’t agree with it, but it sounds like you have become possibly Born AGAIN to get out of this? Would I be correct in that?

SV: Yes. Yes. Now I very much… Now first, I do want to say I am not slamming the Catholic Church or the average Catholic. I have many good friends that are Catholics, that are strong Christians. I became a Christian, and that was the only way I could get out. But just so you know, too, a lot of card-carrying Illuminists, well we don’t really carry cards, but I’m using that term…

ML: Yes.

SV: …are members of the Baptist church, are members of Pentecostal churches. It… This… I was on a worship team for a Wesleyan church in San Diego… in my day life. Okay?

ML: Oo-kay. Uh, yeah. Very, very confused. I mean, I, uh, I think this is interesting. Many people say that the Catholic Church will be the forerunner of the New World Religion. There’s some very good books out. In fact, I think you may have interviewed one of these men – the Grand Plan Design by John Daniels?

GS: Uh huh.

ML: You remember that?

GS: Uh…

SV: But, but…

GS: Go ahead.

SV: The average Catholic has no idea of what’s going on in the Vatican.

ML: Yeah, yeah. I think that’s interesting that, that the average Catholic would not know what’s going on. That’s just my take on it. (laughs)

GS: Well, I’ll tell you something. As an average Catholic going to Rome my first time in 1980, I didn’t know what was going on, and I grew up as a Catholic, went to Notre Dame High School. It was quite a learning experience for me.

ML: I think the Catholics, when they find out how evil the church is, stay in it! I mean, they really… why would they want to stay in it? That’s what bothers me. I know some good people who are like that. And I don’t get it! (Laughs)

GS: Well, the only answer is… it doesn’t… (bumper music starts) (laughs) I don’t know. There are many Catholics who aren’t actively practicing.

ML: Yeah. Thank you!

GS: But anyway, we’ll leave that for another time. Thanks, Marilyn. We’ll be back on the Investigative Journal in three minutes, with Svali.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay! Uh, you know, they’re not going to get me. That’s for sure. My house is anti-Illuminated. It’s not going to happen, folks. Just to end that, Svali, before I get back to you, just to end that conversation we had with Marilyn about Catholicism. I look back at it, and I really thank my dad. And I do it in kind of a way, I’m just thinking about it now. I didn’t know what the Church was about.

But you know, something strange did happen when I was young. My mom died, and I was ten years old. My brother was six months old at the time she died of leukemia. It was a very, very tragic affair – left my dad and me and my brother alone. And I remember my dad literally took a priest, a head Monsignor in our parish. And I won’t even tell you where. Saint John Rebove (ph), right outside of Chicago.

This man came into our house, I’ll never forget it. He said that he was going to put ME and my little BROTHER in an ORPHANAGE. My dad literally picked him up and threw him out the door! Literally.

SV: Wow.

GS: And from that point on, my dad never went back to church again. My brother never went to a Catholic school. I of course asked if I could finish, only because I had friends there. But you know, who knows what would have happened, you know, looking back on the craziness that goes on in the Church.

But anyway, Svali, you were talking about, uh, you know something? These people that are too… that do not want to get out because of the financial ties. But let’s go back to when you were in the Illuminati. How did this happen? How did you finally leave? Tell us this whole story about you leaving the Illuminati. We haven’t touched on that yet.

SV: Sure. Well, I do want to say one thing that I agree with Marilyn on. Without faith in God, I couldn’t have done it. I became a Christian, and that was for me revolutionary. It made me question again more of what I was being taught, or had believed all my life. I, for the… I began to realize that what I was doing was wrong. I became increasingly cynical.

I also then started standing up to the head trainer in the county who despised me. He would do things that were just blatantly cruel for no reason whatsoever. I’d say, “You’re wrong”. Well, people don’t like that. (Laughs)

He took it out on me in a lot of horrible ways. I finally made the decision to run. I ran to this… to another state, because I knew that my chances of getting out while still staying in that area with people I knew, surrounded by people who were in the group, was not going to be very good. So I went to another state.

GS: You had to leave your family and everything, right?

SV: Everything. Well, my children were with their grandparents. At that point I thought that was better than them being with my husband. I was going to go get my kids. But my husband then called and he said, “I want to reunite with you.” And I said, “Okay, that’s wonderful.” And I said, “But you have to get help. You have to get some treatment, because we can’t go on. You’ve got to get out of the group.” He said, “Okay. Help me get the kids and I’ll meet you in a week.”

So the day before, he called and said, “I’ll be there tomorrow,” blah blah blah. And so I was excited, thinking, “Oh, he’s getting out, he’s getting out, that’s wonderful!” Instead, he went… he had gotten the kids several days before. He was lying to me, and I didn’t know it. He had gone to a judge.

And the day that he was supposed to arrive, there was a knock on my door. It was a policeman serving me DIVORCE papers, and also a restraining order, saying that I could not come within a hundred yards of my husband or my children.

And at that point, I felt slightly punished (sigh) for leaving the group.

I fought that, and it… (sighs) I fought for four years with a court system that said things like this didn’t occur, because my husband would go into court and say, “This woman is psychotic. She’s making it all up. There’s no way. Ha, ha, ha. This stuff doesn’t happen in this day and age.” And the judge would say, “You’re right.” Slam. Full custody to their father. And I had to have supervised visitation for four years with my own children, so that… because I was considered a kidnap risk.

Through a lot of prayer, I had my whole church praying for me here in Texas, and through Lambley Research and miracles, my children were finally allowed unsupervised visitation with me, after four years. During that time, I said to my daughter, who was fourteen, I said, “I want so badly for you to get out”. And she looks at me, and she starts going…

(hyperventilating, extremely terrified): “Oh! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom! You shouldn’t have said that, Mom!” You know? She just… she just freaked out. She just totally lost it.

GS: Mm hm.

And I realized that it was her programming cycling, because she was just terrified. You know, she’s like, (terrified, very rapid): “Why did you say that, why did you say that”, and I said, “It’s okay, it’s okay, honey, calm down, calm.”

And the following… she was just shaking and shaking. And then finally she said, “Well, I don’t want to go back and get hurt.” And then I said, “YOU DON’T HAVE TO.”

And at that point I faced several prison sentences, but I called my ex and I said, “I will face… I will not let those children go back and get hurt again.”

GS: Okay.

SV: And he flew out to get them, and he could have put me in prison at that time, because I was breaking the custody visitation. And you know how strong the courts are on that!

GS: Mm hm.

SV: And I said to him, “Please… Look.” Because it was so nice. My daughter and son both said, “We don’t want to go back, Dad. We don’t want to get hurt. We don’t want to do this anymore.”

He looked at them, and he said, “I want to go think about it.” He went home, and I was praying for him at the time.

And then that night he called me, and he said, (delirious, hyperventilating): “Oh my God. Oh my God.” I said, “What is it?” He said, “We’ve gotta get out! We’ve gotta get out!” (Laughs) And I said, “YES! You do!” And then he said… and then he made the decision to get out.

At that point he went to a Notary Public. He gave me… he did a legal case document giving me full custody of my children. And then he said he was so sorry for, he put me through, the H, E, L, L he had put me through for years.

GS: Now, have you had any reprisals from people in the group since you were leaving, or any warnings?

SV: Yes.

GS: To keep quiet, or anything like that?

SV: (crosstalk) Yes. Oh, yeah! Oh… yeah, of course! There’s one time when I did write one article that named some specific dates and times. I got hurt afterwards, and it made me very cautious. That’s why I don’t give a lot of radio interviews, and why I don’t do a lot of this. That’s one reason why…

GS: Well, I appreciate this, because you know, the number of people you’re going to help, by… maybe, maybe waking up the American people to what is really going on. Sometimes you can wake up many more people by a person like you, than talking about a hundred million different generalities.

Let me take a call. Chris, in Washington, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

CH: (calm, relaxed cadence): Hi. Svali, I just want to say how much I appreciate your bravery, in presenting this information in the way that you are. I’ve read your website recently. And my question is very simple. Based on the information that you’re presenting, I’m wondering what timeline the organization of the larger Family that you’re describing has for implementing the New World Order?

SV: Okay. I was told it would occur during my generation. I was told that by the year 2050 that they would be revealed. Now again, their timelines change, though. In fact, I jokingly referred to them as being like the Soviet Union, because you know how they had their five and ten year plans, and then things always got changed? In my own lifetime I saw several different timelines for things that were supposed to occur and change.

But as Greg noted, I’ve also heard of, from different people, that actually there is a HUGE push in the last few years. It’s like, “It’s CLOSE. It’s CLOSE. Let’s make things happen more quickly.”

CH: Mm hm.

SV: So I couldn’t begin to guess whether that’s an accurate timeline or not. I know what I was told.

CH: I have a follow up question and that’s it…

GS: Go ahead.

CH: …and this will be it for me. I have recently, against my own resistance to doing so, investigated, started to investigate fringe matters, if you will. Among them, the upcoming date on the Mayan Calendar of 2012.

SV: Uh huh.

CH: And as I’ve done this research, I’ve allowed myself just to be open to this information without believing anything I’m reading. One of the ideas that is presenting itself is that around 2012, not just according to the Mayan Calendar but many other theories out there, that we will be undergoing, as a planet, a revolutionary shift, if you will, of some kind or another.

And I’m wondering in the back of my mind if there might be any kind of race against the clock on THAT scale, if you will – especially if we’re talking about a potential spiritual warfare…

SV: Oh, yeah.

CH: …using your words in play here. Do you see a possible relation there?

SV: Yes, I do. And, 2012 IS an important year. But again, I was not told that the final Revealing would occur then. But I believe that probably… what will happen is that there will be events taking place that will help to set the stage.

CH: Okay.

SV: But it’s going to be… I was told… again, I’m telling you what I was told while a member of the group, so please take it with a grain of salt. As I know, these people aren’t always honest or trustworthy – they are deceptive. But I was told that there would be an enormous economic collapse prior to the Revealing. That basically the stock market would destabilize.

CH: Well, that appears to be already happening.

SV: Yeah. Yeah. And I was told it would make the Great Depression look like Sunday school. And at that time, it’s going to… they’re going to really be manipulating finances to bring about chaos, confusion, warfare, and then…

But see, I don’t like to be so negative. But I am telling you what I was taught when I was in the group, you know?

CH: Well, I so appreciate it.

SV: Yeah.

CH: And I’m sure we all do.

SV: Yeah. I…

CH: You’re a great voice.

SV: Well, thank you! I appreciate that very much. But out of this chaos they said would come order. You see, the group believes that out of chaos comes order.

CH: Well, I don’t want to take any more time…

GS: (crosstalk) Well, as far as I’m concerned, I’d rather, you know, let things… Svali, these guys want to bring down this country financially, in whatever way possible. And right now, your voice is important in that.

And Chris, I really appreciate you saying that, because we want to stop these guys! I mean, come on! Let’s get the American people to get together and just put an end to this. We have a powerful group in numbers. We may not have the money, but we can take it back. And I don’t want to be bullied by these kind of people. That’s my feeling.

SV: Yeah.

GS: Let me take another call. Uh, Harper in Canada. Harper? Go ahead.

HP: Great, thanks Greg. And Svali, I read your expose when it came out on Suite101.com a few years ago, and I always wondered what happened to you, because you vanished from Suite 101. So it’s great to hear about you. A couple quick questions, I’ll make them real fast. First is the term Moriah Conquering Wind. I’d never heard that before or since I read it in your expose. I wondered if you could elaborate on that term a little bit.

I also wanted to ask you if this cult, as far as you know, claims to or believes to derive any of its heritage from Atlantis or any other lost civilization. Okay?

SV: I’m not sure about the reference to Moriah (pronounced like “Mariah” Carey) you’re describing, because Moriah is… is our name.

But I certainly can address the second question. The Illuminati completely believe that Atlantis is real. They teach it to their children as part of the oral history. They believe that it was one of the greatest civilizations that ever existed, and one of the most advanced.

What they teach… their take on it is that Atlantis was a great race of highly intelligent people who had a highly advanced faith, and who were highly enlightened.

But what they teach the Illuminati children is that then this prophet of the enemy, who was a prophet of God, came and foretold their destruction if they didn’t change their ways.

They were definitely Occultists. They were Luciferians on Atlantis. That was the religion. And in fact, a lot of the advances that Atlantis enjoyed was passed down to them through supernatural means… that is what I will say.

So they laughed at the prophet. In fact they killed him. And, he… I guess sometime afterward, we were taught that a few inhabitants escaped, but that tragically the great city was lost.

The Illuminati to this day mourn the loss of Atlantis, because they feel that these were… that the few survivors that left were among the great people who helped found the Free… what you would call the precursors of Illuminism.

HP: One more quick question, if I may.

GS: Go ahead.

HP: And I wanted to ask you if you have any reason to believe that people, men and/or women at the top of the pyramid, so to speak, practice a kind of magic where they are kind of skipping through time, in other words…

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh! Oh! YES! Oh, without even being at the top… Oh, yes!

HP: …their body leaving, their soul or spirit leaving one body and coming and being born into another one, and therefore, you know, living through time.

SV: (excited crosstalk) Oh yeah! Yeah! Oh, yes! Yes, All the time. In fact, see, now this, now I didn’t go there in this interview. You start telling wackos, you start discussing things like that. But in the spiritual side, they very much teach things like time travel, traveling out of body, you know, psychic battling, things like that – things that cannot be explained by logic.

And I saw things that I cannot explain through human intellect or reasoning, that were highly supernatural, and involved all of that… and more.

[Svali has reported in 2-3 different articles seeing a group of people levitate an animal and choke it to death, though here she seems to refer to more than just that.]

HP: Okay, great. Pleasure to speak with you, Ma’am, and God bless you.

SV: Okay, God bless you too.

GS: Okay, I think we have Dave Wilcox called in. I think you know Dave through emails, Svali.

SV: Yes.

GS: Dave, uh, you want to say hello? And do you have a question for Svali?

DW: Sure. Uh, Svali, it’s great to have you on the air, and I’m really glad you decided to do it. So thank you very much.

SV: Oh thank you, Dave. It’s good to talk with you. Yeah.

DW: Yeah, I feel like you’re an old friend. I’ve been reading your stuff for so long, and you share so willingly and openly about yourself. It’s a real honor to be able to speak with you in person like this.

SV: Well, thank you!

GS: All right, well Dave, you may have something you want to say to Svali. Go ahead. You have a question?

DW: Sure. I think one of the things I’d really like to have covered here is [this]. You shared with me in an email recently about these stages of enlightenment that they try to guide people through?

SV: Yes.

DW: I would like you to try to sketch out for people how the behavioral conditioning that’s coming through the media, the movies and so forth might have affected them.

In other words, what personality characteristics would you see in a person when they have been influenced by these teachings? How would the average person, who is not really a bad person, start to be leaning, if the Illuminati teachings were actually having an effect on them? What would they be like? What would start happening?

SV: Well, again, as I said, the average person is not going to be a member of the group…

DW: Right.

SV: …so the influence would be much less. But the media, I believe that… well, I KNOW. I don’t believe, I KNOW that some of the media that we’re seeing nowadays is specifically targeted towards teaching people their philosophy or goals. All you have to do is watch the children’s cartoons on Saturday morning, and almost across the board you’ll see morphing, power battles, occult. And that’s intentional.

Movies coming out. Basically, if a person is being influenced by their teaching, that person will learn to not trust their own instincts, their own feelings, their own body, their own perceptions. They will be looking outside for guidance.

Second of all, they will be moving towards a heavily occultic worldview – that leaning upon the occult is heavily encouraged. All you have to do is watch Harry Potter! (Pause – laughs) You know?

DW: Yeah, I mean, the whole idea that…

SV: (crosstalk) I mean, not to slam one of those Potter movies, or the Matrix.

If you want to know pure Illuminist philosophy, the Matrix shows it. Definitely. The entire philosophy.

DW: Oh yeah. Right down with Morpheus being broken down with the injections, and they said that it’s like hacking a computer. (bumper music starts)

SV: Yeah! That’s an excellent [example…]

GS: (crosstalk) Okay, let’s take a break. We’ll come back with our final segment. A big finish on the Investigative Journal, with Svali, on the Republic Broadcasting Network.

[commercial break]

GS: Okay, we’re back with our final segment with Svali. She’s telling us about her experiences… thirty years with this insidious group called the Illuminati, how deeply penetrated and infiltrated they are in our culture and our country.

Svali, we talked about the higher levels, the mid-levels you were involved in as a head trainer. How low do they go? I said all along they’re involved in gang stalking, the MK-Ultra program, infiltrating truth organizations, infiltrating groups that are trying to do good. How far down DO they go?

SV: Well, they go down to the sister group levels I mentioned. The sister groups have anywhere from, usually roughly around 30 members. And those are what a lot of people would consider the… what you would consider the satanic cults, with a high priest and priestess. That would be the local level, the lower level.

But those people are also very active in their community. And so, they WILL be involved in intricate infiltrating activities when possible. Because to them, it’s not infiltrating… it’s helping. They think they’re helping the group, or helping people by becoming a member and spreading the influence.

GS: Let me squeeze in one more caller, Roger, a faithful listener. Roger, you’re on the Investigative Journal.

RG: Uh, yes. Thanks. I had so a big question and so little time that maybe I’ll just squeeze it in…

GS: We’ve got a couple minutes. Really try to work it in, Roger.

RG: Yeah, uh, well, you will enjoy this first, and that is that I recall when Charlotte Izerbie (ph) was here on the local Clear Channel radio show. The host was, of course, dismissive of an Illumi-Nazi agenda. It was great to hear Charlotte say, “You’re telling me? My own father was a high-level”… and she, of course, was a first or second-fiddle secretary at the department of Ed. And she said, “You’re telling me my own father on his deathbed was telling me, “You go get ’em, girl,” and he was one of ’em.”

GS: (Laughs)

RG: So that was great. Anyway, my question was towards the philosophical / religious motivators, if you will, which you have been dwelling on. I’ve been trying to form it up into a more cohesive, integrated…

GS: Try to make it quick, we’re running out of time. Go ahead.

RG: Yeah. To expose the ethos of the, you know, it’s like the Neocons serve as the pseudo-intellectual rationale for the Illumi-Nazi agenda. And I don’t presume that it turns on such fine distinctions, so much as it is a bare-knuckled lust for power. But, everybody has sort of a worldview that they use to justify their actions. And of course, it’s a most un-conservative, humanistic social engineering agenda on a far larger scale.

Now you mentioned about these people, basically, and it’s as rare as hen teeth…

GS: Quick, Roger…

RG: …yeah, to find somebody that’s not oxymoronically both a spiritualist and an occultist, and also a, what do you call, a hardcore rationalist. Or maybe that’s just [a] Republican assumption, right?

SV: (sighs)

GS: (slight laughing in delivery): I know there was a question in there somewhere, Roger…

RG: Yeah.

GS: But anyway, thanks for calling. Let me, I’ve only got a minute. I’ve got to finish with Svali.

Svali, tell us in your own words, you’ve got about a minute or two left here. You went forward, you came forward, (bumper music begins) you’re now living a life completely away from them. What’s your hopes of the future in our country right now?

SV: My hope is that people will realize that this is happening, and that they will start doing something about it – that they will start looking at it. Now again, we’re talking about people who are mentally wealthy, but it won’t be easy. But if people could rise up in prayer, and just say, “THIS ISN’T OKAY”…

If people would become informed enough to learn more about it, be aware they exist… and then, possibly, PRAY. Pray that people will take action against the things that are happening. Because these people…

GS: Okay, Svali, I’m…

SV: Okay. All right.

GS: We’re all out of time. We’re going to end on that prayer. I really thank you for coming forward. You’re very courageous. We’ll talk again, and I’ll be back tomorrow on the Investigative Journal. Same time, same place.

SV: Goodbye.

[END OF BROADCAST]

Greg Szymanski

Greg has his own daily show on the Republic Broadcast Network. Greg Szymanski is an independent investigative journalist and his articles can been seen at www.LewisNews.com. He also writes for American Free Press and has his own site www.arcticbeacon.com

>> DOWNLOAD SVALI’S BOOK, Breaking the Chain

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

What is Ritual Abuse?

Little info-packet about these horrible actions, which are used by the global elite.

“…is methodical abuse, often using indoctrination, aimed at breaking the will of another human being. In a 1989 report, the Ritual Abuse Task Force of the L.A. County Commission for Women defined ritual abuse as: “Ritual Abuse usually involves repeated abuse over an extended period of time. The physical abuse is severe, sometimes including torture and killing. The sexual abuse is usually painful, humiliating, intended as a means of gaining dominance over the victim. The psychological abuse is devastating and involves the use of ritual indoctrination. It includes mind control techniques which convey to the victim a profound terror of the cult members …most victims are in a state of terror, mind control and dissociation” (Pg. 35-36) “Safe Passage to Healing”, by Chrystine Oksana, 1994, HarperCollins, 1-800-822-4090

What are Secret Societies?

Some secret societies allegedly practice ritual abuse. “Cults practicing ritual abuse exist as a secret society….Secret societies compete for membership with established organizations. Therefore, they have to offer something not accommodated by the establishment: wealth, power, fame, sex, drugs, security, promise of salvation or eternal life….There can be secret societies within secret societies.” (Pg. 48) “Safe Passage to Healing”

What is a Cult?

Here is a summary of 10 themes of cult membership Stephen Hassan listed in “Combatting Cult Mind Control” from Park Street Press, Rochester, VT.

1) The Doctrine is Reality – The cult’s beliefs allow no interpretation or other theories.

2) Reality is Black and White, Good Versus Evil – no outside group is valid, “no room for interpretation”

3) Elitist Mentality – they are the chosen ones

4) Group Will Over Individual Will – “the self must submit to the group” “conformity is good”

5) Strict Obedience: Modeling the Leader – the leader is imitated by everyone

6) Happiness through good performance – behaviors are controlled by shaming, competition

7) Manipulation through fear and guilt – includes exit phobias, the devil, God, communism, etc. will hurt you

8) Emotional highs and lows – from great productivity to crashing (due to individual’s inadequacies)

9) Changes in Time Orientation – pre-cult life is bad, the present is crucial (pressure to meet quotas, etc.)

10) No Way Out – There is never a legitimate reason for leaving

Cults also use “love bombing,” lots of flattery early on to “suck people in”. In ritual abuse, fear is used much more often, especially with children. Torture is often used to control peoples’ minds (allowing suggestions to enter the mind), causing DID, instead of fatigue and lectures, though fatigue and starvation may also be used. Ritual abuse suggestions are planted in alternate personalities. A person in the cult may have one belief system for work and day-time society and another for the cult at night.

Hassan’s book (which doesn’t discuss ritual abuse) explains how to recognize and avoid cults. They are often dishonest, having a hidden agenda.

The Connection: Secret Societies and Ritual Abuse

‘”Violent cults that ritually abuse children use a variety of belief systems to justify their acts. Some belief systems are based on the idea of needing to understand both good and evil in order to reach spiritual enlightenment….members engage in all evil acts imaginable in an attempt to understand the nature of evil. Some violent cults believe in supreme evil powers…to gain supernatural power…people practice ritual abuse …to worship the evil forces….other belief systems …of creating a superior white race….these cults believe they must torture and ritually abuse children …to create a “stronger” breed of humans…some…are based on worshipping the cycles of nature…” (Pg. 123) “Ritual Abuse” – Margaret Smith, 1993, HarperCollins

When trauma alters brain chemistry, perceptions of reality change. Ancient magicians believed a victim’s response was a mystical or magical experience. Now this is called “dissociation”. Some Gnostics believed that Satan was the God of the Old Testament. “In the Middle Ages, some secret societies and fraternal organizations were accused by the Catholic church of practicing a violent, sexualized mass.” (pg 135, Smith) The Cathars and Knights Templar were two of these groups. The Knights Templar were accused of desecrating the cross, and anointing it with parts of infants. Some confessions were obtained by torture.

The Illuminati, a dualist philosophy (associated with Satanism) developed in the 18th century. Some people believe they infiltrated secret societies including Freemasonry. 67% of survivors in M. Smith’s study said their ritual abuse perpetrators belonged to either secret societies or fraternal organizations (33% of alleged perpetrators were Masons).

The Masons

In “Cult and Ritual Abuse” by J. Noblitt and P. Perskin, 1995, Praeger Pub, 1-800-225-5800, there is a discussion in Chapter 10, Investigating Western Occultism about Gnosticism and its connection to secret societies. Alchemists might have created alter personalities, to “stay young” (child alters) or “become immortal”, pass down their traits to others in their alters.

Luciferian cults (where God is capable of good and evil) are described by some of their patients. Many of these patients have alleged ritual abuse where Masonic ceremonies, items or members were there. A symbol of The Order of the Eastern Star (female branch of the Masons) is an inverted pentagram.

Some believe Masonry has promoted Gnostic thinking. Albert Pike (33 degree Mason) ties the Masons to Jacques de Molay of the Knights Templar. Some believe the Masons may have helped create the Hell Fire Club (Black Masses) and the Illuminati. Some believe the KKK can be traced to a group made up of some Masons and derived rites and symbols from the Masons. “Many survivors of ritual abuse allege traumatic experiences associated with what they believe to be KKK activities, and many of these describe the KKK as a cult.” (Pg, 103, Noblitt and Perskin) Some people believe the following were Masons: Aleister Crowley (alleged ritual human sacrifice, O.T.O., Golden Dawn), Dr. W. W. Wescott (Golden Dawn), Karl Kellner and Theodore Reuss (O.T.O.), alleged MAFIA connection, Mazzini.

Ann-Marie Germain, 1993 thesis, (S.M.A.R.T. Issue #1), discusses alleged Masonic Ritual Abuse. “Understanding Ritual Abuse” a study of 33 R.A.’s, (from R.A. Project, 431 Auburn Blvd #215, Sacr, Ca. 95841), survivors name two groups they believe perpetrators belonged to, Masons (27%), Knights of Columbus (9%), other groups mentioned were: Rosicrucians, Eastern Star, Shriners.

In “The Egyptian Masonic Satanic Connection” by David Carrico, available from Followers of Jesus Christ, P O Box 4174, Evansville, In. 47724, Nimrod (Tower of Babel) is great according to the Masons. Masons’ mystery religion comes in part from Ancient Babylon, borrowing occult symbols, paraphernalia and candles. It is claimed that the Masonic history book has pictures of Ashtoreth, Dagon, Baal (associated by some with human sacrifices) and the Satanic Goat of Mendes. The Masons move up by degrees. 1st degree Masons are allegedly threatened with the loss of life if they divulge any secrets.

Albert Pike, “Father of Modern Masonry” Pike discusses connections of Masonry to the occult in “Morals and Dogma” (a pro-Masonic book). S.M.A.R.T. (newsletter) also has numerous letters from people alleging Masonic ritual abuse.

Eastern Star

Founded by a Mason, only women related to Master Masons may join. The degree system is connected to changed Biblical stories, where in two stories it is believed torture or human sacrifice are alluded to. The pentagram is Eastern Star’s symbol. It is claimed by some that Youth groups, Job’s Daughter, Rainbow girls, DeMolays are “feeder groups” for the Masons. Source: “The Masonic Connection: Hidden Secrets of the Eastern Star” by Cathy Burns, available from: Spring Arbor 1-800-395-2682

From another book of Cathy’s, “Hidden Secrets of Masonry”, Albert Pike allegedly states that Masonry intentionally misleads Masons (hidden agenda). J.S.M. Ward (A Mason) writes that Osiris (Egyptian God, human sacrifices, Egyptian God of the dead) saved mankind. She mentions that the gods of Masonry allegedly represent SATAN in different costumes.

Albert Pike talks about Lucifer bearing the light. The word “Illuminati” is derived from Lucifer. The Illuminati were dedicated to a “New World Order”. The back of the dollar bill has a pyramid with the all seeing eye on it, Roman numerals with the starting date of the Illuminati and the words “New World Order” in Latin. Some believe that most of the Presidents were Masons.

Other good sources on the Masons are:

(some of these books may be Christian in nature)

“The Deadly Deception” by Jim Shaw and Tom McKenney from Words of Living Ministries, P O Box 413, Marion, KY 42064.

“The Dark Side of Freemasonry” (collection of articles) Saints Alive in Jesus, P O Box 1076, Issaquah, WA 98027

“Secret and Suppressed” ed. by Jim Keith, 1993, Feral House, political connections

The article, “Deviant Scripturalism and Ritual Satanic Abuse Part Two: Possible Masonic, Mormon, Magick and Pagan Influences” by Stephen Kent, (Pub. in Religion ) U of Alberta, Dept of Soc, Faculty of Arts, 5-21 HM Tory Building, Edm, Canada, T6G 2H4.

The Mormons

The following information from Kent’s article: “deviant Mormons” may misinterpret includes Cain receiving secret empowering teachings from Satan, the Gadianton robbers using “secret combinations” (which include “secret murder”) to gain worldly power.

The Utah Lighthouse Ministry, P O Box 1884, Salt Lake City, UT 84110 has excellent information on the Mormons and alleged ritual abuse. In “Evolution of the Mormon Temple Ceremony 1842- 1990″ by Jerald and Sandra Tanner it is shown that Joseph Smith was originally a Mason. Many parallels are shown between the two groups (Mormon and Mason) and many rituals were allegedly borrowed.

In “Satanic Ritual Abuse and Mormonism” (Tanners), 60 victims in the Mormon church discuss seeing or participating in alleged ritual abuse activities (this number could possibly include 800 total participants, the number of people in each survivors’ story added together).

The stories of Betty Rhoton and Merradyth McCallister describe alleged ritual abuse in the Mormon church, the Mormon church may have attempted to cover up McCallister’s story, and ex-communicated her from the church. Their stories include alleged torture, ritual abuse, and mind control. McCallister also had relatives in the Masons and Eastern Star. For more information, see S.M.A.R.T. Issue #6 or our resource list.

There is more information in S.M.A.R.T.’s back issues. Click here for SMARTNEWS’ Back Issue Info.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

9/11 Predictive Programming In Hollywood Movies and WWF & WCW Pro Wrestling

I have noticed this for many years for now. Iluminati really loves to put everything on plain sight. They want to show us what they are doing and what they are planning to do. How? In Hollywood movies, sports and music industry. Here’s a nice example how in WWF they promoted 911 in late 1980’s and during 1990’s. It’s just sickening and we must bring it to the end.

There’s also pedophilia involved in WWF and WCW and you can read about it here:

>> http://extremelifechanger.com/index.php?p=1_598_565-WWE-WWF-ILLUMINATI-PEDOPHILIA

But here are the predictive programming videos:

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Ouija: Not a Game

Many of you have seen how people use this board or make the board to paper and try to contact dead realtives or ghosts. I have just one advice: DON’T EVER USE IT! It’s not a game and if you don’t know how to deal with spirits and negative forces it could ruin your life forever. Here’s just one article and some cases what has happened:

Ouija: Not a Game

by Dale Kaczmarek

The Ouija board has been used by thousands of people for spirit communication and is very similar to automatic writing, the only difference between the two being the absence of the board itself in automatic writing. Both forms of communication are very dangerous; as are séances, because they are usually uncontrolled forms of communications. In other words, the individuals that use these channels are usually novices and are unaware of the possible dangers that await!

A controlled situation would be where a psychic, medium or clairvoyant is present. This way the medium could sense if any dangers are present and close off the communication before any harm was done.

The Ouija board is just a piece of compressed wood, sold at virtually all toy stores and occult supply and book stores. Ouija is a combination of two words: “oui” and “ja” which mean “yes” in French and German respectively. The board itself is not dangerous but the form of communication that you are attempting often is.

Most often the spirits whom are contacted through the Ouija are those whom reside on “the lower astral plane”. These spirits are often very confused and may have died a violent or sudden death; murder, suicide, etc. Therefore, many violent, negative and potentially dangerous conditions are present to those using the board. Often times several spirits will attempt to come through at the same time but the real danger lies when you ask for physical proof of their existence! You might say, “Well, if you’re really a spirit, then put out this light or move that object!” What you have just done is simple, you have “opened a doorway” and allowed them to enter into the physical world and future problems can and often do arise.

I would strongly advise against the use of the Ouija, automatic writing or séances. If you don’t happen to be lucky or unlucky enough (depends on how you look at it) to contact any ghosts, then if nothing else, you could become emotionally attached or dependent on the board’s advice. This can be psychologically adverse on the psyche as you will attempt to get more and more information out of the board and you could actually just be using the board as an avenue to the inside of your own mind without realizing it. In other words, you could be asking questions of the board and then your subconscious mind would be using the planchette to answer your own questions! This often happens to those people who use the board by themselves.

I believe the following cases are true examples of what could happen to those who continue to use the board or become obsessed or possessed!

Ouija Board’s Evil Spell Still Lives in Our House

(National Examiner, 31787 by Robert Stamper)

I invited a foul horror into my house with a Ouija board. My brother and I got no results when we started to use the psychic device, but suddenly the message indicator mysteriously began to move. The first thing the board told us was that the message was being sent by Seth. Then I made the tragic mistake of telling the board to prove it was real by doing something supernatural. The results were startling and scary. The board told us that the grandfather of one of my best friends would die in a week. The chandelier in the room began to shake violently and the chimes rang like pieces of metal being smashed together. The room became as cold as ice and we were shivering, though the thermometer read 70 degrees. The horrible stench of death filled the room and we couldn’t stop gagging and coughing.

Suddenly, the noises stopped and the room was as quiet as a cemetery in the middle of the night. My brother and I looked at each other in terror. We opened the windows to get rid of the stink or rotting flesh and told each other we’d forget the whole thing. But a week later the grandfather of one of my best friends died just as the board has predicted! And from time to time the chandelier would rattle, the room freeze and that awful smell return. I couldn’t take it any more. I threw the board away and told my mother about the experience. She told me that once you tamper with a Ouija board, its evil spell will remain forever. And to this day, those terrifying tremors shake the house and the stench of death fills the room.

Ouija Board Summons Demons

(The Sun, 12986)

A simple Ouija board became a passport to Hell for a family that accidentally summoned a demon into their living room. “I thought it might have been the Devil himself,” says John Ravens, father of the tormented family. “When it was over, we were all bleeding and had severe burn marks. Our living room was a disaster area.”

“It was supposed to be a joke,” says Gloria, the girl’s mother. “We were going to make believe we were talking with the spirit world.”

Little Lynda, her nine-year-old brother Ronald, and their parents gathered around the board for what they thought was going to be an evening of fun at their home in a Toronto, Canada suburb. “We were just playing around with it when suddenly the planchette that spells out answers began moving by itself,” says John. “We were all scared, but then I thought maybe one of the kids was up to tricks. We started asking questions, and this spirit began speaking to us. “Then it asked if it could visit with us. By this time, I was sure someone was playing a joke, and I said yes,” he adds.

That’s when the nightmare began. “The demon appeared within seconds,” says John. “It spun around the room overhead, laughing and cursing at us. “It was surrounded by a ring of fire and the room became so hot, it was like an inferno from Hell.” The family describes the demon as red and black with scaly skin and horns. It also had giant bat wings. “Then it suddenly swooped down and attacked us,” recalls John, horror flickering over his features. “It started biting each of us on the face and arms. “We tried getting up and running for the door, but every time we did, the creature started clawing us. It was so fast, we couldn’t escape from it.”

Lynda and brother Ronald were picked up repeatedly and hurled across the room. As they lay helplessly on the floor, the creature pounded on their chests and heads. “It had hooves that dug into my children’s faces and skin, marking them badly,” says Gloria. The attack lasted for more than an hour before the horrifying demon vanished as quickly as it first appeared. The children were screaming and crying as John pulled them out of the house and drove to a nearby hospital, where they were treated for cuts and burns.

Demons Use Ouija Board As Gateway To Take Over Soul

(The Sun, 22884) by Lewis Clifford.

Terrifying demons freed from other dimensions are preying on helpless human victims. And the gateway used by the grotesque monsters is being kept open by innocent toying with Ouija boards and other tools of the occult, top medical and religious experts caution.

“They are vile creatures of the night,” warned Dr. Alberto Gonzalez, of the Pan American Institute of Health. “They exist. They can possess the bodies of their victims and cause normally gentle, nonviolent people to commit outrageous crimes. They can assume other forms some quite ghastly.

“And they are among us in many instances solely because of these sinister toys called Ouija boards.” Gonzalez, a psychiatrist and parapsychologist, claims he has found demonic links to several cases of cattle mutilation and human vampirism in Central America.

Says the Rev. Morris Cerullo, president of World Evangelism and author of The Black Side Of Satan, Creation House, Carol Stream, Illinois, 1973. “Many people have related to me weird tales of answers given by the Ouija board. This and other occult games may seem intriguing, but the implications are serious and not to be tampered with. They can lead to dangerous waters indeed.

“Use of a Ouija has even led to violence and even to murder…” Dr. Marta Prohazka of Fairfax, Virginia, is also convinced that spirits can play terrifying destructive games with human behavior. During her practice as psychotherapist and psychoanalyst, she realized that many patients she had considered “hallucinating paranoid schizophrenics” might instead merely be in touch with something invisible to her but visible to them.” I came to understand that another plane, or dimension or existence interrelated with our plane or visible manifestation,” she said. “By training and expanding consciousness, some individuals gain entrance into that invisible dimension. It seems to some like a window into heaven.

“I also learned that contact with the other dimension can be dangerous, especially if a psychically sensitive person loses his emotional harmony. The window into heaven can then become a window into Hell.”

Millions of the plastic oracles are in use in American households, nevertheless. And the eerie messages from beyond they have spelled out have been credited or blamed for marriages, divorces, sickness, misery, mystery or murder. Psychic and medium Anne Rose told the Sun: “Horrible demons have definitely been released by the Ouija board.

“The Ouija board is a vehicle which makes it easy for negative spirits and demonic forces to enter this plane of existence.” The Merrillville, Indiana clairvoyant cautioned that evil spirits or demonic forces often gain the trust of people experimenting with Ouija boards by answering several questions truthfully and providing predictions. “Once they have gained the trust of their victims, it is easy for the entity to move in and take over either by strongly influencing that person, or by outright possession,” she said. People who are untrained and unsophisticated in the field of the paranormal and supernatural should never play with devices such as the Ouija board, according to the clairvoyant.

A Letter from a Reader

Just was doing some work on your site and I wanted to share something with you and maybe you can help me. I am very sensitive about this. I went through your site and you had a warning about the Ouija board and I have had a bad experience when I was 19 years old and I am still haunted by this. I am 49 now.

My Mom, got involved with the board when I went away for about a month. You see I was the fourth child and kind of the loner. I was the one that went to church and had a strong belief in God. When I got back from being away everyone but my mom greeted me outside and all were very upset and hurt. They tried to tell me before I greeted my mom, but when I saw how she looked and how she came up to me, this was not my mom. This woman was a stranger to me.

I went up to my room, and very tired from the trip, I laid on my bed and fell to sleep. When I got this feeling that I was being watched, I opened my eyes and staring down at me was my mom. She was smoking in my room which she never done before and she just gave me this look, that frightened me. She told me that “I was protected”. Looking up at her, I said, “I knew that I was and that God watches out for me everyday.” She laughed and said that I was protected but it was not by God. And I told her that I did not want protection from anyone but the good Lord himself. She got nasty with me and left my room.

That night I heard a party going on downstairs. I looked at the clock and it was one in the morning so I got up and went downstairs, peaked around the corner and the plastic piece on the board was going by itself and several different voices of men and women were coming out of my mom. My mom could not get by a minute without asking this board what to do first.

I think what bothered me the most is my dad would not do anything about it, or my older sister and brothers. One afternoon I came home and it was so bad that I fought with her and I went out and burned it. That was a mistake because what I saw coming out from the fire was not fire. And I remember it so well. I moved out.

My mom bought another board and lived with it until she died in 1996. My dad went to the place that she had stored it, but it was not there.

My mom and I worked things out and she seemed to get better, but she would not give up the board. She left me this haunting and I have to live with this. I have lived all my life with spirits and ghosts and they don’t bother me. But the board I don’t like it. I know first-hand how it can take over people’s lives and you are right to say it is a door-way for things to come through. I am still working through this and if any of your readers want to know first-hand, you can share this with them.

Thank you! Pam Frost

Suggested further reading:

  • Ouija: Most Dangerous Game by Stoker Hunt

  • Psychic Summer by Arnold Copper

  • On Sacred Ground a Demon Walks by Jennifer Arnold onsacredground@yahoo.com

Written and edited by: Dale Kaczmarek, President, Ghost Research Society, PO Box 205, Oak Lawn, Illinois 60454-0205.

Please read:

I am not an expert in Ouija but do warn people against using this or any means of spirit communication including, séances, automatic writing, etc. This is not a parlor game nor is it something for anyone to experiment with as there are many dangers involved. I constantly get calls and emails from people who are absolutely terrified after using the Ouija and ask for my help. Often this comes in the middle of the night, from out-of-state and by way of adolescents. 

Please do not call me for advice or how to rid oneself of what you may have conjured up through communication with the Ouija because I really cannot help especially over the phone in the middle of the night. My best advise has and will always be not to use this or any other form of communication! If you have general questions about the Ouija, try Googling Ouija or picking up copies of any of the books listed in Suggested Further Reading or email author Jennifer Arnold at the email listed. She has gone through sheer Hell since her early experiments with the Ouija while a teenager herself. Thank you and leave ghosthunting to the researchers and investigators!

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Interview with Rabbi Abe Finkelstein about Jewish control of the world

I just found this interview on the net and it was pretty mind blowing how these monsters have told and are telling all the things before they do it, because all the other people in the world are in sleep. They count on that we don’t care and that they can take this world without anyone noticing.

Here some most disgusting things in this interview:

“Hey, we ARE god’s chosen people. Its just most Jews do not like to admit it, but our god is Lucifer.”
(Rabbi Abe Finkelstein)

“You know, us, Jews, we’re pretty smart guys. I know that actually we’ll get all the rest of their countries around the world. They’ll wipe each other out. Because us, Jews – we are SPECIAL. We are the chosen people. And we are the smartest people in the world and have always said, down through the ages – we want a world of our own.

And we’re gonna get it, and there’s nothing any of the goyim cattle are gonna do to stop us.”
(Rabbi Abe Finkelstein)

AND THE MOST SHOCKING ONE!!!:

“And ah, you know we are, I know you know, cause I’ve got it on your show before, I mean we steal a hundred to three hundred thousand children a year just in this country. And we drain the blood and we mix it with a Passover bread, and then we throw the bodies into the slaughter houses that we own, and we grind up all the bodies in the sausage and the hamburgers.

McDonald’s is one of our favorite outlets, and the, the people that eat out for breakfast, they [unintelligible, like “eat out their”] children for lunch, and, you know, us Jews, we’ve got to do what we do.”

(Rabbi Abe Finkelstein)

OKLAHOMA CITY – First McDonald’s was under fire for horse-meat, then mysterious “Pink slime”, and now human meat? A shocking discovery has been made in an Oklahoma City McDonald’s meat factory and other McDonald’s meat factories nationwide. Meat inspectors reportedly found human meat, stored in the meat factory freezers of an Oklahoma City meat factory…

Read more >> McDONALD’S EXPOSED FOR USING HUMAN MEAT!

So here’s the introduction, video and links…. this is just horrible:

This could be the most mind shattering thing you have ever heard of. If this won’t blow your mind, nothing will, or you don’t have anything to blow, just as ZioNazis openly state it about “goyim” – non-“Jews”.

An audio recording of an interview with Chabad Lubavich Rabbi Finkelstein outlining the doctrine of ZioNazis and their “father”, Lucifer.

According to Finkelstein, you are nothing but a cattle to be slaughtered and sacrificed to their “god”, Lucifer, and milked by “god chosen people” for all you have as long as you last.

This is an outline of what they call the “NWO” nowadays – a ZioNazi Luciferian doctrine of world domination and world takeover. The authority with which rabbi Finkelstein speaks is quite something indeed. He speaks as though he knows it all in and out, down to the last dot and comma.

Basically, it outlines their entire doctrine of evil most profound, world domination, parasitism unlimited, wars and revolutions, puppet governments and how they are controlled, ritual sacrifice of hundreds of thousand of children each year and the rest of it. This is pretty much their entire doctrine. Nothing much to be added to it. And it is pronounced clearly by someone of ultimate authority, pretty much clear on its face value.

Finkelstein is quite casual in this interview and tells it all bluntly, in a semi-humorous manner how “goyim” (non-Jews) are being exploited and destroy each other during all the wars and revolutions staged and managed by “god chosen people”.

“Rabbi Finkelstein amazingly gives honest answers about world Jewry’s control of banking, media and governments, their creation of communism, their founding of the Jesuits, their holocaust hoax, their human sacrifice rituals and many more jaw-dropping subjects. I find the only things more shocking than Rabbi Finkelstein’s blunt admissions are his complete callous disregard and playful disdain for us lowly “goyim.” What do you guys think of this?”

Here’s the video:

Here’s the content of the interview if you want to check details:

And if you want to listen the interview it’s here:

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Fifty Shades of Satanism

I have posted about this topic before, but there’s never too much information. Don’t go see this highly praised satanistic movie called “50 Shades Of Gray”, because it’s just another way to brake families and moral. Just pushing satanic agenda to people:

Make no mistake, Fifty Shades of Grey invites us to engage in BD S&M: bondage-discipline-sadism & masochism. Society is being transformed into a satanic cult.

Fifty Shades of Satanism

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

Sadism is “the tendency to derive pleasure, especially sexual gratification, from inflicting pain or humiliation on others.” Masochism is getting pleasure from receiving pain or humiliation.

Make no mistake, Fifty Shades of Grey invites us to engage in BD S&M bondage-discipline-sadomasochism.

Monkey see, monkey do. Apparently we are jaded with pornography and need to up the ante.  The Illuminati are transforming society into a satanic cult modeled on …themselves! The more perverted and degraded we become, the better they like it. “We corrupt in order to rule..” Giuseppe Mazzini said. We are satanically possessed.

desade

Illustration from Marquis de Sade’s novel, Juliette

In the past, only they engaged in kinky sex. The Marquis de Sade (1740-1814), whom liberals and Satanists consider a pioneer of sexual freedom, was deemed a moral reprobate in his day. He was confined to a prison and later an insane asylum. He gave his name to “sadism.” Now we’re all being invited to engage in it.

SADISM=SATANISM

Satanism denies the existence of God, i.e. that man has a soul which contains the blueprint for becoming the person the Creator intends us to be.

Satanists say we have no God connection which allows us to distinguish right from wrong and strive for spiritual ideals. They say there’s no such thing as human dignity, beauty, loyalty, compassion and altruism. These are spiritual qualities;  man is defined by his lust and greed.

The Illuminati-Satanist motto is “Do as thou Wilt Shall be the Whole of the Law.” This masquerades as “liberation” but it is license to become a demon.

Satanic possession takes the form of sexual addiction. It dehumanizes us, reducing everyone to their sexual utility. Satanists have always championed sexual “liberation” i.e. enslavement. We are constantly sexually titillated by the Illuminati mass media.

PERSPECTIVE

Born in 1949, I have watched society gradually degenerate into a sex cult. PLAYBOY’s vision of masculinity was distinctly homosexual: sex for its own sex, without marriage or family.

Illuminati Hollywood hooked us on sex as sure as any drug trafficker. Movies like Risky Business, Fast Times at Ridgemount High, and American Pie made porn seem cool.

Now, along comes Fifty Shades of Grey with a new sexual thrill. The trilogy sold 100 million books in 52 languages. If  successful, they’re planning two more movies. Movie reviewers have panned it  often because it is not pornographic enough. In France, the Film Board deemed it suitable for children.

A British hardware store  advises employees to study the book and movie so they can answer queries about ropes and duct tapes etc.

ELJames

Shades author E.L. James’ real name is Erica Mitchell

Shades author E.L. James is not content with the $105 million she has earned so far. She is merchandising  a line of lingerie, perfumes, sex toys and nipple clamps.

INVERTING REALITY

Satanism is all about making perverse seem healthy and healthy seem sick. Thus the movie is released on Valentine’s Day, a time formerly reserved for innocent celebration of romance. The hero of the movie is named “Christian.”

Society seems schizophrenic about BDSM. CBC radio host Jian Ghomeshi was disgraced for things sanctioned in this movie. In fact, the first volume of Shades ends with the “heroine” rejecting her lover for being too violent. Society is in a rage about abused women yet Hollywood sends the message that women actually enjoy being abused.

The human race has to propagate. The new generation has to be raised in wholesome environment. Female sex appeal coincides with peak fertility and is intended to attract a life mate and a father. It is not intended to be exploited for cheap transitory thrills. We are not supposed to become sex addicts.

Women want to be loved permanently and exclusively. They want to belong to one man. They do not want to be used in the most brutal fashion to give some pervert a thrill, and then discarded like a used Kleenex.

But this film could confuse and tempt millions of young women. Feminism convinced them that “hooking up” with strangers is “empowering”; why not let strangers flog them as well?

Once marriage and family are obsolete, the Illuminati are ready to take over human reproduction as in Brave New World.  This is why they promote BD S&M, a deeper shade of Satanism.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Why is The Pope’s Mitre Shaped Like a Fish?

I always thought, that were something “fishy” about the pope 😉 Vatican and the pope is nothing you have told. It’s just worship of old god called dagon. Stop worshiping of these monsters. Or what you think Jesus would say if he saw pope sitting in his golden chair with fish hat on and holding his staff, which really is extremely satanist symbol called “bended cross“. Here’s more of this scam:

  • Did you ever wonder why the Pope’s mitre looks like the head of a fish?
  • What are the origins of this ceremonial hat and what does it truly represent?

vatican1

What is the origin of the Pope’s hat?

Dagon, the fish-god of the Philistines and Babylonians, wore a fish hat that is still seen today with Roman Catholic Church’s pope and bishops.

According to Ruben Joseph‘s book entitled, Why Are The Young People Leaving The Church,

“The miter is derived directly from the miters of the ancient pagan fish-god dagon and the goddess Cybele.  The papal miter represents the head of Dagon with an open mouth, which is the reason for the pointed shape and split top.”

The story the church wants you to believe is provided by a PDF entitled, “The Bishop’s Vestments” while an online version of this explanation can be found here.

The shape of the mitre represents the tongues of fire that rested on the heads of the disciples gathered in the upper room on  the Day of Pentecost, when God sent the Holy Spirit to ‘the Church.’

What the church‘s explanation fails to describe is the actual fish eye on the side of the mitre.

Perhaps this is an ember of charcoal from the tongues of fire?  Probably not, it’s a fish eye.

The book Nineveh and Babylon by Austen Henry Layard stated:

In their veneration and worship of Dagon, the high priest of paganism would actually put on a garment that had been created from a huge fish!

The head of the fish formed a mitre above that of the old man, while its scaly, fan-like tail fell as a cloak behind, leaving the human limbs and feet exposed.

In ‘Wine of Roman Babylon‘ is stated:

vatican2

The most prominent form of  worship in Babylon was dedicated to Dagon, later known as Ichthys, or the fish.

In Chaldean times, the head of the church was the representative of Dagon, he was considered to be infallible, and was addressed as ‘Your Holiness’.

Nations subdued by Babylon had to kiss the ring and slipper of the Babylonian god-king. The same powers and the same titles are claimed to this day by the Dalai Lama of Buddhism, and the Pope.

Moreover, the vestments of paganism, the fish mitre and robes of the priests of Dagon are worn by the Catholic bishops, cardinals and popes.

Ea Enki, who is a God of Sumerian (Enki) and Babylonian (Ea) mythology.

  • In Babylonian mythology, Ea was a water god who was half man, half fish hybrid.
  • In Greek mythology, Ea was known as Oannes.

By any name, this fish-god can be traced back to the genetic manipulation of man by the Anunnaki, as evidenced by Zecharia Sitchin‘s work.

It is believed that, in the daytime, this deity would emerge from the water and was responsible for teaching art, science and writing to the human race.

Berossus, a 3rd century Babylonian priest once wrote,

At first they led a somewhat wretched existence and lived without rule after the manner of beasts.

But, in the first year after the flood appeared an animal endowed with human reason, named Oannes, who rose from out of the Erythian Sea, at the point where it borders Babylonia. He had the whole body of a fish, but above his fish’s head he had another head which was that of a man, and human feet emerged from beneath his fish’s tail.

He had a human voice, and an image of him is preserved unto this day.

He passed the day in the midst of men without taking food; he taught them the use of letters, sciences and arts of all kinds. He taught them to construct cities, to found temples, to compile laws, and explained to them the principles of geometrical knowledge.

He made them distinguish the seeds of the earth, and showed them how to collect the fruits; in short he instructed them in everything which could tend to soften human manners and humanize their laws.

From that time nothing material has been added by way of improvement to his instructions.

And when the sun set, this being Oannes, retired again into the sea, for he was amphibious.

vatican3

In the book Revelation, H.A. Ironside stated:

vatican4

The chief priests wore miters shaped like the head of fish, in honor of Dagon, the fish-god, the lord of life – another form of the Tammuz mystery, as developed among Israel’s old enemies, the Philistines. 

When the chief priest was established in Rome, he took the title Pontifex Maximus, which was imprinted on his miter. 

When Julius Caesar (who like all young Roman of good family, was an initiate) had become the head of State, he was elected Pontifex Maximus, and this title was held henceforth by all of the Roman emperors down to Constantine the Great, who was, at one and the same time, head of the church and high priest of the heathen! 

The title was afterward conferred upon the bishops of Rome and is today borne by the pope, who is thus declared to be, not the successor of the fisherman-apostle Peter, but the direct successor of the high priest of the Babylonian mysteries and the servant of the fish-god Dagon, for whom he wears, like his idolatrous predecessor, the fisherman’s ring.

vatican5

Did you ever wonder why people kiss the Pope’s ring?

Why do so many people of prominence kiss the Pope’s ring?

The Ring of the Fisherman, also known as the Piscatory Ring, is an official part of the regalia worn by the Pope, who is head of the Catholic Church and successor of Saint Peter, who was a ‘fisherman’ by trade.

It used to feature a bas-relief of Peter fishing from a boat, a symbolism derived from the tradition that the apostles were,

“fishers of men”.

(Mark 1:17)

The Fisherman’s Ring is a signet used until 1842 to seal official documents signed by the Pope.

According to wiki, in breaking with this tradition:

“At the official introduction to his office, the classic ring remained in its case. It was passed to Pope Benedict XVI by the dean of the College of Cardinals, Angelo Cardinal Sodano.

The ring was designed by jeweller Claudio Franchi, who watched as Benedict placed the ring on himself.” 

Although Pope Benedict XVI wore his Fisherman’s Ring daily, it is no longer the custom for popes to wear it at all.

Generally, a new pope will either inherit the daily-wear ring of his predecessor, keep an old ring of his own preference, or will choose a new daily-wear style.

Why is it no longer custom for the pope to wear this ring?  Because in astrotheology, we are existing out of the Age of Pisces (the two fish) and into the Age of Aquarius.  The ring no longer symbolizes the Age of Pisces.

Instead of seeing the two fish on people’s bumper stickers, we will soon start seeing some sort of sign for the water bearer, Aquarius.

Who is Dagon?

In the bible, Dagon dates back to around the 3rd millennium, B.C., long before the birth of Jesus Christ and was first mentioned in Judges 16:23, where the Philistines offered Dagon a great sacrifice after their idol allegedly delivered Samson to them.

Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice unto Dagon their god, and to rejoice: for they said, Our god hath delivered Samson our enemy into our hand.

Judges 16:23

This is just one of the many ritualistic sacrifices that we see in the bible and is no different than any modern day sacrifice, such as 9/11 or any given war.

vatican6

Many consider the Canaanites to be part of the Philistines who worshipped worshiped,

  • Baal
  • Astarte
  • Dagon

These were some of the early sun-worshipping cultures that have led to many of the metaphors we see in modern religion, e.g. God’s son/sun.

In Mali, there is a tribe called the Dogons, whose legends from their heritage were used by the Egyptians and subsequent dynasties. The Dogon knew of constellations and alignments that we didn’t ‘discover’ until many years later, such as Sirius B.

vatican7

According to Dogon legend, the Nommos arrived from the Sirius star system in a vessel along with fire and thunder, or as we would say today, in a UFO.  The Nommos were part fish and part man and could live on both land and in the sea.

They are also referred to as “Masters of the Water”, “the Monitors”, and “the Teachers”. Perhaps frogs, dolphins and whales were placed here by the Nommos? Even the mystery of mermaids may originate from this premise.

Throughout mythology, we see fish-like people, mermaids and mermen, such as Poseidon or Neptune.

An excerpt from Ancient Pagan and Modern Christian Symbolism stated:

According to Egyptian mythology, when the judges found Osiris [Nimrod] guilty of corrupting the religion of Adam and cut up his body, they threw the parts into the Nile. It was said that a fish ate one of these chunks and became transformed.

Later, Isis [Semiramis] was fishing along the river bank when she fished up a half-man, half-fish. This sea creature was Dagon, the reincarnated Nimrod. 

And Dagon is the representation of Nimrod (of ancient Babylon) resurrecting out of the ocean depths as a half-man, half-fish.

vatican8

Why do we eat fish on Friday?

 

vatican9

Why do we see fish frys on Friday?

Did you ever wonder why practicing Catholics abstain from eating fish on all days except Friday?

It is not because of the phonetics of Fry-Day.  The origin of Friday come s from Freya’s Day.  Freya (Fria) is the Teutonic goddess of love, beauty, and fecundity (prolific procreation) and is identified with the Norse god, Freya.

The following is provided by the History of Origin of Fish Symbol:

In Greece the Greek word “delphos” meant both fish and womb.

The word is derived from the location of the ancient Oracle at Delphi who worshipped the original fish goddess, Themis. The later fish Goddess, Aphrodite Salacia, was worshipped by her followers on her sacred day, Friday.

They ate fish and engaging in orgies. From her name comes the English word “salacious” which means lustful or obscene. Also from her name comes the name of our fourth month, April.

In later centuries, the Christian church adsorbed this tradition by requiring the faithful to eat fish on Friday – a tradition that was only recently abandoned.

According to The Catholic Encyclopedia: An International Work of Reference on the Constitution, Doctrine, Discipline, and History of the Catholic Church:

As to the ritual of his worship… we only know from ancient writers that, for religious reasons, most of the Syrian peoples abstained from eating fish, a practice that one is naturally inclined to connect with the worship of a fish-god.

More fish food for thought

In the Revelation chapter of the bible it states the beast shall rise out of the sea:

And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
Revelation 13:1

Perhaps this is responsible for the term “Holy See” (Holy Sea)?

It is certainly no coincidence that the entire planet abides by Maritime Admiralty Law, which is the law of the sea (Holy See).

As for the pope’s miter, it’s a fish hat and its origin is tied into,

  • mythology
  • ufology
  • paganism
  • sun worshipping

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Ten Signs Western Society is a Satanic Cult

Some examples about westerns society’s decadence:

Ten Signs Western Society is a Satanic Cult
January 16, 2015

Many Jews, Freemasons, liberals, socialists and feminists
have unwittingly been inducted into a satanic cult based on
the Jewish Cabala.  Society increasingly resembles this cult.

We all seek a paradigm that makes sense of the world…

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

Ten Signs Western Society is a Satanic Cult:

1.  The membership is kept in the dark. It’s not told the cult’s true objectives (to exploit and enslave them) but are deceived instead with noble sounding platitudes. Leaders routinely lie to the people as in the case of false flags, assassinations and wars. False flags are a form of mass brainwashing, arousing mass sympathy for the alleged victim and hatred for the alleged perpetrator.

2.  The symbols of the cult are everywhere and its monuments (obelisks) dot our cities. Illuminati motifs are also prominent in corporate logos. Illuminati bankers control most corporations.
3. Mention of “God” and a universal design and intelligence are repressed. Instead of God, (conscience) we are to obey the cult leaders and their factotums. Believers in God are persecuted. By denying our Divine soul, they redefine us as animals who can be domesticated or culled. They encourage us to explore and indulge our animal nature.

4. They attempt to overrule nature and encourage unnatural and perverse behaviour. A prime example is their occult hatred of gender (masculine and feminine), and their encouragement of gender confusion, homosexuality and androgyny. Teaching school children to experiment with sex toys and homosexuality is state-sanctioned child sex abuse. Homosexuality is a developmental disorder. Its official promotion is proof society has gone over to the dark side.

5. They promote promiscuous and anonymous sex in order to degrade and dehumanize people to the level of animals. They normalize sexual deviance to defy God and serve their god Lucifer. The cult’s obsession with sex is only surpassed by its love of money. The cult (society) encourages both addictions, and addictive behaviour in general is rampant.

6. They attempt to destroy the institutions of marriage and the nuclear family so that the cult (society) will be our first loyalty, and ultimately will take over procreation

7. They create an imagined enemy who is threatening to attack us. They use this as an excuse to remove civil rights and create a police state capable of ensuring cult control.

8. There is extensive surveillance to extract blackmail information in order to control every individual. The cult demands conformity in all matters. Thought criminals are shamed and expelled. The CEO of Mozilla was forced to resign after giving a donation to a group that opposes gay marriage. This enforced conformity, which is becoming commonplace, is characteristic of Communism, or a cult.

9. They suppress the truth. They use entertainment as occult ritual and to degrade and distract us from reality (by creating an alternate fantasy world.)  Entertainers are often mind-controlled agents of the cult.

10. Society is obsessed with sickness. Sick people are easier to exploit and control. Real cures are suppressed. There’s also a relentless focus on dysfunctional people and “underdogs” rather than the strong, effective and healthy.

Finally, a cult usually has a strong God-like leader whose judgment is never questioned. Think Hitler or Stalin.

In the West, we are still waiting for this figure to emerge. When he (or she) does merge, the cult will be complete.
—–

Related:
Humanity is Satanically Possessed
Liberal Jews, Sex, & the New Satanic Order
Liberals are Unwitting Shills for Communism & Satanism

First Comment from FF:  I thought your list on the proof of the pervasive satanic cult was actually unpersuasive.

Love your stuff as outlandish as it seems sometimes.

I think one hurdle people have with this stuff is denial of the murdering ethic. I do not believe there is one single solitary man who does not understand fully that an impregnated woman has a baby inside her, yet thousands of these men procure abortions for women. Once you grasp that some men will kill there own son or daughter in order to dodge responsibility the idea of Mossad secretly orchestrating 911 in order to further there interests seems quite reasonable – and 2700 dead a minor secondary detail.

I thought your list on the proof of the pervasive satanic cult was actually unpersuasive.

1. Abortion = is infanticide and is accepted. This is far worse than the Myan human sacrifice rituals that outraged Western civilization when first discovered.

2. Usury- People accept obvious extortion in the banking system as the only way to survive.  As if under a spell.

3.  Taxes- People do not even loosely believe that gov’t has their interest in mind, yet they continue to pay out of irrational fear.

4. The military in the US has become de facto a French Foreign Legion in service to the military industrial complex.

5. “False flag” is more rightly should be called corporate flag.  Basic to any crime in motive. ‘Hate’ gives people indigestion, money gets people out of bed to do complicated stuff.

6. The Holocaust.  = It is the corporate boogyman. There are millions of American children who have men in their family tree who died in battle fields of Europe and they know nothing about it. Yet they can name 2 or three concentration camps.

7. Somebody must be in charge of the carefully orchestrated campaign to drive the culture to dependance. The forces must be covert because they are hidden.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

“Sex Magick” – The Cabalist Plan to Enslave Humanity

Have you noticed, that there are no traditional families anymore and gay agenda is pushed forward everywhere? What if I tell you, that all of that has been planned and that plan is working pretty well. Only the reason is, that the plan is made by satanists. Their goal is to destroy the family unit and people’s moral values. Just look around and you notice it everywhere. Or where do you think the children learn to disrespect towards their parents, if they even have ones.

 “Sex Magick” – The Cabalist Plan to Enslave Humanity
January 22, 2015

Received today (Jan 22): “My niece is a student at the University of Oregon where I’m told there is a growing movement to eliminate gender references altogether.  For example, if you do not want to be considered a male or female, the University will acknowledge this on official records. It’s crazy.” -Greg

We are stuck in the mind of a Cabalist Jew or Freemason. Our eyes and ears are his mass media.  Our laws are dictated by his government and our thoughts by his education system. Increasingly our society resembles his satanic cult. Incredible as it seems, our society can only be understood in terms of a satanic sex cult.

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

God’s Creative Force enters humanity through a man’s love for his wife and desire to raise his family in a secure and wholesome environment. It is reciprocated by a woman receiving her husband’s seed (which symbolizes his spirit) and nurturing it.

Thus, the Cabalist central bankers are keen to neutralize the male-female (active-passive)  dynamo  by making women usurp the male role. The bankers usurp the initiating male or “God” role for themselves.

According to the book, “Light bearers of Darkness” the Jewish Cabala is a powerful system for gaining control over people by harnessing and perverting sexual energies. (20)

In Studies in Occultism, (quoted in “Lightbearers of Darkness“)  Henri de Guilbert says the Cabalist Jew “looks upon himself as the sun of humanity, the male, opposed to which other peoples are but the female, manifesting and assuring the coming of the Messianic era. In order to realize this sociological manifestation, the Jew organically extends his influence by means of secret societies, created by him in order to spread everywhere his initiating force…(hoping to realize ) the universal republic controlled by the god of humanity, the Jew of the Cabala.” (p.21)

ERASING GENDER

Thus everywhere, the cabalist bankers have used education and media to neuter the populations of the West and undermine the institution of marriage and family.

“We have castrated society through fear and intimidation,” Harold Rosenthal boasted in 1976. “Its manhood exists only in combination with a feminine outward appearance. Being so neutered, the populace has become docile and easily ruled. As all geldings…their thoughts are not involved with the concerns of the future and their posterity, but only with the present and with the next meal.” (“The Protocols of Zion Updated” )

In a recent article, “Man-Child in the Promised Land”,  researcher Kay Hymowitz  says American males have extended their adolescence into middle age.

“In 1970, 69 percent of 25-year-old and 85 percent of 30-year-old white men were married; in 2000, only 33 percent and 58 percent were, respectively. ”

“What Kind of Man Reads Playboy?” The description best fits a homosexual. Meanwhile women have postponed marriage and usurped the male role as protector and provider.

“In 1960, 70% of American 25-year-old women were married with children; in 2000, only 25% of them were. In 1970, just 7.4% of all American 30-to 34-year-olds were unmarried; today, the number is 22%. That change took about a generation to unfold, but in Asia and Eastern Europe the transformation has been more abrupt. In today’s Hungary, 30% of women in their early thirties are single, compared with 6% of their mothers’ generation at the same age.” (Hymowitz, “The New Girl Power” )

Meanwhile an estimated one million US children were conceived using sperm donors, with 30,000 added every year. Many are born to lesbians who are determined to change the “hetero-normative” basis of society.

California is on the vanguard of the cabalist banker plan to replace heterosexual norms with homosexual ones.

A new law requires schools “to positively portray  sex changes, cross-dressing, homosexual marriages, and all aspects of bisexuality and homosexuality. This mandate affects children from kindergarten through 12th grade in California public schools.

Bruce Shortt, author of “The Harsh Truth About Public Schools” notes, “No longer will children raised in these schools understand that God made us male and female. Children will be told that because there are many sexual orientations and gender identities, they simply have to reach their own conclusions about which sexual orientation and gender ‘possibilities’ are ‘right for them.’ Along with this will come the message that you really can’t tell whether you like something unless you have tried it. The likely consequences of this for children, the institution of the family, our churches, and our culture are horrendous.”The Christian European majority is subjected to a relentless program of social engineering by the Cabalist bankers. Brainwashed (“guilted”) to think that only minorities have human rights, the majority is being undermined and transformed into “slaves who love their slavery.”THE LONG TERM PLANWho are these cabalists? For our purposes, they are the dynastic families who own the central banking cartel and dominate industry, culture and government, world wide. The names Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and Schiff will suffice.
War, and modern history in general, is an occult inspired charade designed to destroy Christian civilization by undermining our relationship to God, family, nation and race. The real meaning of  the word “revolution” is to turn the world upside down, and place the banker in the role of God. (See “Rothschilds Control Red Symphony” )Every “revolution” since 1640 was dedicated to this goal. The bankers are behind all wars, and most “modern” social, political and philosophical movements, including Communism, Feminism, Diversity, Zionism, Nazism multiculturalism, post modernism, gay rights and sexual liberation.“The History of Political Correctness”  shows that these movements were devised by intellectuals of “The Frankfurt School” to subvert Western civilization. Some of these “cultural Marxists”  literally were Soviet NKVD Agents. Almost all were Marxist Jews. The video shows how Americans were gulled to think revolution was trendy and to welcome the destruction of their society. These dupes now occupy all the positions of power in US culture.Basically mankind is the victim of a “cruel hoax” of cosmic proportions. When you create money out of thin air, you can buy a lot of “change agents.”  Our elites actually think they are creating a better world. In fact, they are  building a world police state, the “New World Order” secretly dedicated to Satan. They are complicit in the cover-up of 9-11; and the “war on terror” is a ruse to deprive  us of our rights.The “Jew of the Cabala” is the central banker, his allies and minions. The average Jew doesn’t know anything about this plan. However, he is wrong to assume that because he is unaware, it doesn’t exist. He is wrong to assume he won’t some day be blamed for it. All groups and religions have been subverted. Whether Communist or Zionist, many Jews have been duped and manipulated by organized Jewry.The average Jew is as much responsible for the NWO as the average American is responsible for the war in Iraq. However we all must take exception when our religion or nation are appropriated for evil.——
Related – On Sex Magick – Background See also my Cabala – How Sex Became Our Religion 

First Comment from John:
This article is almost 7 years old and what is talked about here has come deeper into the fruition of human error as predicted.
I recently had a discussion with a young black woman who just graduated from high school. She said that in her freshmen year students were predominantly ” strait” and the gay and lesbian students, if there were any, stayed in the closet.
But, by the she graduated the school had been turned upside down. In just three ears what was once the exception had now become the new fad. She said that same sex encounters were being performed in the locker rooms and that the strait students were afraid to come in, not knowing what they might walk in on.
Also, she said that nothing was done about it because the principal himself was gay as well as with some of the teachers. And thanks to the “bullying law” you cannot challenge or criticize them for this behavior.
The whole game plan here is to alienate and eliminate the Christian  from the norm of society. She said that kids were being taught to believe what the Bible says about this issue is wrong and that sexual perversion is a good thing.
America’s days are numbered now and will have the fate of all past world empires that were infected with this disease who no longer recognized or protected the Law of God and his plan for humanity.

Close Encounters with Celebrities & Show Business

I founded this great article, which tells you pretty well the “behind the curtain” story about Hollywood. How it’s full of satanism and prostitution. Did you know, that celebrities make more money as being whores as in being movie stars? Yeah they are escorts to rich people who want to own these people. This has led to a situation where celebrities has clones, which are then abused. Sounds grazy, but if you dig deeper you find some pretty interesting stuff. But that’s too much me speaking just read this article and checkout the video. I put the video first in the case you want to check that first and the read the article, which it is based on.

And here’s the article:

Close Encounters with Celebrities & Show Business

by ‘feliciag http://doppels.proboards.com

2010 Aug

I’d like this thread to be a place where anyone who has firsthand, in person, experience with interacting with celebrities can talk about what they have observed. This includes anything “anomalous” which might speak to the idea of replacements, clones, synthetics, and – yes- spiritual possession.

Even if all you did was see someone perform “live” at a concert, or you attended a book signing or political rally, or maybe you had a random moment where you walked past a famous person, I’d love for you to post observations here.

Also I would love people who have worked onstage professionally, worked as model, or worked on film, TV, or music video sets to share any observations they might have about weird “things that make you go ‘HMMMMM?” The entertainment world is FULL of high strangeness.

My own history comes as both a former actress/singer and also as a writer. Also, I am just someone who has come across a lot of celebrities and people who work in show business as part of my daily life. Some of it comes from the area where I live, which is an artistic area where lots of celebs and artistic people chose to vacation and/or retire.

I think I only understood the idea of replacements being possible on an intuitive level for a long time. Most of what I’ve observed has to do with significant emotional/spiritual/and interpersonal changes that happen when people are presented with really big show business opportunities.

Please understand something very important as you read this thread. At any given time, the members of the Screen Actors Guild are 99% unemployed. And there are many, many other actors who are non-union who are also working in the industry on and off, and they are also about 99% unemployed. There is also a TV actors union called AFTRA, and a union for stage actors called Equity.

For the years I worked as an actress I was “Equity eligible,” which at the time was a sub-category of stage performers who had worked on jobs earning Equity minimum rates, but had never actually been hired in an Equity show. At the peak of my “acting career” I was making Equity minimum rates, which in the late 80’s/early 90’s was $300 per week. That was “rich living” in the acting industry, believe it or not!

Most acting jobs last from four weeks to three months if you’re doing a stage show, such as with a regional theater, dinner theater, or youth theater. That’s part of the reason why the unemployement rates are so high. Jobs don’t last very long because shows might have a run for just a few weeks, and then you have several weeks of rehearsals before that. So your entire “work” period might consist of a very short period of time.

I did many different kinds of work ranging from regional theater to Shakespeare in the Park type stuff to summer stock to kids’ theater/school tours and more. In between, I worked as much as possible doing things like voice over work, live events like industrial work at auto shows as a spokesmodel, and TV and film bit parts.

I was lucky to work steadily during the time I was a professional actress. I never took work as a waitress, for instance, to keep me going between jobs. I seemed to always have a gig going on. Most of my friends, in the meantime, made more as waiters and hostesses in restaurants and worked for 2/3rds of the year in the restaurant industry. And many of them were a LOT more talented than I was. Show business is just a brutal, brutal industry.

The competition for women is also horrible. For every fifty women who would audition for a show, there would be one or two men. This was at the Actors Equity offices in New York. And then you have the horrible math of the shows themselves. Almost always, there would be about two major female roles to about 10 – 15 male roles in a given show. So to get a major speaking role, let alone a major role, as a female performer took a helluva lot of work – and some talent. I only ever worked in major roles as an actress with the exception of one dinner theater musical I did as a chorus player. So I think I was pretty good back then!

In the stage world, which centers in New York, you have the Gay Mafia running things. Befriend this crowd and you will continually get work. Piss them off, and you’ll never work in this town again.

I had written a play once that a former Broadway producer was looking at. She was a lesbian woman who had worked on several big name Broadway musicals in the 1980’s and 1990’s. At one point, she pissed off some of the gay males who run the industry in New York. And she literally became homeless almost overnight from blacklisting. She liked my play but told me she couldn’t really help me since all her former friends had turned on her. So, to be clear, it is the gay MALE mafia that runs the theatrical world in New York.

This makes for a very weird dynamic when you seek stage work in New York, as I did. Many gay males took to me because at the time I was pretty glamorous and looked like Jennifer Connelly/Brooke Shields, a popular look at the time. They got me work.

When the rare straight male stage director auditioned me, it was always a casting couch situation – sleep with me or you dont’ get work – and I always refused. So the only work I got in the theater from my New York auditions was from gay male directors.

On the flip side of things, if you were a gay man auditioning for work and a gay male director was casting, you also needed to be ready to sleep with the director. One of my friends was very willing and got a supporting role in a Broadway musical – but the show bombed, unfortunately. He didn’t care about sleeping wiht the director, he thought it was just fun!

I am explaining the background here about the stage world. The stage is very different from TV and film, which I’ll discuss in a moment.

Most of my steady work came from auditioning in New York for theaters that were out of town, so I travelled and did tons of work up and down the East Coast. A lot of the jobs were very fun (again, because I worked for either gay male directors who admired me or straight female directors who simply cast me for my talent.) I mostly did comedies, kids shows, and period pieces like Shakespeare, with a few musicals thrown in.

Stage work can be very beautiful because you get to project loving and positive energy to a crowd and attempt to share something uplifting or educational with the masses. All of the actors I knew were very sweet, and we all tended to be the typical right-brained creative types who were idealistic and naive about the world.

And often very, very over-sexed. Any cast I was in always became an orgy of almost everybody sleeping with everybody else! Where it got weird was when the power players, the producers or directors, “adopted’ a cast member as a lover. Then that person was usually elevated to a position of power – they suddenly took over the lead, for instance, with the original person suddenly not showing up for work, etc.

But the theaters I was involved with were relatively small time, so I didn’t see much of the bigger, darker stuff until I started to work in TV and film.

I will continue that story in my next post.

 

 

To continue – for whatever reasons, maybe because the arts allow us to express ourselves and be creative, show business attracts tons of wannabe performers all over the world. This desire to be seen, to be noticed, and often, to receive “love” and adoration on a massive scale seems universal.

I was fortunate to come from a loving family, but many of the performers and models I knew did not. When they came from abusive homes or single parent homes they almost always became more vulnerable to prostitution, abuse, and drug addiction. Some of it is driven by the very real harsh economics of working in that industry. 99% unemployment is really bad, let alone trying to compete with a gazillion people who are prettier, more talented, and who have bigger boobs/skinnier bodies than you do!

So from a director or producer’s perspective, when you have thousands of gorgeous young men and women dying to get a part, why not have some “hidden” job requirements like sleeping with the director? If one woman refuses to do it, chances are there are hundreds behind her in line who will say yes.

That’s the mentality.

The problem is that young women often think that sleeping with the director means that they will be taken more seriously as a performer and get more access to meatier roles. It doesn’t always work that way.

I knew two actresses, one who was a comedienne/actress, one who was just an actress, who were trying to make it in New York and were pursuing every option possible, knocking down doors, pounding the pavements, etc.

One of them ended up sleeping with yucky Jewish “comedian” Jackie Mason because he told her he would help her get live comedy gigs in the city. He did invite her to perform at one event, but that was it. She stopped sleeping with him pretty quickly and the entire experience really darkened her, blackened her spirit. She went from this gorgeous Italian-American New Jersey comedienne to this saddened, heavy drinking, harsh-toned woman almost overnight. She told me he gave her drugs, too, so God knows what really happened.

The other girl, the actress who was friends with the comedienne, actually had a TV agent in the city who put her up for a minor speaking role on the TV show ER. This actress was told that she needed to sleep with – I think it was the casting director, not the episode director – and she did. She got the small performing role. Her agent had basically operated as a madam – setting her up to sleep with the director to get the role. After the agent knew the actress was willing to go that route to get work, she set her up to work as a full-time escort between acting jobs. The last I talked to this poor actress, she had descended into full-time prostitution because she wasn’t getting audiitons for acting work, but her agent was sending her loads of johns to sleep with! So many acting agencies are fronts for prostitution, escort services, S&M/dungeon master stuff, and worse.

Joe Franklin who had a late night TV talk show in New York was another one famous for getting young girls to sleep with him while making promises about how he would set them up in show business. Which never happened for any of the women. It was all a set up.

When men of power see all these gorgeous, talented, and often very sexual women pursuing jobs in New York, many of them take advantage.

Now, I’m still talking about stuff happening on a relatively human level. Man to woman. It’s abusive, it’s nasty, but in some ways, it’s a story as old as time.

What I want to talk about next has to do with the price of celebrity and the whole replacement issue.

 

What I’ve talked about so far is what happens in the very lowest levels, the lowest “tier” of show business. This is where I was, where people were basically just working for a living, trying to keep themselves and their integrity intact, naive about the larger stuff going on for the most part. Some made bad choices, fell into prostitution, drug use, and/or porn – amongst the models, actors, and actresses I knew. But most of the people I personally knew well then stayed at that level. They never became famous or “big.”

I did, however, have many firsthand brushes with celebs who were on a much higher tier. And weird stuff was constant within these circles.

As I mentioned in another thread, I do believe that there are two realities within the industry. Insider/bloodline types who literally make a phone call after they get out of Juilliard or film school and immediately get work in the industry – who have often come from multi-generational abuse families. And then there are nobodies like me who get work but don’t have those connections. In my career, whenever I would cross slightly over into the reality of potentially getting bigger roles (in TV or film,) I was always presented with the “pay to play” prostitution demand, which I refused. I kept thinking each time I hit that wall in various cities, and various shows and film projects, that surely, at some point I would find a big role that didn’t require that, but I never did. Casting directors, agents, and/or directors always made it clear that you not only make yourself available to sleep with that specific power player, but most actresses are expected to be on call in what’s basically a pool of prostitute/escorts for other powerful people that particular person might know.

Models also end up in this situation, only it starts very young for them, since a model’s career is usually over by 25. They start working at 13 – 16 and begin working as prostitutes from day one in addition to going on modeling calls. Because models also have to keep an extremely, inhumanly thin physique, they are fed cocaine the very first time they are at a modelling shoot, usually, and this keeps them lively and bouncy for the photo shoot, lowers their sexual inhibitions, and makes them feel part of the “adult” crowd.

I have lived on a property where many Ralph Lauren and other high profile clothes catalogue shoots have been held, in addition to many women’s magazines shooting photo spreads there. Cocaine was handed out at the refreshment table much of the time. (I usually showed up, grabbed a snack, and left! I couldn’t believe how open the drug use was. The models were sickly thin but looked great in the bulky clothes. )

So to cross into the higher echelons of entertainment if you DON’T have family connections, you work yourself through the drug use/sexual permissiveness/prostitution/escort levels, and this in turn leads to things like mind control, having handlers, and into darker levels of what I believe is spiritual possession or soul loss at a profound level. At some point, if you “wake up” from the almost constant mind control and trance induction, and you say “No,” you can either be told you will never have a career (As happened to me before I got involved with the crap;) and/or you can have your physical well-being threatened.

I had death threats from one assistant director who had chosen me to play a recurring character (non-=speaking) on a TV show. I did about ten episodes. He was always inappropriately flirtatious with me, in a really creepy way, and when I showed up one day with an engagement ring on my finger after getting engaged, he got really nasty. He threatened my boyfriend’s life and mine. I couldn’t figure out why. I was just a bit player, nobody famous, nothing. I just laughed it off at the time but I knew another girl who had gone the prostitution route on the show and slept with this same assistant director, which got her exactly six speaking lines in one episode, and she became creeped out by him very quickly. She talked about how he was violent with her during sex, always feeding her copious drugs, and talked about how the next time she came over he would bring some of his friends over from the set and she would have to sleep with them.

She refused and broke up with him after that, naively thinking that theirs was a relationship of equals. She moved back in with her ex-boyfriend and the boyfriend had the tires shot out of his truck, she was gang-stalked while out driving for months, and her agent would no longer return her phone calls for her “unprofessional” behavior. The unprofessional part was her breaking up with the assistant director.

Again, though, I’m just talking about lower level shenanigans in the industry. I will talk more about observing actual celebs next. I just wanted to provide more background on the thuggery, mandatory prostitution, and drug use that is a constant in the TV/film world. ( I really didn’t see this in the stage world at all, so it seems more tied to the modelling, TV, music video, and film worlds.)

 

What I’ve described so far is really the “grooming” stage which I believe later can set the stage for a performer, once they get famous, to become deeply embedded in a very dark world, indeed. And having seen how dark it is, I can’t help but see that there must be people who protest and wake up at some point, and also I see how their waking up must be a real threat to the controllers of this system, so of course they are threatened, silenced, or killed. That’s the way the game seems to work. Awful.

One TV show I did starred Carroll O’Connor and the show was haunted by problems. Parasitic drug dealers literally took up residence in the tiny Georgia town where we filmed, preying on the cast and crew. Actor Howard Rollins had a major cocaine problem throughout filming. Carroll O’Connor’s son Hugh, who had been given a small role on the show so Carroll could keep an eye on him (he was prone to drug problems) became a sitting duck for the drug pushers and sunk deeper into drug addiction. Some years later he died of an overdose. And the women on the show were so horribly skinny and coke-addicted, it was terrible. They keep the women of TV and film horrifically thin. I could see the ribs and backbones of the main actress, Anne Marie Johnson, and a guest star who was a woman from soap operas, when they filmed a party scene wearing backless gowns. They seriously looked like refugees from a concentration camp – just like models. And neither of these women was large in any respect – they needed to each put on another 20 pounds just to be healthy. Many of the episode directors complained about how Anne Marie was getting too fat. Yeah, the residents of Dachau were SO frickin’ fat, what lard-asses they were. What twisted people.

I didn’t see any signs of replacements in these people, although celebrities are always different in person than you’d expect. Carroll O’Connor was always polite yet distant with everyone. Once in a while you’d see his famous humor come through in some improvising – shades of Archie Bunker coming through. The show was very serious and dramatic and slow-paced (It was the TV version of the film In the Heat of the Night.) I was struck by how Carroll O’Connor seemed smaller and frailer than he did as Archie Bunker, but I wrote it off as age. Plus he had a heart condition and the stress of having to film extra hours due to his co-star’s drug problems added to that. At one point during production he had a heart attack, but I wasn’t working with him then.

Still–I should double check some photos of him to see if he’s a replacement possibility, just because you never know! And there was a big gap between him filming his last Archie Bunker material, Archie’s Place, I believe, in the early 80’s? And In the Heat of the Night, which we were filming in 1989.

Anyway, the environment of filming on TV and film is just very toxic and it would seem that most of the players on this set were trancing out with drugs most of the time. Other TV and film sets I was on were much the same. It’s a pretty miserable life, in many respects, and it doesn’t surprise me one bit that people might try to “rebel” at some point and later get replaced. Especially given the intense demands these days to be in front of cameras 24/7 and to be just as “interesting” off camera as on.

I want to fast forward and mention some candidates for replacement that I’d like to research more up ahead.

I had a friend who was friendly with Ann-Margret’s biographers and sometimes saw her backstage after her various shows. He had been going to see her live in concert since the 1970’s, when he was a young boy. He never spent more than a few minutes with her, but she was always friendly and knew him by name. One time she was performing at Caesar’s in Atlantic City, doing a stripped down version of the same show she had recently done at Radio City Music Hall in New York. (I think this was 1996 or so?) My friend got us tickets and also, through the influence of his friends, her biographers, got us backstage to talk to her in her dressing room reception area for a few minutes after her show.

She wore dark sunglasses throughout and you couldn’t see her face very well. She was a petite thing, curvy and sweet, very polite. My friend had made it sound like she really KNEW him and would call him by name, but she didn’t do that. It was more like she was forcing herself to be polite and do the obligatory guest greetings backstage. We made small talk for a few minutes, complimented her on her show, and then left.

My friend was shaken and freaked out afterwards. He talked about how her face looked really, really different (beneath heavy makeup and her hair hanging over her face I did think I saw some signs of facelifts and facial work, but I didn’t think anything of it – such is the way with older women in Hollywood.) He also said how she didn’t recognize him by name, and usually she did. (Admittedly he hadn’t seen her for a while backstage one on one. He had SEEN her backstage at various points in the mid to late 80’s but not one on one like we did that day in – I think it was – 1996 or so? She probably met lots of fans, so did she forget him? Probably?)

He also said how her show had been really lackluster and her singing was just awful compared to the way it had been at Radio City Music Hall. He said that show had been great, and this was really awful in comparision.

In retrospect, I’m wondering if she was replaced at some point? Or even if she sends a replacement out to do some of her shows for her? Is that possible?

I’ve been looking at photos and in some of her photos as a young woman she really looks like she has brown eyes, and in others they are lighter. Also she goes from being really bosomy to not having as much bosom to bosomy again. She had an accident in concert in the 1970’s in which she fell from a stage and supposedly had to have her entire jaw wired shut and restructured. Now I’m wondering – was that replacement time? Or was that when a replacement took over for a while while the original recovered, and from time to time she trots out the replacement to cover her in a show? My friend said she did NOT seem like the same Ann Margret he had watched onstage so many times and seen a few times backstage – and that the performance we saw was nothing like the same version of the show he had seen at Radio City.

I also have my radar out about her since she slept with Elvis many years back when they fell for each other during a movie shoot – and who knows which version of Elvis it was? Many people say that Elvis and she were like spiritual twins, extremely connected and linked and powerful when they got together – like soulmates. Sometimes when one celeb is replaced they replace an entire surrounding constellation of people – as we’ve seen with the Beatles and with many of the cast of Friends, etc.

So anyway, I wanted to put that story out there to return to later for further research.

 

I’m glad you didn’t end up working as model. Most open modelling casting calls are really prostitution fronts, anyway, or they just force you to spend lots of money on unnecessary head shots/professional photography, and then the agency makes more from pimping and from the photos than actually getting the models work. At those open calls they want really pretty and really DUMB, submissive women. Very sad how such women are taken advantage of.

I can’t speak to the military/police component of the sets – there wasn’t such high security on most of the projects I was involved in, but then, this was late 1980’s/early 1990’s and I think the whole celebrity culture has gotten a lot weirded now, with much stronger security. The only time I saw a ton of military looking/creepy security people trying unsuccessfully to “blend in” was when they were filming A Beautiful Mind with Russell Crowe and Jennifer Connelly across from my apartment in Princeton, New Jersey and they had these creepy military looking dudes patrolling the streets while they filmed. I only had a brief glimpse of Crowe from a far distance, and I never saw Jennifer Connelly or Paul Bettany. I would have liked to have seen Jennifer just to confirm that she is now Fennifer – but I didn’t!

I wasn’t aware of the whole reptilian/shapeshifting stuff back then, but on an energy level, I definitely sensed a lot of characters in the casting directing/casting agent/modelling agent roles and directing/production roles who just intuitively creeped me out – and I think my instincts for self-preservation kept me away from interacting with them very much. A few directors on the TV show were nice. On In the Heat of the NIght they had guest directors for each episode and some of them seemed very sweet and not creepy, creative and artsy. Others were frightening. But I felt this stuff more intuitively and just shied away from dealing with the ones that felt “wrong.” In retrospect, given how naive I was in other ways, I’m very glad I had those instincts and avoided trouble!

 

About a completely different celebrity – I was kicked off an alternative news/conspiracy site some years ago for sharing this story, which was weird.

We all know Michael Jackson hadn’t been Michael Jackson for a long time and was possibly replaced several times. And he came from a horrifically abusive family where his dad sold all his children into bondage, basically. Many stories about how old Joe Jackson once kicked little Michael in the crotch, which may have led to permanent damage to his testes, and possibly the reason for his very high voice well into adulthood. Anyway, lots of mess going on there.

The being who was masquerading as Michael Jackson around 1990-1995 often rented out a suite at Leona Helmsey’s The Palace luxury hotel. A friend of mine in the hotel industry took me to see this huge penthouse suite, which takes up two stories, has amazing views, beautiful grand piano, endless rooms. This woman who was the concierge there during the time MJ was staying there told me about how he would have groups of 10 – 15 Mexican boys, under the age of 15, shipped in by a mysterious limo driver who would show up at the back delivery entrance and bring the kids in for “play dates” with Michael. And MJ also always had Bubbles the chimp with him and some other staff/entourage. The boys would stay over for a night or two and then be shipped back out again. My friend and all the staff used to dealing with VIP’s knew that they would be blacklisted from working in the hotel industry in New York if they let word get out about this.

The rooms were always a mess afterwards, she told me. Semen stains all over the expensive couches. She showed me some of the specific couches that had had to be replaced several times. Nasty stuff.

She didn’t want to tell me anything more, but suffice it to say that the insiders in the VIP hotel/lodgings world see a lot of stuff involving child sex trafficking and sex slavery and these people being shipped in for certain stars. The same goes for women sex slaves, too, it all depends on the celebrity’s tastes.

Another hotel industry friend who worked in lots of LA hotels on the West coast talked about Tom Cruise (one of the Foms, no doubt) who keeps to this day a special luxury penthose apartment for parties with his male gay friends – and sometimes they ship in gay male escorts, some of them underaged.

So there is a ton of this underground sex slave/prostitution/trafficking stuff that sits right along side the drug industry, both with parasitic hands in the world of stars, celebs, and models.

Were the “originals” this goofed up? I don’t know. The replacements do seem heavily indulged, though. They get all the drugs and sex they want, plus loads of spending money, fame, attention, etc.

 

In the past there has been a thread about Joan Baez and Foan. I can confirm that Foan has been around for a while. I saw her perform live in concert at an outdoor music festival in Pennsylvania, this must have been around 1986 or 1987. While Foan had a lovely voice and a nice stage persona, I had happened to be delving heavily into her earlier recordings right before I went to see her and was very confused at the voice I heard singing. She still has a nice soprano, but it’s not the original Joan. When I saw Foan it was right around the time she was coming out as a lesbian and had a memoir out about it.

I wonder how many times when a celebrity comes out later in life like that, that this is really the replacement announcing their sexuality? The original Joan by all accounts, while not an excessively promiscuous creature of the 60’s like many female singers were from her era, was straight – dated Bob Dylan (before he was Fob,) etc. Also the fact that she is extremely famous for that relationship she had with Bob hints at the possibility of replacement because we know that constellations of people get replaced – lovers, family members, cast mates, etc. And Joan/Foan got a lot of mileage out of singing that one song about her romance with Dylan, I forget the name of it …..Diamonds and Rust? It’s one of her classic hits that she always sings. So the two of them are forever linked as these iconic 60’s characters, and we know that both have been replaced (Dylan played by a lot of different people, some of them women.)

There was a notable incident in New Jersey some years ago where Fob Dylan was picked up by a policeman for wandering aimlessly through some neighborhood and didn’t have his ID on him, and it was only when he was back at the station being questioned that someone “recognized” him as Bob Dylan and sheepishly released him from custody. He had either done a concert the night before locally or he was slated to do one the night afterward, I forget. But nobody recognized him. Makes sense. Who can keep track of all the Fobs? And that was also around the time that that weird film came out where all those different actors (and one actress, Cate Blanchett) played Bob. Sometimes they throw this replacement stuff right in your face!

 

Artemis, Anne Marie was so extremely thin, I honestly can’t believe she has physically survived this long maintaining that level of drug addiction and/or anorexia. When I met her she was shy, quiet, polite, professional, but sadly addicted to coke as was her costar Howard Rollins. She had a very pretty face with classic bone structure but otherwise was rail thin.

I also think Jennifer Hudson should be looked into. Any of these naturally curvy women who are suddenly appearing excessively thin – including Kelly Osbourne as you mentioned in another thread – always raise a red flag. It MIGHT be the original person sometimes, but to me it just shows you how the person was probably tortured into starvation for months while her agents/handlers dangled the prospect of getting the woman more mainstream roles and work, which usually doesn’t pan out if it’s still the real person because her natural weight will re-assert itself. Horrid stuff.

I’m a tall gall, 6 feet tall, and many people wanted me to be a model, but I also have big bones and could never get down to the required 125 pounds to do mainstream modelling work. I did some minor modelling gigs but was told point blank that I needed to be at a minimum of 125 pounds to get work in the industry. I was told this in New York, Washington DC , Philadelphia, and Atlanta, so it’s pretty much the same all over. I’ve always maintained the same weight and even right now my ribs stick out in my back (naturally, not from starvation,) so I’ve never carried any extra weight to speak of. You wouldn’t say I had more than five pounds of extra flesh on me!

I tried back in the day to starve myself down but I couldn’t get down any lower than 139 pounds, and then I was getting sick from blood sugar problems and so forth. Unfortunately at the time I was dating a guy whom I believe to literally have been a shapeshifting reptilian (only figured out why he was so yucky many years later) and he kept telling me, even at that weight, that I was too fat! He didn’t even work in the industry.

So there is a really weird conspiracy of negative beings, physical, and non-physical, human and non-human or hybrid, industry connected and not, who want young women to remain as hungry and weakened and weak-willed as possible – and to hell with her health. Fortunately I figured out his sh*t and kicked him to the curb, but since I was young (19 or so) it all left a mark on me developmentally and it took a while to heal from those influences I was immersing myself in.

 

Cinematographers are also heavily into the dark stuff that is so pervasive in the film and TV industries. Through friends of friends I’ve had several conversations with a man who has been a main cinematographer on tons of mainstream hit films. He worked on Kill Bill with Uma Thurman and Quentin Tarrentino and David Carradine. He described working on that set and his whole gleeful description of the constant immersion in blood (fake, one would hope), body parts being tossed into scenes, and other celebration of carnage really made me sick. And he just loved it because he’s a nasty piece of work. He described the weird affair between Uma and Quentin and how he would sort of program her to do her scenes. The real Uma seems very different, quiet, low-key, nerdish and bookish. So definitely lots of programming and handling went on. (I’ve never been able to watch the movie. Tarentino’s work is such an openly Satanic celebration of bloodlust, I want to kill the bastard.)

This cinematographer has also worked with some major action directors like Michael Bey, who I’m convinced is an alien, he’s not human – go look at his eyes in a photo sometime! Again, this cinematographer only seems to work on these action/bloodlust/bloodletting types of movies.

This guy (the cinematographer) is also a creep who keeps a wife at home, then he’ll go off to someplace to China for six months and sleep with second tier actresses and crew members who work on the set, and then come home to the clueless wife. Horrific all around. Sets pretty much operate as freefalling orgy zones. “Married” people suddenly become “unmarried” for purposes of filming, then go back to their significant others. Michael Douglas did this for years to his long-suffering wife Diandra. Kathleen Turner recently confirmed this in her biography, talking about how she and Douglas slept with each other while filming the Romancing the Stone movies, then he went back to his wife. I’m glad Diandra got tons of money from him in their divorce!

The same thing played out in the earlier marriages of Mel Gibson and Kevin Costner. Remember how for ages their publicists promoted them as the ultimate family men, still married to their longtime sweethearts, devoted dads, etc? Now the truth is coming out about how abusive Mel is. Costner just always slept around. I know someone who gave him a massage at a resort somewhere – I think in Colorado? – and he always requested “happy endings,” which ends in sexual release.

Creepy world. Don’t believe any of the “knight in shining armor” spin about ANY star, male or female.

 

Yeah, it’s there in the pageant industry. I was in the Miss Teen Pennsylvania pageant back in the day, I think that is what it was called, and during the three day rehearsal period before the pageant I was pretty much told by the production heads that I was being given a very favorable rating by the important people, because I could sing, dance, had good grades, etc. It was weird, it was like they were telling me in advance I was going to win. Not that the prize was much – I think it was just a couple of thousand dollars which you could use toward your college education.

Anyway, as we headed into the dress rehearsal stage and were finalizing our performances for the show/pageant (lots of song and dance numbers we had to perform as a large group), one girl who was very sexually precocious, who had a REALLY large rack on her, started noticing how the judges and pageant directors were paying me a lot of attention, and she started kissing up to them. She ended up winning the pageant.

I kept in touch with my roommates – three girls I had roomed with over that rehearsal weekend who were all contestants like me – and one of them later told me that that girl who won had slept with one of the male production people. Pure coincidence that she happened to win, of course. The girl was 16 years old but looked 22.

I hope she was okay after that and didn’t sink into the horrible little sideshow world of the larger national pageants.

I also knew a former Miss Pennsylvania, a very clean cut athlete type of woman, she was Miss PA in the late 80’s sometime; she talked about how at the national pageant it was all about who would be most sexually accommodating to the judges that weekend before the final pageant show was held. She didn’t win Miss USA but after what she saw, she had no regrets about it!

 

You know the now “D” list actress Tara Reid? (She of the addictions, the horrible plastic surgeries, etc.) She makes her living earning about $20,000 – $50,000 (when she looked better) as a private “escort’ to many wealthy international men.

When you are a C or D list celebrity female, you earn more as a prostitute than as an actress. I guess the attitude of these poor, abused mind=controlled women is “at least it’s a job!”

 

Per “gig” — which usually involves travel to be with the gentlemen in question somewhere out of the country, at his estate, private island, or yacht. The usual stuff. Pamela Anderson has been doing the same thing for a long time – she makes more, though! Many others like this one actress Mena Suvari who made a big splash in American Beauty but in recent years had disappeared off the map – she actually makes loads of money as a dominatrix catering to clients with certain, um, tastes.

This is all info gleaned from friends who work in LA hotels, Las Vegas too, where this stuff is widely known about.

Since SAG minimum rates for a day long gig used to be, what $500 a day or something? (I have no idea what they are now) and minor stars might get $10,000 for a small walk on role as the villain in a TV series – they can actually make more consistent income doing the call girl stuff (and call boy stuff. Whole ‘nuther story.)

In addition, many female “celebs” got started in prostitution and later became “stars.” Or they worked in a few roles, their careers stalled, they went into prostitution, serviced the “right” client, and then their careers became bigger again. Case in point Denise Richards who was working as an escort when she got involved with Charlie Sheen. Her acting career never took off and she always had more work as a call girl than anything else.

Paris Hilton was a notorious LA prostitute and the only reason she ever became a celebrity was because she blackmailed certain highly-placed entertainment people who were in her “little black book” and that’s how that horrible woman was foisted upon us all (and young girls especially, who for a while really looked up to her!) Her arrest for cocaine the other day is more typical of what she’s always been, what she’s always been up to. Paris now makes between $500,000 to $1million to show up at a “party” for the Kind of Bahrain’s son or whatever – she does those international prostitution/party appearance gigs all the time.

There is also a big esoteric/psychic ritual component. Depending on the wiring of the woman, she might be used to conceive a particular type of soul during a ritual, be used as a breeder, then the baby “disappears”. Also sexual rituals are used to bring energy to a person, company, project, endeavor, or location. Older women are often used to help a younger member (male usually) of a connected family celebrate his sexual maturity – think like a bar or bat mitzvah ceremony, only instead of coming of age spiritually, he is celebrating coming of age sexually. This can be done when the child is between 12 – 15 for boys, and not too long after a girl’s first period for the young girls.

You have the Madonnas who groom the younger women to eventually take their place with the sexual/psychic rituals, but sometimes the older ones are still being used for other things. It’s never really been about youth but more about energy and being able to access that person to harvest their psychic energy/emotional energy, and the women who have had a lot of sexual abuse and fragmentation and damage in their past are especially “popular” in this regard because they can be trained not to remember being abused and will tend to dismiss everything as a great party in which they had great drugs/drink, had sex with multiple people, and went home with a lot of money.

Pamela Anderson “wrote” a novel a while back that talked about one of her alter egos and discussed the frequent orgies “she” participated in. Thinly veiled real stuff. But I don’t think that book talked about any of the deeper esoteric stuff. Again, with mind control and fragmentation sometimes the person doesn’t recall everything they end up being used for.

Thanks for the pay update – I’ve still got figures in my head from the late 80’s/early 90’s when I was in the industry – although I never joined the unions as I mostly did stage work and made more being non-Equity than most of the true Equity actors I knew (a lot of them worked under pseudonyms in non-union theater settings so they could continue to pay bills, since Equity work is rare as hen’s teeth.)

I know a second tier TV actress/C-D list movie actress who has done some story arcs on various crime/law type series– often as the long suffering wife who turns out to be the killer, that type of thing – she usually films for two days max (AFTRA work) and since she has a bit of a “name” she pulls about $10,000 – $25,000 when she gets a story arc like that. Still, she works rarely, like most actresses her age (she’s in her 50’s now.) If she had slightly more name recognition she says she could probably make more for these types of gigs, but since she hasn’t been in a mainstream movie for a while, her “asking price” keeps going down.

She’s someone who actually didnt’ end up in the prostitution/sex slave track – but then she took a long time off from the biz to get married, have kids, live a normal life away from LA or New York – and she is also more of a character actress type than a blonde/buxomed/impressionable sex kitten type – which probably saved her!

With some of these ladies it’s helpful to look at the constellation of people they have “dated.” How did Hathaway end up engaged to wealthy real estate developer Raffaello Follieri, for instance? Info on some of his connections here – from June 2008:

“More trouble for Raffaello Follieri, the fiancé of “Devil Wears Prada” star Anne Hathaway; Attorney General Andrew Cuomo is investigating the Follieri Foundation, a charity headed by the 29-year-old Italian businessman. The Post has it that Cuomo’s office has subpoenaed financial documents belonging to the Manhattan-based foundation, which is involved with vaccinating children in developing countries, among other things.

“Follieri last made headlines when he was arrested for bouncing a $215,000 company check issued on behalf of his real estate company. Those charges were dropped when he paid up last month, and earlier this year he also settled a lawsuit brought by billionaire Ron Burkle, who accused Follieri of “systematically misappropriating” at least $1.3 million from a joint business venture to finance his lavish lifestyle.

“Hathaway’s spokesman tells the Post that the actress no longer serves on the foundation’s board, though she had traveled to Central America with Follieri last year for a charity-funded vaccination program. Cuomo’s office declined to elaborate on the investigation, but apparently it has something to do with the foundation’s failure to file tax-disclosure forms required of nonprofit groups.”

Source: http://gothamist.com/2008/06/09/anne_hathaway_b.php

So with this “fiancee” you have a bunch of things going on. First off, when someone in the industry like Anne is suddenly engaged to a guy like that, it is almost always due to an arranged escort/prostitution “date.” People think it’s just because famous and wealthy people meet at parties, but it’s not. Think of Cindy Crawford and Richard Gere and how they said they met at a party. No, she was a paid escort for the evening. At the higher echelons, these women (supermodels especially) are EXPECTED to keep powerful men company – it’s part of the deal.

Sometimes it works out nicely and the woman actually enjoys being with the guy. She ends up with a full-time “gig” as the real girlfriend or wife. That’s how you often end up with actresses marrying their directors. Or it’s more cold and calculated. He gets a bit of expensive, famous, beautiful arm candy – and she thinks she’s going to get lots of work because she’s married to the director. (Doesn’t always work out that way, though. Many directors rarely use their actress wives in films.)

Anyway, with Anne and Raffaello, you also have the constellation of Raffaello having done a business deal with infamous Ron Burkle, a billionaire friend of Bill Clinton, who is widely known to be a guy who likes procuring models and other “willing” women for Bill – as well as enjoying them himself. So these threads all interconnect. Also you have the connection through Raffaello to some “world charity/vaccination program” stuff, with Anne having sat on the board of the charity and travelled to third world countries doing “good works.” These organizations are usually fronts for prostitution, sex trafficking rings, and drugs – but they love to have someone wholesome like Anne as the “face” of the organization. I’m not saying she KNEW about all that stuff, she may have genuinely believed things were kosher.

Anne and Raffaello broke up, but apparently she had let him take naked photos and videos of her, and she was freaking out that these would be made public post-breakup:

“Anne Hathaway is concerned that pictures she took without clothes on for her now jailed ex-boyfriend Raffaello Follieri, might make their way onto the Internet. Anne’s brother was seen going through Follieri’s storage space, but the FBI had already raided the space the day before. Items taken by the FBI included Anne’s diary, and those scandalous pictures. There’s also a rumor an intimate video may have been taken as well. We’ve see Anne without a top on in movies like Havoc, but we haven’t seen her doing the nasty on video yet. Since we don’t have the pics from the storage space yet, the pics below will give you a preview of what is to come.”

Source: http://www.hollywoodgrind.com/anne-hathaway-naughty-picture-scandal/

Now, that’s how the mainstream press always spins this stuff. She agreed to do some soft porn photos and video for the guy, with the understanding that it would only be circulated amongst a “connected” group of his friends. But after she broke up with him, all bets were off, and she knew that he might get nasty and circulate the material wider. This press release makes it sound like these were just innocent little photos and vids taken between a consenting couple. That’s not how it usually works. The actresses agree to do porn in exchange for all the perks of being with the rich guy – but with the understanding that they lose rights to that material if they break up with the guy.

I think Anne got “lucky” or perhaps made some other concessions/deals, because the release of this material didn’t completely spoil her industry image as the nice girl. But it looks like some of it has leaked to the Net and is viewable online.

There is a higher tier in the porn world of homemade stuff made by gorgeous actresses and models, whose boyfriends just “happen” to be directors, photographers, celebs, or connected people and get exclusive access to the sex tapes or photos these women do. I’m sure Raffaello passed Anne’s stuff off to his friends like Ron Burkle, who is into that world up to his eyeballs, maybe even good ole Bill Clinton. It doesn’t mean that it was ever going to be in wider release at the lower levels of porn distribution – this is the more exclusive stuff, the exclusive circles.

I’m afraid that these are the same exclusive circles who probably have access to snuff films and sacrifices that are filmed, and that many of the same people who end up being replaced might also have their deaths or torture filmed and circulated. I can’t say that with 100% firsthand knowledge, but I have known people who survived sex trafficking, and they say that snuff films are done when a sex slave/prostitute/call boy has gotten a bit haggard and worn around the edges, past his or her “sell by” date, and/or pissed off the wrong people. And there’s a huge market in these exclusive, connected, and wealthy circles for that stuff.  I think if we really want to know what happens to the people who get replaced, that such snuff films would unfortunately tell us more than we would ever want to know.

And about the actresses and celebs who are pregnant and then magically not pregnant – case in point, Bristol Palin. She has been pregnant four times. The first time in fall 2006 (there are photos of her wearing a green sweater dated fall 2006 in which she is noticeably pregnant, about four months pregnant, maybe five months). That baby “disappeared.” Trig, which Sarah Palin claimed as hers. Tripp, which Bristol had with Levi Johnston – maybe. Although she slept around so much, and Levi has shown little interest in a decent custody arrangement, that parentage is questionable. And this winter she bought a condo away from her mom’s place, moved in with a hockey player friend of Levi’s named Ben Barber, got pregnant YET again….broke up with Ben, got back together with Levi for about five minutes (still pregnant with Ben’s baby)……….

And now she’s suddenly filming Dancing with the Stars…..not pregnant anymore.

SOME of these babies are most likely sacrifices. Sarah Palin will do anything and everything to remain in the limelight and sold her soul and her body a long time ago. She is systematically doing the same thing to all of her kids. Her “veteran” son, Track, is a known drug addict and was arrested for cutting brake lines on a bunch of school busses before he was shipped off to Iraq (with a cushy job of driving dignitaries around.) Now he’s home and back on the drugs. Willow, Bristol’s younger sister, vandalized a home and has also been arrested for fighting with another girl – all covered up. They’re all being groomed to be part of the machine in one form or another, and it’s the little ones who always suffer. (I include the kids on this list because their destinies were sh*t from the moment they were born. They never had much hope for a decent life.)

You can read a lot more about the baby stuff at:

http://palingates.blogspot.com and

http://theimmoralminority.blogspot.com

Vanity Fair just today came out with an explosive article that starts to expose some of the really dark stuff about Sarah Palin – her facade, carefully preserved by Karl Rove and Rupert Murdoch, is starting to crumble a little. But the sheeple still want her to restore the Republic to its God-lovin’, rifle-totin’, hating black people, ways, so I doubt she’ll disappear from the scene for a long, long time.

About Melissa Joan Hart – she’s been working in show business since the age of four, and having starred in Sabrina the Teenage Witch for all those years, she is no doubt highly skilled at moving esoteric energy – mind control and hypnotic energy – and influencing her young female fan base with whatever themes the producer/writers wanted to get across. A lot of that is probably unconscious on her part – she’s just doing what she was trained to do.

Her husband Mark Wilkerson is a bit of a puzzle. Very little info available on him even though he has his band A Course of Nature which has had some minor hits. The two of them did name their first kid Mason Walter Wilkerson, which is interesting. Who uses Mason as a first name unless it has some significance – a nod to the Masons perhaps?

My sense of this couple is that they are very good workers for the system. They represent the “good guy/good girl” platform. They are being USED by the system but might not be insiders themselves. Melissa is busy being a good breeder, though – just had her second kid I think.

Keep in mind with the breeder women is that there are often children born between the pregnancies we hear about – that get “donated” or sacrificed. Kids who can move psychic energy as powerfully as Melissa no doubt can would be highly prized.

I also wouldn’t be surprised if Melissa’s own children, or at least one of them, don’t get offered to the star machine when they are a little older. Tune in on them in about ten years!

As expected since I joined here, I’ve been getting a certain amount of unpleasant – pushback – for posting. That’s why I’ve sort of been posting in a burst. I’m going to probably have to go dark for a while after my flurry of posting, but I’m sure you will all understand why. I’m not even in the industry anymore, but the psychic attack and synchronistic real time “warnings” (close car accidents being one) have been kicking up again. This always happens when I talk about real things. Some of you probably know me from past posts on esoteric type forums and alternative journalism/conspiracy forums, where often an entire group of gangstalking behavior starts kicking up when I piss off the wrong people. So much fun! Not.

So I will probably post some more today and might not be around here after that. Just wanted to let you know.

Speaking as a former performer, I always had a very pure and spiritual component, a very genuine intention to spread love and light and positive emotion, through my work as an actress/singer/musician/comedienne/writer. Very early on I ran into the dark arts. There is literally a much more pervasive darker form of “art” that is ruled by the Illuminati/reptilian/negative ET’s/negative humans/military industrial lodge complex (they’re all pretty much the same group, from what I’ve seen.)

I did tons of Julie Andrews, upbeat, positive ingenue type of work, largely comedic, some of it kids’ theater, a lot of it musicals, most of it live stage work. It was only when I started auditioning for, say, David Mamet plays, in which the women are always hardened, and often whores, that I started to see the “Bizarro” universe that co-exists in the arts next to the more innocent, love and light, having fun, making friends, trying to change the world crowd. (Yes, I was a neo-hippie type in the 80’s!)

Whenever I auditioned for “darker” roles, I was always creeped out by the metaphysical components. Lot of negative energies always attached to the directors, casting people, the actors and actresses who usually got the leads, etc. A theater in which that stuff is happening feels completely different than, for example, a nice little dinner theater out in the country where I portrayed a character in Camelot. The dark stuff definitely involves negative entities – often entities and energies that the performers WELCOME INTO THEIR BODIES in a form of willful possession.

Remember Oprah Winfrey’s movie Beloved which she did a while back? In interviews she talked about allowing herself to be literally possessed by a dark, unhappy spirit of a slave – so she could better play the role. This is what actors and actresses are encouraged to do – to become entirely disassociative and to allow something “other” to come in.

Madonna talked about being possessed by the spirit of Eva Peron when she filmed the famous balcony “Don’t Cry for Me, Argentina” scene for the film version of Evita. Ironically, she gave one of her best performances in that movie – because of her ability/willingness to be possessed. (And Eva Person was a piece of work – former whore, full-time fascist, exploited by the military industrial lodge complex she married into in the form of Juan Peron. She was also given “CIA cancer” which killed her off prematurely.)

Anyway, there seems to be the good Jedis and the dark Sith lords in the arts, and unfortunately, the darker arts are being strongly celebrated these days. Actresses like Anna Paquin, who didn’t have much of a career after her childhood nomination for best supporting actress in The Piano, has had to turn to the dark side of art to get recognition again in her vampire TV series, True Blood. There can be a lifelong process of trying to get a talented artist to turn to the dark forces. After that happens, a lot of subsidiary dark stuff happens – involvement in arranged “dates” with powerful men or women in the industry; feeding the star tons of drugs to get them to disassociate and go along with the abuse that starts to happen to them; and then involvement in actual dark rituals, sacrifices, but more commonly, sex rites (at least in the beginning. Think Eyes Wide Shut/orgies)

Sometimes stars protest and try to get out. This can work, to some degree. Jeri Ryan of Star Trek: Voyager fame was married to the politician Jack Ryan. Remember that story?

“On June 22, 2004, Los Angeles Superior Court Judge Robert Schnider agreed to release the custody files. The decision generated much controversy because it went against both parents’ direct request and because it generally reversed the early decision to seal the papers in the best interest of the child. It was revealed that six years previously, Jeri had accused Jack Ryan of asking her to perform sexual acts with him in public, and in sex clubs in New York, New Orleans, and Paris. Jeri Ryan described one as “a bizarre club with cages, whips and other apparatus hanging from the ceiling.”[13] Jack Ryan denied these allegations. Although Jeri Ryan refused to comment on the matter during the campaign, the document disclosure led Jack Ryan to withdraw his candidacy, clearing the way for Barack Obama to win the seat.”

Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeri_Ryan

I’m not sure how Jeri survived the public exposure of these facts, because usually, you get silenced if you talk about this stuff. Was she replaced? Haven’t had time to look into it.

Anyway, suffice it to say that there is a lot of gatekeeping going on in the world of the arts, and for whatever reasons, passing through those gates usually involves a lot of terrible relinquishment of one’s free will, sexual well-being, spiritual sovereignty, and worse.

The negative gatekeepers need a certain amount of true artists, lightworker types who are more fueled by love and innocence, and sometimes such types are targetted to be moved to a higher level of the playing field while AT THE SAME TIME keeping them surrounded by relatively nice “handlers” who don’t corrupt them…..at least, not yet. But it seems that everyone in that industry has to make the choice between corruption or getting out of the industry at some point. Drugs and alcohol and spiritual possession make it easier to say, “Screw it, I’ll do anything to get a job.” But a lot of people who try to make it okay within themselves end up the victims of replacement later on, because at some point, they usually do protest or get what’s called “a big mouth” and give that one revealing interview or comment to the media that can get them in real trouble.

The Bristol Palin stuff is really interesting because it’s all pretty much poorly hidden in plain sight. There are a bunch of bloggers who were silenced when they started really hammering the evidence about Sarah Palin covering for Bristol’s pregnancy with Trig. A few survived, most notably http://theimmoralminority.blogspot.com and http://palingates.blogspot.com. Gryphen of Immoral Minority actually has boots on the ground and lives in the same town as the Palins and has been dutifully chronically the Wasilla Mafia that silences people who mention ANYTHING negative about the Palins. Her people called up the school where he worked and reported him as a child molester to get him fired. Not to mention publicizing his name, license plate number, and worse. There are so many brave citizen journalists who are trying to do the real work of exposing the powers that be, and since Palin is supported by Karl Rove and Rupert Murdoch, things have gotten even bloodier around her in recent months. One nurse who helped care for Bristol Palin’s child, Trig, after he was born prematurely with what was most likely Fetal Alcohol Syndrome had her house set on fire, her dogs drugged, and she and her dogs died. Horrible stuff.

About the Olsen Twins from Full House – I don’t have any firsthand knowledge of them, all I know is the twins ALWAYS creeped me the f**k out! Like they were possessed as very, very little girls maybe. Then when the one Olsen twin just happened to own the apartment where Heath LEdger overdosed, and the massage therapist who found the body (hint: she wasn’t a massage therapist but a hired sex worker) called the Olsen girl first instead of 911, that just seemed to be par for the course with them. Remember the satanic blood sacrifice type feeling of Heath Ledger’s death, coming just as Batman was coming out, and how the whole morbid situation ended up creating huge box office receipts – not to mention a posthumous Oscar nomination for poor Heath? Think that wasn’t all manipulated every step of the way?

It’s all about looking at the connections that these people plug into. You’ll find a lot of nasty and juicy stuff that way

I’m just going to throw this out there about Rod Stewart and maybe you guys and gals can look into it more at some point if you want to.

Sometime between 1967-1989 I encountered Rod Stewart (or perhaps Fod) on the streets of Atlanta. It was right in front of Tower Records downtown, not too far from where Rod was performing for a couple of nights at the Fox theater. He was wearing an almost cliched rocker’s jumpsuit, a one piece brightly colored, unwashed and dirty, outfit, and he looked slovenly and unkempt. The thing that struck me was that he had the most horrific skin you ever saw – acne covering every half inch of his face. Now, that sometimes happens when stars have a bad allergy to stage makeup and there’s not a lot you can do about it. But he also looked like he had deeply pock-marked skin from lifelong acne. His hair was stringy, bleached blonde, and yucky looking.

I was walking with my friend at the time heading into the store, and Rod/Fod perked up when he saw me. He chatted me up for a moment, and he even offered an invitation to a party he was hosting later that night after he performed, but the whole thing took place in this surreal ten minutes or so during which I was mostly going, “Is that really Rod Stewart? Something is really off here.” I gently said I was busy, thanked him, and headed into the store. He had already left the store with a bag of purchases so he continued out to his bus or his taxi or his limo or whatever, I didn’t wait to see.

Later that week I heard anecdotes from some of my performer friends who lived downtown that there had been lots of Rod Stewart sightings during the time he was in town. Just like I had seen, he didn’t travel with any security, didn’t have a girlfriend or wife on hand, and kept inviting people to a big party at the Marriott Marquis I believe – I think he was staying there.

I didn’t know anybody who actually WENT to his party, though.

Thing is, later on (and there wasn’t any Internet to speak of back then, so I couldn’t look him up online) I looked at some friends’ record covers, Rolling Stone mags, and so forth and the guy featured on those didn’t look anything like the guy I saw. The guy I saw was maybe 5’9 or 5’10 and his accent wasn’t particularly noticeable, he sounded more American than Brit.

The freedom with which the guy was wandering around town seemed odd. Admittedly Atlanta is a second tier type of city, hardly a New York or LA, but he was wandering around on his own without ANY entourage at all. And he didn’t seem drugged up or drunk, in fact he seemed kind of nice and polite and friendly. (He still could have been high, though, but it didn’t seem like he was obviously so.)

So anyway – I have always wondered what the hell that was. Did I see a replacement?

In more recent Net searches I do see some discrepancies that might hint at replacement, but it’s also possible I saw a stunt double, stage understudy, or hired “double” who was simply on call that weekend.

The weirdest thing was how OBVIOUS the whole “I’m a rock star and I’m walking around town in my yellow rocker’s one piece jumpsuit going to the Tower Record store” thing was. Like it HAD to be an actor pretending to be him. Doing a poor imitation.

But who knows?

Tabasco, I do think that many stars begin as innocent, spiritually sensitive beings with immense talent and that some of them end up surrounded by or working for dark people, dark organizations, and dark NON humans (ET’s or hybrids) and once that stuff happens, they can barely control what happens next. However, you do have to WANT to make it in show business and have that desire – to reach the point where you say, “Screw it, I just want the work.” That invites in the other stuff – the possession, the prostitution, and worse. Unfortunately, though, sometimes it will be a person’s agent, manager, parent, producer, or director boyfriend who dominates the decision making process, and the artist might be naive or powerless about saying “No.” It’s all very, very sad.

Clones and synthetics – I’m not really sure what all is going on there, myself. I do have a theory that sometimes horrific plastic surgery, of the type that really is more mutilation than beauty improvement, can sometimes be done as a form of torture to bring the star “in line.” I can’t look at some celebs like Mickey Rourke, Heidi Montag, and Ashley Simpson without thinking “Maybe the original is still in there but they were tortured into shutting up or falling in line in some way.” So using extreme surgeries as a form of torture and abuse might happen long before someone is actually replaced, or maybe in place of replacement. But then some real plastic surgery DOES take place to make replacements look like the originals, too, or to even “improve” upon the originals. So it all gets very confusing.

Jezebel.com has had a lot of interesting exposes of how blatant the extreme use of PHotoshopping has become on magazine covers – not really a surprise, but interesting. So you’ll see an actress who is perfectly fit get PHotoshopped down to a size zero waist just because the sick as f**k editors are part of the agenda promoting women to be undernourished, weakened, and submissive.

(That’s a whole different story, magazine editors. The few nice ones I worked with were few and far between and they were often replaced by the very literal WHORES that owners like SI Newhouse would bring in to take over his various publications. Whole different war story there. YUCK. All of the arts are so horrifically controlled by yucky, possessed and/or non human beings. )

About the potential incest thing……put it this way. At least TWO bloggers who were covering the anomalies of the birth/conception/delivery of the Down Syndrome child we now know as “Trig Palin” BRIEFLY mentioned the incest thing and a WHOLE LOT OF HURT happened for both women. Death threats, one got sued, and more. Maybe it was from Sarah’s “fans,” but maybe there was more to it. The parentage of Sarah’s own children is mixed. Curt Menard was mysteriously killed when someone put stuff in his fuel line and he flew his small plane and crashed. This was after a reported affair with Sarah. It is likely that Track Palin, who looks just like Curt Menard and granddaddy Menard (the ears especially are a giveway,) is the son of Curt. And there are questions about Sarah’s other children and them not belonging to her current husband Todd.

The scariest stuff as you research the family are the shady origins of CHuck Heath, Sarah’s dad. He remade his own history and looks like he had to leave one state and flee a couple of times. Lots of revisionist history around that man. PHotos of him show a possessed being who is not human. Also, he has been openly quoted regarding Sarah having little kids around in saying that “little kids are always losing their underwear” and other horrific quotes that hint at sexual abuse in that family.

Then you look at the family’s scary Dominionist ties, and how Dominionists are working hard to bring on Armageddon and the Rapture, and within their sect they encourage lying to non-believers because non-believers are literally considered NOT REAL, or demons, and you start to see more of the nasty pathology.

Different subject – going back to the whole idea of dopplegangers.

Traditionally a doppleganger is considered a double, either a physical being or a non-physical being, which mimics someone else in every way, to the point that people get confused as to who is real and who is the “original.”

One of the most famous doppleganger stories was of Percy Bysshe Shelley, husband of Mary Shelley of Frankenstein fame. Not long before Shelley’s death his friends reported seeing him walking outside a window of the house, but it wasn’t him because the real Shelley was somewhere else at the time. Since he died soon afterward, there were whispers that that had been a doppleganger – which can often be said to be a harbinger of the original’s death.

If you travel at all in this world and happen to work in a field in which you are exposed to lots of strangers, you soon see that there are only a certain amount of body/skin/voice/personality types out there.

In my work as an actress I’d regularly move to a new town, end up living in close quarters with thirty complete strangers, and get to be very close to those new friends during the time we’d work on a show together.

What struck me after a few years of doing this is that I was starting to see doubles everywhere. Certain “types” kept repeating themselves. Amongst gay men, for instance, I kept seeing repetitions of almost the exact same type of man over and over again. Very eerie when you’ve travelled to a new part of the country, the guy has a different name, and he sounds, looks, and acts exactly like someone you befriended months before in a different state, on a different acting job.

When you haven’t travelled much, you don’t see this stuff. But it’s real.

So that DOES mean that the frequency of NATURAL physical/voice/and personality doubles is higher than you might think – unless you have travelled a lot and spent time with tons of strangers as a gypsy performer type like me has.

Then I went on to do counselling for a decade and worked with thousands upon thousands of strangers. And I saw doubles ALL THE TIME. These weren’t just people who looked alike, talked alike, etc. Their ISSUES and problems, the dynamics they were experiencing in relationships, family, and work, repeated themselves. So I’d meet someone through a referral who lived in one state and talk with her and she would almost exactly mirror somebody I’d met five years earlier in a different situation, different state, and the issues the person was dealing with were exactly the same.

Some people talk about “twinning” as a programming phenomenon, and this is when two people, unbeknownst to each other, are chosen from birth to lead eerily parallel lives, experience similar mind control, patterns in their lives, and so forth. They may or may not eventually meet.

But I’m not really talking about that.

I’m talking about the fact that we aren’t that original. We like to think we are. But if you travel around from state to state, talk with and intersect with thousands of people in each state, you are going to find people who are very similar to other people, and this isn’t necessarily something that has been manipulated. It can be entirely natural. The people who resemble each other might not ever know each other.

I’ve had a lot of times in this lifetime when people have sworn up and down that they know me and knew me. Sometimes by a different name. As a little girl visiting with distant family in Kansas I had a group of schoolchildren my age (I was in sixth grade at the time) swear that my name was something else and they all really liked this other girl and were happy I had come back.

I’ve had people I met through children’s theater tours, both students and administration, swear that they knew me already – by a different name.

The weirdest celeb-related experience I had where someone swore they already knew me was with Remington Steele actress Stephanie Zimbalist.

In 1989, after Remington Steele had ended, (and I believe before her former costar Pierce Brosnan was taking over the Bond franchise – or maybe he was just starting to?) Stephanie was doing a few TV movies. She did a move for the Hallmark Hall of Fame people called “Caroline?”

The plot of the movie was weird. In it, Stephanie played a woman who took over another woman’s identity – pretending to be the real Caroline – so the movie was all about a double taking over for the original.

I was just a day player, an extra with no lines, and I had a couple of days work doing background scenes. It was set in the 1950’s so we had to get dressed by the costume people in period outfits and makeup and hair, which was fun. I was dressed and then sent to a trailer to get my makeup and hair touched up. Stephanie Zimbalist was already in the trailer getting her hair and makeup done. She was talking with some of her people and I didn’t inject myself into the equation, not knowing if she was one of those stars who hated people to bother her or not.

But she saw me right away and her eyes got big, and she said, “Hi, I know you! You were on that other set – ” And she went on to describe how she and “I” had gotten to know each other really well, struck up a friendship, on the set of another project she had done. But she couldn’t remember my name.

I said, “Um, Ms. Zimbalist, I’m glad you and that other woman had such a nice chat, but I’m afraid it wasn’t me. ” And I told her who I was and how I lived in Atlanta (we were filming in a pretty old neighborhood in Atlanta, just a few blocks from where I lived at the time.)

She was polite but really surprised. She said, “No, you’re (so and so) and I remember talking to you, and it’s nice you’re here again and we get to work together again.”

She was really insistent that I was this other person.

I don’t know if it was because I was in costume, wearing a nice woman’s tailored suit from the 1950’s, with my hair back, or what – but Stephanie really thought she had met me before.

I didn’t get to talk to her anymore that day as I was just doing background work and Stephanie was only in some of the scenes, anyway.

But isn’t that weird?

To me it just shows you how easily a double can pretend to be the real thing – even if the double was me!

And given my travels, I know for a fact that body types, skin types, profile, mannerisms, tone of voice, and personality REPEAT THEMSELVES FREQUENTLY.

So it wouldn’t be at all hard say, if you were trying to “recruit” a certain type of double, to canvas the population and locate people who closely resembled other people.

I don’t think “cloning” is required, at all. The naturally occurring doubles out there in the population are rich and frequent. Perhaps cloning does take place, but from what I’ve observed, finding natural doubles is pretty easy.

I’ve never seen the show (True Blood) but always liked Anna Paquin. I’ve about had it with vampire culture, though. The mass indoctrination to appreciate, welcome, and embrace soul draining esoteric entities, but embodied and disembodied, is exactly the core of the spiritual dilemma we remaining humans face on this planet right now. Stories that celebrate vampire culture have all the same crap running through the productions, through the energy fields of the actors, in my opinion. So stay shielded when you watch the show, ‘kay?

Fine. Have fun!

Do you know any real life vampires?

I do.

I live in an area of the country where Anne Rice’s biographer, Katherine Ramsland, is operating her own little Satanic blood letting vampire cult. Her “day job” is as a professor of death sciences – excuse me, forensic studies- at a university. The glorification of dead flesh, autopsies, murders, psychokiller pathology, etc. Fun stuff.

I know a young gay guy who was killed by one of her worshipper/followers following along with the whole culturally pervasive MINDf**k that is vampire pop culture.

So how does that tie in to your innocent viewing of a popular vampire show?

It does. It speaks to the larger culture, whether you want to look into the esoteric side of it or not.

Katherine Ramsland and I have met and she is not human. Pale, blonde, blue-eyed, but with that classic Nordic/albino reptilian fleshy face that looks like a rubber mask.

I had to shield myself psychically the whole time i was in the room with her because she had all this CRAP coming out her energy field trying to latch onto my own energy and drain the sh*t out of me.

But you know, there’s nothing wrong with vampire culture. It’s all just good, wholesome, f**king fun.

Just like the rest of it.

Innocent performers who are trying to bring beauty into this world who get taken over and possessed, financially, sexually, spiritually and in astral/dreamspace by all these same assh*le entities — no harm done, right?

Have fun.

It’s fun. It’s always entities in somebody’s energy field, entities someone has given PERMISSION to be there in their field, that drive me off these boards. I can deal with the real life death threats, attempts on my life, psychic attack, all the usuall yada yada ba boom that I’ve been putting up with for thirty f**king years.

But see – it’s the Artemis’ of the world that always are the gatekeepers on these forums. Carissa, you know what I”m talking about, ‘right?

Same person, same critters, same stuff.

Masquerading as truth seekers. Then the entities show.

Really interesting stuff.

As I said before, I’m out of here, but best wishes to The Mask, Sherlok, and others.

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=2&page=83

About Jane Fonda and the various possible Fanes……I remember in an interview she did (one of the Fanes probably?) she said that when she first came to Hollywood and tried to get work she was told very plainly that she was going to need to have a LOT of physical alterations in order to be “qualified” to work in the industry. I remember one of the alterations she mentioned was that people told her she was going to have to have her jaw broken and realigned to be considered camera worthy. She did not mention in this interview if she had agreed to have this process done, but she said it in a very matter of fact way, as if starlets having their jaws broken was absolutely a commonplace occurence in the 1960’s in the Hollywood mill.

Now, of course, this was probably a Fane telling this story – because I watched this interview sometime in the late 80’s or early 90’s, and she was probably replaced at least once by that point. Perhaps she said this to explain aware the severe differences in her face shape between her early days as a starlet and later times.

But it really struck me – we tend to think of things like nose jobs, breast jobs, and the like as relatively newish required procedures for starlets. But this stuff has been pretty commonplace since at least as far back as the 1950’s/1960’s. Jaws broken? Sounds pretty extreme, doesn’t it?

Another thing that struck me in that Fane interview was how calm and unconcerned she was describing this stuff – sure speaks to the mind control that wannabe celebs step into where they will do literally anything to their bodies to get work in Hollywood – and the horrible enslavement of the women, too.

It has long been rumored that Marilyn Monroe was an early recipient of silicone injections to her body/torso – the early version of a boob job – and that chronic pain stemming from this procedure was part of what nearly drove her mad, led to her severe emotional ups and downs, and her drug and alcohol addictions. I think it might well be a contributing factor if Farilyn the replacement had all of that stuff done to her. (I’m not talking about the original Norma Jane here, obviously.)

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=2&page=84

Last post today, I promise!

About Jennifer Connelly. I can say with 100% certainty that the “Fennifer” we see today is not the Jennifer I worked with on a John Hughes film called Career Opportunities. I didn’t get to act with her much, but I did see her film several scenes. At that time I only knew her from Labyrinth, and I knew she had been a model.

Back then she had a more – elfin – quality than Fennifer has ever had. Hard to describe. But definitely there was an overall look to her features, especially since she was about 19 or so when she filmed this and she was young, of a slightly off kilter elfin quality. All the features were “perfect,” but the symmetry made you think “supernatural, beautiful creature” instead of plasticized girl.

One thing I was shocked by at the time was that a lot of the crew and production team, including the assistant director, were making really dismissive and nasty comments about her. I remember them arrogantly asserting that if this film didn’t work commercially, if it wasn’t a success, then “it would be over for her.” Or they might have said “It’s all over for her.”

I was really struck by the implied violence of that statement. And these people were drop dead serious as they said this. I heard this said by two crew members and also by the assistant director at separate points in several days worth of filming as they were standing around before and after scenes were filmed. At the time I just dismissed it as the cruelties of show business and how you only get one shot sometimes at a big breakthrough role. But since learning about how many replacements are happening, this statement keeps haunting me as I consider its implications.

The film didn’t do well at the box office at all, and you didn’t hear from Jennifer again until she did The Rocketeers which did okay commercially. And she did a movie where she was topless and was suddenly in the limelight again. I think at this point it was all Fennifer, though. It’s like the original quiet, shy, and pretty girl I observed is gone and this version is more womanly (bigger in her frame and curvier than Jennifer was. The Jennifer I saw was tallish and skinny all over. No extra flesh anywhere! More of a classic waif thin model physique. )

One thing that they did seem to get right with Fennifer is the eyebrows. The seem pretty close to the original’s eyebrows. I’m amazed at how they can get the really bushy eyebrow look on a woman who doesn’t have thick eyebrows, but they can do it. The most dramatic illustration of eyebrow transplants is the new Megan Fox- Fegan. You’ll see in some early photos of Megan that at one point she had extremely thin, over-plucked eyebrows. Once you’ve damaged the eyebrow line to that extent it doesn’t grow back out into a full bushy line again. The Fegan has perfect, thick brows, and they look so perfect you can tell the hair is a transplant. (Yes, they DO eyebrow transplants. Kind of a common procedure if a woman has overplucked and doesn’t have a good eyebrow line anymore.)

Mask – Yes, I’m not entirely sure that the Jennifer Connelly replacement came in that early, either – only that she definitely was replaced at some point. Very sad because the girl I got to see on the set was very sweet, hard-working, creative, and dedicated to what she was doing. Why get rid of her? She seemed compliant and willing to do everything director John Hughes asked of her, and Hughes seemed very happy with her work. She would come up with little improvisations to the scenes and he loved all the little things she added. Like she was filming a scene where she was shoplifting and she was supposed to go from point a to point b in a store. She added lots of funny little moments along the way, interacting with a woman who was an extra whose character was supposed to watch her and discover she was shoplifting. Everything was unscripted and she had great natural timing and instincts. She would seem “perfect” in the sense of being a good actress – but something went on behind the scenes, obviously, to end up in a replacement situation. My guess is the casting couch. It’s not usually just a casting couch – in show business it’s like with modelling, they also usually prostitute young actresses out to other powerful people. Maybe that’s where she drew the line? Or went along for a while, got the Rocketeer movie, that other drama where she was topless, and then had enough?

Artemis – I had forgotten about actresses having their back molars removed. You’re right, that was common, to give actresses that high cheekboned look. I just was kind of shocked at the idea of having your entire jaw broken and realigned as Fane Fonda was talking about in that interview. Surely, such severe reconstructive surgery would take a long time to recover from? Anybody here ever had a broken jaw? Wouldn’t it be many months of recovery? Sounds horrible, doesn’t it!  

PS About the casting couch and prostituting out young models and actresses – this was why I gave up on show business. I could post a lot of stuff about this but it might not be appropriate in this thread. Suffice it to say that I had a TV show host, an assistant director on another TV show, and several “modelling agents” pretty much present the classic deal with the devil. You get work on TV or in films, but you work sporadically since jobs are not always available and the competition for women in the industry is so bad. In between you earn a living as a call girl/escort and you’re often working for the same people who are in a position to get you bigger and more consistent acting work, so you want to stay on their good side. It’s kind of a “pay to play” situation. You pay with your sexuality and remain on call 24/7 for these creepy guys, and if you’re lucky, you might get some real acting work out of the deal. I kept ending up right at the brink of getting serious TV roles and some movie parts and always hit that wall where it was pretty much “do this or we just get the next girl to do it.” There’s no incentive for the system NOT to do this because so many men and women fall into it willingly.

I think this tends to happen more with unconnected people. I’m a nobody, no blue blood connections or money or anything. So I had to actually go to acting school, slave to get parts anywhere I could, and gradually try to approach acting like a real career. I wasn’t one of those connected types who could make a phone call to my uncle fresh out of screenwriting school and instantly get a job on network TV as a writer. That stuff happens all the time. There are basically two tiers in show business. People who are legitimate in the sense that they actually have talent and don’t have connections – but they’re willing to prostitute themselves in some way (and if they change their minds, they probably get replaced at some point if they’re famous enough.) And then there are those with connections who might have talent or might not, but they end up making good money and steady money in the biz usually due to their insider contacts.

I think they must be connected somehow. Why do the replacements seem to have a standard issue pointy/funky jawline? It’s very weird to me.

Speaking of weird jaws, check out this un-Photoshopped version of Fennifer Aniston from a recent magazine cover – very different from the Photoshopped version:


http://jezebel.com/5619903/why-you-must-….them-repeatedly

The version without Photoshop is pretty horrifying, actually. She kind of has that look that people get when they’ve had too much reconstructive facial surgery and as they get a little older it starts looking like parts of their face are falling off.

Also on Jezebel they recently posted a picture of Katy Perry as a child. I think she was mentioned here as a possible replacement, but then others say she wasn’t replaced – I’m not sure myself but I figure this might be useful for comparision purposes:

http://jezebel.com/5619470/katy-perrys-k….k-cheesy-posing

Oh dear, I think we may have a Fusan.

(Bear with me – I still need to get a handle on image posting -)

Is this young woman from Rocky Horror the same as the woman presented as Susan Sarandon many years later?

Young Susan:

http://templeofgodrobert.blogspot.com/20….ctuer-show.html

Fusan of today’s era: (photo notes say it’s from 2005)

http://www.digitaljournal.com/img/9/0/1/2/2/1/i/4/5/3/o/Susan_Sarandon_2005.jpg

If it’s the same woman, how did she go from a much thinner, more aquiline nose as a young woman to someone whose nose got a lot pointier? The second photo almost looks like she has a fake nose on.

The rest, I’m not sure of – needs more examining for sure .

Mask, I will think about doing that – thanks for the encouragement! Although I probably should have posted that last bit in your “Use and Abuse of Celebrities” thread.

I have tales from a lot of film sets and TV sets to share. Plus a lot of stories about actors and performers and sad things that happened to them.

Maybe we could start a thread for people who make it to this forum who have firsthand observations of celebrities (from meeting them or seeing them in concert) and who also have experience working in show business? Because I think that might be useful and it would also be a good place to share some of my firsthand experiences in the meantime.

And then if others come along with these types of experiences they can contribute there. Even if you’ve just seen a celebrity in concert, and you suspect a replacement, you could write about that in that thread. Or if you had a run in with a celebrity in another setting like a book signing or whatever, that could go in the thread. Remember the person who reported Debbie Reynolds acting all zombied out at a book signing? Those types of stories would be great there, too. The idea would be to post anomalous things that aren’t quite RIGHT about celebrities that tie in to the idea of replacements, clones, etc.

I remember you had a poster here a while back who had some firsthand observations from film sets – I think he wrote about seeing Brad Pitt act like a zombie? And he and posters like him could chime in there, too. What do you think?

Help me come up with a good title for the thread! Something like “Inside Peek at Celebrities and Show Business?” I dunno, help me brainstorm!

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=2&page=85

Hi Mask – (*pause for a big sigh*)

I think it’s extremely complex and that it gets into a lot of esoteric territory. Like, allowing something else to come into your body and possess you physically, emotionally, and sexually.. Deal with the devil stuff. And I’m not really talking about Lucifer as a Biblical entity, because, who knows, it sounds like he was the same as the entity Marduk from the ancient Sumerian texts, who in turn sounds exactly like the bloodthirsty Jehovah/Yahweh who is the founding father of the Judeo/Christian faiths.

But I’ve been presented with this “deal” a lot of times. As an actress and as an author. Turned it down every time after sensing the horrible energy of what it would entail – literally having your entire being and free will consumed by something awful.

I know, very science fiction. I don’t want to get into too much high weirdness here – although I know you folks can handle it!

I want to start my “Close Encounters with Celebrities” thread which I hope will explain what I’ve seen in more detail. A lot of actors and actresses I know took the deal, I’m afraid. It didn’t work out well for any of them. None of them became famous or powerful enough to end up being replaced, fortunately, I guess? But most of them ended up working as prostitutes, riddled with drug and alchohol addiction, and worse, even at the very lowest echelons of the entertainment industry.

There are a lot of layers and I don’t think the players necessarily know what is going on, themselves. I will post more, promise!
The rest, I’m not sure of – needs more examining for sure.

Re: Jennifer Connelly in particular – all I can say about her is that, given what I’ve experienced and seen within the industry, it’s likely at some point that she was “required’ to do a certain amount of prostitution to powerful industry people and maybe objected to that? Usually after you agree to do that you end up getting much more powerful roles, and you can, if you’re very lucky, end up fast tracked to an Oscar, etc.

All I know is that the Jennifer Connelly who won an Oscar is not the original. Which is sad. I think the original was very nice and talented!

On a more esoteric level, there are other things going on related to soul loss and spiritual/emotional damage, which are usually brought on by someone agreeing to become a prostitute/gay escort (depending on one’s sex), and then that usually ends up creating alcoholism and drug use in the person because they are trying to make their situation feel okay when it most definitely ISN’T okay….and somewhere along the line dark energies come in. Or the person finally wakes up, protests, and then they are killed off and replaced. Lots of nastiness unfortunately.

How about AFTER they are replaced?

I don’t know. I don’t have any firsthand or anecdotal information about what really is going on post-replacement, unfortunately. So I do think it’s complex most likely. I definitely don’t think it’s as simple as one of the Paul McCartney/Faul scenarios floating around, with the original horribly disfigured and disabled after a car accident, and Faul coming in to preserve the brand. (Some say he was disabled and lived in seclusion afterwards; some say he was killed.) But it’s possilbe that that situation spawned the replacement thing becoming more pervasive and “in your face” since they were able to effectively repress most of the “Paul is Dead” rumors and pass of Faul pretty well with the masses. Maybe that encouraged the new, much more common and frequent, scenarios of replacement? Because that one was so successful. (Not that it was the first. As you and others pointed out, folks like Frank Sinatra, Elvis, Doris Day, etc. predated the era of the Faul/Paul replacement. I just think post-Faul that the program went a lot “wider” and broader, became more frequent.)

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=2&page=86

I think you’re right about Foan (Rivers, Joan). In the mid-90’s I did some (piss poor because I suck at it!) standup comedy at a club called Tatoo I think it was in NYC. Joan Rivers often performed in the main venue downstairs but she wasn’t there that night. I had a funny chat with a guy who was in the musical review downstairs that was being performed that night. We shared a smoke on the back steps that led from one floor to the other – his dressing room was up near the comedy club where I was performing. When he came marching up the steps he was clad head to toe in feathers and sequins, sort of a La Cage Aux Folles crossdressing theme going on in the show he performed in – it was all men dressed as women performing as different “stars”, faux Cher, faux Bette Davis, etc. Anyway, he said that I should come down and see the show if I could because there was a guy who sometimes would slip in and do a Joan Rivers walk on (as a Foan) and his voice, look, and mannerisms were so real that Joan herself would sometimes walk in behind him and do a five minute bit onstage where the tranny Joan was face to face with the “real” Joan. They usually only did that bit when Joan was physically in the house; she was apparently a good sport and loved poking fun at herself that way. But that night the tranny Joan/Foan was going to go on for a few minutes as Joan and see if people could tell whether he was the “real” Joan or not. Sort of an inside joke to the regular audience members who were in on the switcheroo.

I didn’t get to see him, nor did I get to see the “real” Joan/or Foan 2.0, 3.0 or whatever – but it would have been a trip! I was still waiting to go onstage for my own bit upstairs.

PS During many of Cher/Fher’s tours she has done this same bit where the show opens with the fake Fher singing a song and then the “real” Cher comes on to sing. Of course, the real Cher has been a Fher for a long time.

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=34&page=3

Weird as frick is right. In my research I’ve come across scary stuff about various sacrifices of children, sort of the “pay to play” stuff that celebs do to retain their place in the system. And with the technology available now to keep preemies alive and well earlier and earlier in their gestation, stories like this where there suddenly isn’t a twin any more freak me the heck out. Was the twin sacrificed ritually? Or was it “given” to someone for DNA harvesting, etc.? Or it’s going to become a “spare” for when their other child grows up and starts dating Suri Cruise or one of Angelina’s kids and needs to be replaced somewhere along the way?

There is a long line of famous people who sacrificed a child, including many political figures. Or at least, mysteriously synchronistic “coincidences” about how many big politicians lost family members “tragically” at some point- and then, magically, their careers take off.

Off the top of my head – John Edwards who lost a teenage son: (from wikipedia)

“Wade was killed in a car accident when strong winds swept his Jeep off a North Carolina highway in 1996.”

Ah yes, the mysterious fatal car accident.

Political families have those a lot. Joe Biden’s wife and infant daughter died in another bad car accident, although his two sons survived. Biden lied over the years and said it was a drunk driver who did it, but apparently this blogger says that’s never been true:

“In an act of reprehensible cruelty, then-presidential candidate Sen. Joe Biden while campaigning in Iowa last year blamed the car accident in which his wife and daughter were killed on a drunk driver. The claim was completely false. The car accident was in fact his own wife’s fault. Apparently distracted by one of the three children in the car with her, she accelerated into the path of an oncoming truck which could not stop to avoid her car.”

(the above is from http://advanceindiana.blogspot.com/2008/….r-accident.html

Senior George Bush “lost” one of his daughters to leukemia.

“Another daughter, Robin, died at age three from leukemia”

http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0760625.html#ixzz0xj2fGeQq

Funny how family members die, and then daddy’s careers take off.

I’ve tracked similar incidents in the entertainment/celeb world, so when Artemis mentioned the disappearance of the Travolta’s alleged twin, all this stuff crossed my mind again. I think sometimes the celebs themselves make the sacrifice, and sometimes it’s the parents who then manage their surviving child’s celebrity career and obviously benefit enormously from their child’s wealth, etc.

Eternity That was the case with Jennifer Hudson and Kanye’s mom. The pieces in the Jennifer Hudson never added up and when it happened I automatically knew that it was a ritual sacrifice. They never really accused anyone and the man whom they wanted to blame the creime on, William Balfour, the sister’s boyfriend, said that he was not around at the time and has never been charged.

And Jennifer Hudson may be another person to look into as possibly being replaced. She has lost an extreme amout of weight supposedly through Jenny Craig? or is it Weight Watcher’s? and is now the spokesperson. She doesn’t look the same and lost that weight way too fast(another sign to watch). It could also be part of her programming knowing that starvation is part of the torture that goes along with programming.

She did have a long hiatus after here mother, brother, and nephew were killed, and is now out of the spotlight it seems again. I also suspected that her nephew was raped before he was killed as part of the sadistic ritual.

Good points! Jennifer Hudson is definitely one to watch.

I remember that Venus and Serena Williams lost a sister a while back, allegedly to a violent shooting I believe – the sister lived in a “bad neighborhood” in L.A. supposedly. Why would the sister of these multi-millionairesses be living in a bad neighborhood? Sounds like she was a toss-away to help them keep earning their millions – or maybe dad had her taken out. I always thought their dad was creepy. Like Tiger Woods’ dad, training his child/children from a young age to be sports prodigies, willing to do anything to make that happen. Also speaks to the idea of the illegal sports performance/enhancing drugs that are available in the higher echelons – creating superhero type performers like the Williams sisters, Tiger Woods, and Lance Armstrong.

Eternity Do not forget that singer Aaliyah was also killed in the Bahamas on the island of Abaco. I have heard that Aaliyah, and the pilot were still alive AFTER the plane crash just as Princess Diana. Why wasn’t there an attempt to save them??? It is also said that Aaliyah was killed by the people who made Queen Of The Damned in order to boost movie sales, however, that was only a fraction. Poor Aaliyah was a sex slave anyways and was handed over by her parents and uncle.

98% of sports is fixed and alot of those players are under some sort of mind control, drug trafficking, sex trafficking, military op, etc. This is why many of them get into so much trouble have ‘suspensions’ or ‘rehab’ and are on hiatus. I have heard that Tiger Woods was ‘okay’ until he began association with Michael Jordan (another shady character) and Charles Barkley. MJ’s father had ties to the mob as well as MJ. His father also molested their sister during childhood. She wrote about it in a tell all book and MJ immediately halted paying for her daughter’s (his neice’s) college education.

I never did buy those stories of relatives being left behind in these bad neighborhoods, so to speak. Never sounded right. Professor Griff of Public Enemy fame has a series on youtube about the Entertainment cabal and the ritual sacrifices these “celebrities” have to make if they want to be in the “millionaire” club.

I know a lot of elderly gay men in my area, many of them formerly in positions in the arts (usually people like costumer designers on Broadway, artists who had gallery exhibitions and have art in the major museums, and some stage performers) who swear that AIDS was around long before it was talked about in the mainstream media. One man I sometimes have breakfast with says after HIV began to be more talked about he realized that his deceased lover must have had it. The guy was sick for many years with the typical AIDS-related diseases, most noticeably wasting disease and Karposi’s Sarcoma (that sad condition where the patient gets the horrible black lesions all of his body.) This was around 1975 when the man died of these things, and his partner survived and is still around today. His survivor never tested positive for HIV, though.

One angle we should consider with replacements is that if a celeb suddenly exhibits that classic wasting disease you see so often with HIV sufferers, we should look to see if a healthier-looking, bulkier replacement of them shows up on the scene later. If so, it might mean that 1) the original was killed off by having HIV injected into their system so a replacement would take over the “brand” or 2) that the person simply has HIV.

One version of Fom Cruise that was around a while back seemed to have wasting disease to me. Then that newer, sexier version of Fom has been around in recent years. (Not Fat Fom who looks like he’s eaten too many cheeseburgers; he’s not the sexy younger looking on they’re parading around these days.)

It also seems like George Clooney (or Feorge?) is looking very wasting diseasey lately, and is likely suffering from HIV. Usually people hit that stage towards the end of their life. My friend who died of HIV looked like this a few months before he died. So we should keep our eyes open in case a thin-looking, emaciated George has one of his little “motorcycle accidents” like he’s had before and reappears later looking bulkier and healthier. Those might be markers for a potential replacement.

Again, I’m just speculating, but I wanted to share some thoughts on this.

And don’t forget the old CIA induced “heart attack.” I believe that can be done with directed energy weapons. Especially startling when it happens to someone who was a social dissenter of some kind who had zero history of heart problems. I know two people this happened to. One survived, one didn’t. The one who didn’t worked as an engineer on one of the “Mars Rovers,” a new one they’ve been working on through John Hopkins Applied Physics Labs in recent years. He was also working with something involving bouncing information from satellites off of cell towers. I don’t remember the exact technology because it was way over my head when he spoke about it.

He was a think outside the box guy and while I didn’t know him well, he was in my extended family. Over the years he seemed to be a non-conspiracy person, meaning, he didn’t believe we had been to Mars before, and he didn’t believe that there was life on Mars, although he hoped there could be.

But the last time I saw him, about six months before he died, he was starting to have a crisis of faith and was starting to be much more open to alternative info. I can’t say with absolute certainty WHAT he was looking into when he died, but I don’t think his sudden dropping dead of a heart attack right when one of his projects was getting “hot” (his words to his sons) is a coincidence. He was only in his 40’s, was healthy, happy in his job, no history of symptoms or problems. His sons never found all his research papers and computer files, either. It was a locked room CIA murder mystery where files were removed before his one son found his body at his apartment.

Then there is the guy who was a whistleblower recently about the Gulf oil spills, talking about how there were actually TWO wells with problems – and how he recently died drowning in his hot tub. Yeah, right.

http://doppels.proboards.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=197&page=14


Okay. One of the things that has always struck me is how we can unknowingly find ourselves enjoying the performances of an artist over many, many years without consciously realizing that that person has been replaced along the way. But the more I’ve learned from studying the excellent research posted here, the more I’ve seen that I’ve often been a fan of a performer both before and after replacement, but on some level I do seem to register that a change has taken place. Like I enjoyed the pre-replacement David Bowie as well as much of the work that Favid did later on in the 80’s. I always wrote off his changes in style and look as costume and makeup-related, which was easy to do since when he was younger he enjoyed stepping fully into his Ziggy Stardust persona and burying himself under tons of theatrical makeup.

Another performer that has crossed my radar recently who in some ways is similar to Favid Fowie is Peter Gabriel. Like Bowie he started out when he was younger as an extremely theatrical performer who almost always obscured his features and body with extreme makeup and hair alterations (in some early performances he even shaved his hairline which gave him a weird faux balding appearance at a premature age.)

Like Bowie/Fowie, he has had many “lives” professionally. There was the early theatrical performer, and the later, mainstream 80’s guy who seemed more sexy and Top 40, with hits like Sledgehammer and a bunch of highly successful videos in the early 80’s (although as in his video Shock the Monkey he was often still barely recognizable because he was buried under so much makeup.)

Then he got into soundtracks and wrote award winning film scores like the one for The Last Temptation of Christ in the late 80’s (I love that score!)

Then later on he almost disappeared from the music scene and became heavily involved with projects involving the heavy promotion and production of “world music” and almost becoming like Bono with his world improvement causes – only Peter Gabriel‘s projects have mostly involved musical outreach, not so much general world charity or solving world hunger like Bono/Fono has involved himself with. More recently he has become heavily involved with trying to pioneer new ways for artists (especially minorities and artists from neglected nations) to get their work out there in various digital formats and distribution formats. Almost like setting up new distribution formats for independent musicians.

Career-wise it would seem like there were many points in his history where there could have been a replacement. This includes the juncture point where he left Genesis to pursue a solo career, and Phil Collins became the lead singer for Genesis.

To me Peter’s voice seems pretty consistent over time, with that unique husky texture to it. But oddly he hasn’t really released much new stuff in a long time, and the last major album he sang songs on was all cover songs from other artists, which seems odd to me. A great songwriter like him is covering everybody else? Makes sense if he’s just a Feter now, though!

So lately I’ve been looking at photos of him from his various epochs and I’m seeing different ear shapes and nose shapes, maybe even head shapes between the different Peters. I realize a lot depends upon finding photos of similar poses, or of the same ear views to compare, but here are some of the photos I’ve been looking at so far. I would appreciate any feedback from you eagle eyes out there to tell me if I’m barking up an unfruitful tree or not. Sometimes you can get a little too close to this stuff and THINK you see something, but it’s not really there.

I’ll start with the youngest photo I have found on him:

From the 1970’s sometime:

With Phil Collins:

Theatrical makeup:

I know it can be hard seeing differences in these early photos, but please stick with me and examine some as he got older:

Now we get into older photos of him – and this is where something starts to smell for me:

Where did that long, pointed schnozz come from? The early Peter had a relatively aquiline nose. Do noses get longer with age??????

Also notice how in all of his older photos (the more recent ones) he always seems to be sporting a goatee, so you can’t’ get a good look at his chin shape. In some of his younger photos he almost seems to have a slight cleft to his chin – in others, he doesn’t.

And the ears confuse me. I know older men can develop somewhat elongated “old man” ear. But you’ll see in the last photo he doesn’t seem to have that at all. The ear just looks different to me. When he was younger there was a bit of an elfin quality to his ears, almost a point. Now older Peter has perfectly rounded ears?

There might be some lip changes, too. I’m not sure.

Anyway, I hope I haven’t completely made a fool of myself with this post! It just came to me recently thinking about this stuff that Gabriel could be similar to Bowie in some respects – having multiple “incarnations” as an artist while secretly being replaced somewhere along the way. Maybe even twice!

He had a painful divorce around 1987 and disappeared from the scene from about 1988 to 1992. That’s one time frame that’s possible for replacement.

In reading his bio I’m struck by how involved he’s been with known NWO type/world improvement fronts like Amnesty International and so forth – but that all came post 1988.

“He also became well known as an anti-Apartheid activist, for his efforts to bring different styles of international music to the attention of the West by establishing the WOMAD (World of Music, Arts and Dance) Festival, his own Real World label and recording studios as well as the addition of world music performers and styles into his own music. He has also worked extensively for Amnesty International as well as many other humanitarian efforts, such as founding his own human rights organization Witness and co-founding, with Richard Branson and Nelson Mandela, world human rights advocacy group The Elders in July 2007. His dedication to humanitarian causes was recognized with the Nobel Peace Laureates’ Man of Peace Award in 2006 and Amnesty International’s Ambassador of Conscience honour in 2008. ”

A lot of that work came after that 1989 to 2002 break period.

For a successful hit maker in the 1980’s, he took a weird path after that. Only one album in 2002 that is somewhat reminiscent of his 80’s stuff, a more moody and thoughtful version of his material with some minor hits on it. And then no more vocal recordings really until 2010. His new album is a weird one, too – it’s all cover songs of other artists’ works. I heard a song from it recently and while it sounded like the distinctive husky voice from the 1980’s, I was thinking, “Gosh, these sound like castoff pieces he might have done a long, long time ago.” Meaning – why couldn’t they simply be extra music that the original Peter recorded a long time ago?

Same for his 2002 album. That one always struck me as possibly being “extras” that hadn’t been included on his last album from the 80’s. One thing we need to keep in mind is that when an album is being made, depending on the artist and how prolific they are, there can be double the amount of songs recorded as are actually used on that album. Sometimes more. So songs from the original Peter could have been archived and used later. So it’s probably very common for albums and songs using the original’s voice/talent are being released when it’s a replacement who has now taken over the rest of the brand.

He mostly has been doing soundtracks for TV and film during the periods between albums. Nice way for a replacement to be out of sight and not be observed. He’s also been very shy of press and rarely gives interviews, is rarely seen at events unless he’s getting an award, that type of thing. Probably because the nose is so damned noticeable!

Source

Jack Parsons – Sorcerous Scientist

Now we start a serie, which tell you about black magick and persons around it. Here’s a very interesting person called Jack Parsons a close friend of Aleister Crowley:

Excerpted from:
Jack Parsons: Sorcerous Scientist
1990 by Douglas Chapman
Strange Magazine #6, ISSN 0894-8968
P.O. Box 2246, Rockville, MD 20847
(301) 881-3530

“The [Babalon] Working began in 1945-46, a few months before Crowley’s death in 1947, and just prior to the wave of unexplained aerial phenomena now recalled as the ‘Great Flying Saucer Flap’… Parsons opened a door and something flew in.

“A Gateway for the Great Old Ones has already been established — and opened — by members of the O.T.O. who are en rapport with this entity [Lam, an extra- terrestrial being whom Crowley supposedly contacted while in America in 1919].”

Kenneth Grant, O.T.O.


The Sorcerous Scientist

“I hight Don Quixote, I live on peyote, marijuana, morphine and cocaine, I never know sadness, but only a madness that burns at the heart and the brain. I see each charwoman, ecstatic, inhuman, angelic, demonic, divine. Each wagon a dragon, each beer mug a flagon that brims with ambrosial wine.” (1)

-John Whiteside (Jack”) Parsons (1943)

The preceding poem is the most famous written work of John Whiteside Parsons (1914-1952). He helped make science fiction into fact, yet this dark and handsome man, born of a well-to-do Los Angeles family, made his private life “visionary” in a different way, being as involved with ceremonial magic outside of working hours as he was with rocketry research during the day. In the mid-to-late 1940s, his major accomplishments behind him, magic came to obsess him all the more.

Frank Malina, one of his colleagues at Caltech (California Institute of Technology) in Pasadena, has chronicled John (Jack) Parsons’ contributions to rocketry. (2) In 1936, Parsons and Edward S. Forman came upon a report of a GALCIT (Guggenheim Aeronautical Laboratory-Caltech) lecture concerning the idea of a rocket-powered airplane. Parsons, though a self-trained chemist, had powers of imagination that proved to be invaluable in all of his pursuits (whether scientific or magical). He and Forman (a mechanic) bad together been making small black-powder rockets.

They wanted to experiment with a liquid propellant rocket motor, so (lacking the funds) they approached Caltech. As a result, Malina (in 1936) came up with a proposal for his doctoral thesis on rocket propulsion and performance in-flight. Theodore von Karman (who headed GALCIT) gave Malina permission to collaborate with Forman and Parsons, even though the latter two were neither students nor staff members of the institute.

Even so, funds were scarce, and the three experimenters chipped in necessary funds for the materials. They conducted the tests at Arroyo Seco, behind the Devil’s Gate Dam in Pasadena (very near the present-day Jet Propulsion Laboratory), a site that, unbeknownst to them, had previously been used by rocketry pioneer Robert Goddard. (Forteans should make special note of the ‘Devil’s Gate‘ place-name.)

 

The “Suicide Squad”

Weld Arnold and Hsue Shen Tsien soon joined GALCIT rocket research, completing the well-remembered team. The group became known as the ‘suicide squad” because of a 1937 test misfire in which a nitrogen dioxide/alcohol cloud caused a thin layer of rust to appear on much lab equipment. Henceforth, the small scale rocket motor responsible was moved from the building. The failed experiment, providentially, gave Parsons an important idea (to be recounted shortly).


In the summer of 1938, the staff decreased, leaving Malina, Forman and Parsons as remaining core members. A few months later, the National Academy of Science (NAS) Committee on Army Air Corps Research commenced study with the GALCIT rocket research group, with the express interest of finding ways to assist the takeoffs of heavily-laden aircraft by using rocketry.

A $10,000 contract was thus awarded by the NAS to Caltech to develop “jet” (actually rocket) propulsion to be used to provide “super-performance” for propeller aircraft. Liquid and solid propellant rocket engines were part of this research. Von Karman took charge, with Malina, Parsons and Forman being the major members of his staff. In 1940, Parsons was able to show the Air Corps that red-fuming nitric acid was a better oxidizer than liquid oxygen (making use of knowledge gained from the 1937 misfire). (3) This led to important later developments.

As can be seen, Parsons was already invaluable to the development of the technology that eventually got America into outer space.

 

The Secret Parsons

But he had a secret life, which appeared totally at odds with his public one, and it came to further dominate his life as the ’40s progressed.

Jack Parsons and his wife Helen bad come into contact with the Agape lodge of the O.T.O. (Ordo Templi Orientis international magical fraternity) in Los Angeles in 1939, and had joined it in 1941. It was under the leadership of Wilfred Talbot Smith, a Britisher who had founded this particular lodge about a decade earlier, circa 1930.

 

Smith and Parsons’ wife hit it off nicely and he was soon not much in evidence around the house and the O.T.O. Gnostic Mass temple in the attic. This latter space was fully fitted out, and even had a copy of the Egyptian ‘Stele of Revealing,’ venerated by followers of the famous magician Aleister Crowley. It was the only such temple in the world at that time which was properly functioning.

Crowley, the world head of the O.T.O., took action that increased Parsons’ stature in the Order. Circa 1943-44, he convinced Smith, via a paper entitled ‘Is Smith a God?’ that astrological research had shown that Smith was not a man, but actually an incarnation of some deity. Taking the hint that Crowley wanted him out, the “god” went into private magical practice, eventually with reportedly rewarding results, remaining head of the lodge in name only.

 

Parsons became acting master of the lodge. (4) Why did Crowley in effect kick Smith upstairs? The ostensible reason seemed to be the danger that the man was turning the Order into (as Crowley put it) ‘that slimy abomination, a love cult’.” (5)

Actually, Crowley, who was unable to emigrate to the United States, was isolated from the only successful O.T.O. lodge in the world. Because of this frustration, bad blood resulted, despite the fact that Smith was probably the best field commander Crowley ever had.

Parsons had lost his wife to Smith, yet remained on good terms with her. He was kept busy by Order activities, one of the most important of which was the sending of money to Crowley, for both the old man’s minimal upkeep and the O.T.O. publishing fund. A good percentage came from Parsons’ own pocket.” (6)

 

Crowley, who brought actual fame to the O.T.O. (which was already well-known in Masonic circles), was one of Parsons’ major inspirations in life. The elderly man’s accomplishments had been many: as a poet, publisher, mountain climber, chess master, and bisexual practitioner of sexual magic (or “Magick,” as he termed it). Made famous by yellow journalists as the “Wickedest Man in the World,” he considered his central identity to be the “Great Beast 666” as referred to in the book of “Revelation” in the Bible, though he was not leaning on that work particularly in his religious ideas.

Needless to say, Crowley felt that the Bible had misconstrued the meaning of the Beast and the Whore of Babylon necessary elements of the succession to the Aeon of Horus, the Aeon of the Crowned and Conquering Child.

 

Crowley synopsized human development thusly:

“Within the memory of man we have had the Pagan period, the worship of Nature, of Isis, of the Mother, of the Past; the Christian period, the worship of Man, of Osiris, of the Present. The first period is simple, quiet, easy, and pleasant; the material ignores the spiritual; the second is of suffering and death: the spiritual strives to ignore the material…. The new Aeon is the worship of the spiritual made one with the material, of Horus, of the Child, of the Future.” (7)

Renowned as the most noted master of the occult of the last century, Crowley’s work is still influential (his books are sometimes stocked even in New Age bookstores).

According to most accounts, when Parsons’ father died (circa the early ’40s), Parsons inherited a mansion and coach-house at 1003 South Orange Grove Avenue in Pasadena, California. To the shock of the neighbors, the place became a haven for Bohemians and atheists, who were the sort of people to whom Parsons liked to rent out rooms.

The lodge headquarters was moved to this location, making use of two rooms in the house: the bedroom (which became a properly decorated temple), and a wood-paneled library dominated by an enormous portrait of Crowley.

According to a story told by L. Sprague DeCamp (most recently appearing in the June 24, 1990 Los Angeles Times, p. A35), at one point the police — who had heard neighbors’ reports of a ritual in which a nude pregnant woman jumped nine times through a fire in the yard — came to investigate, but Parsons put them off by emphasizing his scientific credentials.

His Career Rockets


Returning to the events of 1940, the explosions of many of Parsons’ rockets on the test stand caused second thoughts among many involved in the government-financed project. After work by Von Karman and Malina on the differential equations involved on the theoretical side, Parsons was given permission to keep on with his tests, and a few months later the earliest “jet-assisted takeoff” rockets were created. These were the direct forerunners of the modern large solid-propellant engines.


The first American rocket-assisted takeoff (August 12,1941) made use of a Parsons-developed solid-propellant (GALCIT 27 — which provided a 28 lb. maximum thrust for 12 seconds). But tests showed that GALCIT 27 would explode when stored for long periods, so Parsons, Mark M. Mills and Fred S. Miller came up with a more stable fuel (GALCIT 53) in June 1942.

At the same time, others were working with Parsons’ idea for a red-fuming nitric acid-gasoline engine (a liquid propellant rocket). On April 15, 1942, the first American flight of an aircraft making use of such rocket engines to assist takeoff was accomplished.

The previous month, Malina, Parsons and Forman, with the advice of von Karman’s attorney, had set up the Aerojet Engineering Corporation in March 1942, for the express purpose of properly exploiting the developments that they had been making. Jack Parsons was one of the vice-presidents at the time of incorporation and helped supervise the changeover to full-scale production.” (8)


Parsons’ High Ideals


Also a science fiction enthusiast, Parsons met fellow fan Alva Rogers, who romanced another resident of Parsons’ house.

“I always found Jack’s insistence that he believed in, and practiced, magic hard to reconcile with his educational and cultural background,” Rogers opined.

He originally thought that Parsons was just doing it to shock his friends until he saw letters from Crowley, and evidences of Parsons’ funding of the guru. (9)


Parsons‘ magical idealism becomes clear if one peruses his writings. In the 1946 essay “Freedom is a Two Edged Sword” (newly reprinted in an anthology of the same title, published by Falcon Press) he writes of the deeper meanings of his quest:

“[The individual] must go down like Moses, into his unknown self …into the labyrinths of the dark land. There he will meet the Mother and hear her final question, which is not a silly riddle but the most wonderful and terrible of all questions: ‘what is man?’


“And thereafter …he may find the Graal, ultimate consciousness …For it is he, wonderful monster, embryo god, that has swum in the fish….peered from the eyes of serpents, swung with the ape, and shaken the earth with the tramp of the tyrannosaurus hoof. It is he who has cried out on all crosses, ruled on all thrones, grubbed in all gutters. It is he whose face is reflected and distorted in all heavens and hells, he, the child of the stars, the son of the ocean, this creature of dust, this wonder and terror called man.” (10)

After having lost Helen Parsons to Smith in 1944, Parsons soon fell for her younger sister, Sara Northrup (a.k.a. Betty), who was 18 year old and a student at USC. Parsons encouraged her to drop out of school and come live with him (not exactly thrilling her parents). She joined the O.T.O. and was not monogamous, since she agreed with Parsons that jealousy was a base emotion not fit for the illuminated.

Delineating such beliefs, he once wrote that,

“…by debasing the mother image into a demon-virgin-angel, it has denied each daughter the possibility of her fulfillment,” and that “…by imputing the concepts of nastiness, dirt, shamefulness, guilt, indecency and obscenity to the entire sexual process, it has poisoned the life force at its source.” (11)

He tried his hardest to live up to his philosophy, but events put him to the extremist possible test, leading as they did to his eventual estrangement from Betty.

During this period, also (circa 1945), Parsons became friends with science fiction writer L. Ron Hubbard, with whom he shared many interests. Details of their friendship can be found in the biographies of Hubbard.

The Scarlet Woman


Parsons and an associate attempted to bring about some sort of incarnation of the goddess Babalon. To understand Parsons’ attitude towards Babalon, one can refer to his “Freedom…” essay:

“She will come girt with the sword of freedom, and before her kings and priests will tremble and cities and empires will fall, and she will be called BABALON, the scarlet woman….And women will respond to her war cry, and throw off their shackles and chains, and men will respond to her challenge, forsaking the foolish ways and the little ways, and she will shine as the ruddy evening star in the bloody sunset of Gotterdamerung, will shine as a morning star when the night has passed, and a new dawn breaks over the garden of Pan” (12)

Parsons performed rituals (reportedly to the background music of Prokofiev and Rachmaninoff records) for 11 days in a process known as the “Babalon Working.” On the second and third days he got an unwanted result, writing to Crowley that “the wind storm is very interesting, but that is not what I asked for.” (13)

On the seventh day of the Working, Parsons was awakened by seven loud knocks. Getting up, he soon discovered a smashed table lamp.

Other phenomena occurred on subsequent nights, including an (alleged) attack by an entity against one of their group which knocked a candle out of the man’s hand and paralyzed his right arm overnight. Parsons banished – by gesturing at it with a magical sword – what they took to be a seven-foot-tall, brownish-yellow light. It is rumored that he thought the apparition to be Wilfred T. Smith. (14)

On January 18, 1946, Parsons returned from a magical undertaking, finding the needed “Scarlet Woman” (Marjorie Cameron) waiting for him at the house. Parsons was overjoyed and wrote to Crowley:

“I have my elemental! …She has red hair and slant green eyes as specified.” (15)

Parsons, on February 28, 1946, went out into the Mojave Desert in order to invoke Babalon, thus taking down 77 clauses of what came to be known as his Book of Babalon.

Further work at the home temple produced more instructions for an imminent ritual, the directions for which were supposedly emanating from the astral plane.

The rituals (whose objective was to produce a magical child, “mightier than all the kings of the earth”) continued for two days. Parsons was confident of their effectiveness, and wrote an exultant letter to Crowley, whose response was not what would have been wished. Parsons was upset by his mentor’s lack of comprehension. Crowley immediately wrote a letter to Karl Germer (who was the head of the O.T.O. in the U.S. at that time) stating that,

“Apparently Parsons…or somebody is producing a Moonchild. I get fairly frantic when I contemplate the idiocy of these louts.” (16)

Crowley reorganized the lodge on the basis of these actions removing Parsons from power.

Stormy Relationships


Parsons, Betty, and a key magical associate activated Allied Enterprises (a yacht business of theirs), the intent of which was to buy boats in the East in order to sail them to California — where they could command a higher price.


The business had been founded some time earlier. But, as it eventually worked out, Parsons was undergoing financial hardship in the West, and went after his partners to find out why they had not shown up in California. They were nowhere to be found. He soon discovered that they were out at sea. From within a Miami, Florida hotel room, Parsons invoked Bartzabel (the spirit of Mars and war). A squall forced his associates back to port. (17)

Dade County, Florida court records reveal that Parsons filed a lawsuit. (18) The result: Parsons got two of the boats back and made an arrangement with his partners, so that they could pay him off for the third. He never saw them again. Betty continued to think well of Parsons (despite their estrangement), calling him a “truly great man.” Even so, she married the other business partner. One can easily imagine Parsons’ feelings about this turn of events. Both had been key people in his personal, magical and business lives.

Because of the O.T.O. disaster, Parsons changed his magical emphases to “the Witchcraft.” (19)

He sold the main house at South Orange Grove, moving (with Marjorie Cameron – whom he later married) into the coach-house on the property.

Several of the original incorporators of Aerojet sold out their stock in the company to General Tire in 1952. Frank Malina did not do so, and became, as a result, very rich. (20) It is rumored that Jack Parsons had sold his shares in the mid-1940s.

In 1949, with, surprisingly, Wilfred T. Smith as witness, Parsons took the Oath of the Abyss, to unite himself with the Universal consciousness, taking the magical name of Belarion Armiluss Al Dajjal AntiChrist. John Symonds, a biographer of Crowley, has stated that Parsons had by now become psychotic (21) (but it should be kept in mind that Symonds is a man of generally harsh judgments). On the contrary, Parsons’ writings from the late 1940s and early 1950s show a sparkling lucidity.

Take, for example, this again-timely comment from “Freedom…”:

“Religious groups, backed by a publicity conscious press, are constantly campaigning for the prohibition of art and literature which, as if by divine prerogative, they term, ‘indecent,’ immoral or dangerous.


“It would seem that all organizations are devoted to one common purpose, the suppression of freedom. Nor is their sincerity any excuse. History is a bloody testament that sincerity can achieve atrocities which cynicism could never conceive.” (22)

In a 1950 Introduction to the essay, he writes: “We are one nation, and one world….We cannot suppress our brothers’ liberty without murdering ourselves. We will stand together, as men, for human freedom and human dignity, or we will fall together, simians all, back to the swamp.” (23)

Parsons’ answer to the dilemma was magick, discussed in his essay “On Magick.”

“It may be stated,” he writes, “that magick is the method of training individuals towards total consciousness by the stimulation of various centers of the mind and by the cultivation of field thinking. The object of this training is the manifestation of initiated leadership towards a more conscious, better integrated, and more interesting and significant social culture. In short the object of magick is the unfoldment of the individual in all the ways of love; and the enlightenment of society to accept all the commitments of this unfoldment as the necessary conditions of progress.” (24)

If these are the writings of a madman, then many people are mad, including a number of those promoting the New Age way of life.

Sorcery And Science: An Explosive Combination


On June 20, 1952, Parsons was working in the private experimental laboratory in his garage. At 5:08 p.m., the place exploded. The general opinion was that he had dropped fulminate of mercury (25). His shattered body lay within the destroyed edifice.

The Homunculous
a tiny artificial man with magic powers

It has been rumored that this was the end result of building psychological pressures. Otherwise, why would he have dropped what he was said to have, when a trash can containing cordite and wrappers of fulminate of mercury was nearby? Especially since he was about to travel to Mexico to test a new explosive he had devised, which was “more powerful than anything yet invented.” George Santmeyers, who had worked with him for five years on industrial projects (and did not believe in the rumors of his magical activities) did not think an accident plausible, considering Parsons’ technical knowledge. (26)

But there were other theories. In Nat Freedland‘s book The Occult Explosion, Renate Druks, an artist and educational filmmaker (who once, at her Malibu beach house, hosted Marjorie Cameron) related an alternate version:

“I have every reason to believe that Jack Parsons was working on some very strange experiments, trying to create what the old alchemists called a homunculus, a tiny artificial man with magic powers. I think that’s what he was working on when the accident happened.” (27)

As magical work does not usually lead to explosions, nor deal with explosives, this seems unlikely. Having lost his security clearance because of providing Israel some secrets of his wartime work, Parsons was doing movie special effects work at this time, but of the explosive variety, not the fantastical. (28)

There were rumors of self-inflicted death or even murder connected with Parsons’ demise. Sources close to Parsons have suggested that there was not just one explosion, but two. It is said that Parsons and Cameron would mix dynamite and other explosives in the many vats in the lab. Why then, it has been asked, was the first explosion supposedly from under the floorboards?

This would seem to hint that a bomb bad been planted there. There has been some speculation that the rumored perpetrator was neither a friend nor associate of Parson’s, but rather an individual who must have bad a strong motive such as revenge.

Nevertheless, if Parsons‘ death was not a suicide, it becomes even sadder. He and Cameron had many plans for the future, having intended to travel to Mexico-and next perhaps to Spain or Israel, according to what Cameron told others. (29)

Whatever actually caused Parsons’ death, and whether there was any public distortion of the truth or not, in regard to what happened next there has been no dispute. His mother, Ruth Virginia Parsons, after hearing the tragic news, committed suicide with an overdose of sleeping tablets, in front of a frightened, crippled friend who could not move to help her. (30)

Many men of genius have behaved quirkily in their private lives. Parsons’ tragedy was that his brand of idealism was often ‘rewarded’ by betrayal. Yet, while his delvings into magic may not have been as beneficial to society as his rocketry research, they have left us with some points to consider. Frater H.H.D. introduced his contribution thusly:

“By applying to occultism the scientific acumen so intrinsic to his professional research, he anticipated the ontological implications of current quantum physics concerning the nature of reality.” (31)

While this claim may be debatable (and similar ones have been advanced towards other modern mystics), Parsons did keep careful records of his magical work, thus allowing the generations that follow to have some chance of evaluating his magick experiments, designed to make use of alleged unknown aspects of reality.

Some have tried to make sense of it already. Kenneth Grant, a British magician, has made some — to say the least — astounding inferences about Parsons’ Babalon Working. He writes that:

‘The Working began in 1945-46, a few months before Crowley’s death in 1947, and just prior to the wave of unexplained aerial phenomena now recalled as the “Great Flying Saucer Flap.” Parsons opened a door and something flew in….” (32)

Crowley’s 1919 Portrait of LAM


Grant’s associates have kept busy in this regard. Grant states that:

“A Gateway for the Great Old Ones has already been established — and opened — by members of the O.T.O. [an English splinter group] who are en rapport with this entity [Lam, an extra-terrestrial being whom Crowley supposedly contacted while in America in 1919 – click image right].

Crowley’s portrait of Lam has been reproduced in [Grant’s] The Magical Revival….(33) Crowley’s rendition, by the way, resembles the typical representation of an UFO entity.

If these suggestively “Lovecraftian” details turn out to have any merit, Parsons may have helped us contact outer space in more ways than one. At the present time, however, such ideas seem highly debatable. Certainly, neither Crowley nor Parsons were of the opinion that their work concerned extraterrestrials of the Lovecraftian or the UFO varieties (though Cameron once sighted a UFO). (34)

Yet, having turned what had been termed “science fiction” into science fact, is it conceivable that Parsons’ work may someday do the same for elements of “fantasy?”

His imaginative powers had solved tricky scientific problems and thus paved the way for space travel. Yet, perhaps because of his lack of accredited training, and the fact that the scientific papers to which he contributed were often unpublished (due to wartime secrecy), his name is not to be found in the scientific “who’s who” (though a crater on the moon — 37′ N. 171′ W. was in 1972 named for him). But his name has often been noted in the histories of magic.

Will further examination of the full extent of his work make him more of a name to conjure with-a man who led the way to inner as well as outer space?

Some corrections and clarifications by OTO’s Bill Heidrick


Footnotes:

  1. John W. Parsons, from a poem printed in the Oriflamme, Journal of the O.T.O., 21 February 1943.
  2. Frank J. Malina, “Origins and First Decade of the Jet Propulsion Laboratory,” in The History of Rocket Technology, ed. Eugene Morlock Emme. (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1964), pp. 46-59.
  3. Ibid., pp. 46-54.
  4. Francis King and Isabel Sutherland, The Rebirth of Magic (London: Corgi Books, 1982), p. 180; and Hymenaeus Beta, in 22 July 1990 telephone conversation with Mark Chorvinsky and Douglas Chapman.
  5. John Symonds, The Great Beast (Frogmore, St. Albans, Herts: Mayflower Books, Ltd., 1973), p. 445.
  6. lbid; and Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  7. Aleister Crowley, “Synopsis,” The Holy Books of Thelema (York Beach, Maine: Samuel Weiser, 1983), p. xxxi.
  8. Malina, pp. 54-59.
  9. Alva Rogers, Darkhouse, 1962.
  10. Jack Parsons, “Freedom is a Two Edged Sword,” in Freedom is a Two Edged Sword, ed. Cameron and Hymenaeus Beta. (Las Vegas: Falcon Press, 1989), p. 35.
  11. Jack Parsons, “On Magick,” in Freedom is a Two Edged Sword, ed. Cameron and Hymenaeus Beta. (Las Vegas: Falcon Press, 1989), p. 48.
  12. Parsons, “Freedom,” pp. 43-44.
  13. Symonds, p. 447.
  14. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  15. Symonds, p. 447.
  16. Ibid., p. 448.
  17. King and Sutherland, p. 181.
  18. Case No. 101634, Circuit Court, Dade County, Florida.
  19. King and Sutherland, p. 182.
  20. The Frank J. Malina Collection at the California Institute of Technology — Guide to a Microfiche Edition, ed. Judith R. Goodstein and Carol H. Bugd. (Pasadena, CA: Institute Archives, Robert A. Millikan Memorial Library, California Institute of Technology, 1986), p. 17.
  21. Symonds, p. 449.
  22. Parsons, “Freedom,” p. 18.
  23. Ibid., p. 10.
  24. Parsons, “On Magick,” p. 47.
  25. Symonds, p. 449.
  26. Nat Freedland, The Occult Explosion (New York: Berkley, 1972), pp. 163-164.
  27. Ibid., p. 164.
  28. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.
  29. Ibid.
  30. Pasadena Star News, 21 June 1952 and 5 July 1952.
  31. Magick, Gnosticism and the Witchcraft. Ed. Fra. H.H.D. (South Stukely, Quebec: 93 Publishing, 1979).
  32. Kenneth Grant, Outside the Circles of Time (London: Frederick Muller Limited, 1980), p. 50.
  33. Ibid., p. 228. [Grant also reproduces this picture on Plate 13 of this book.]
  34. Hymenaeus Beta, 22 July 1990.

Source

Archons – Exorcising Hidden Controllers

The are lots of different stories about Archons and here’s just one side of them. I have written about them before, but mainly they are beigns that feed on negativity and suffering:

Here’s my postings about Archons before:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/rise-of-the-archons/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-archon-network-wreaks-havoc-on-earth/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/end-of-reptilian-overlordship/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/are-archons-greys/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/john-lamb-lash-the-gnostic-theory-of-alien-intrusion/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/nigel-kerners-alien-phenomena-idea-in-a-nutshell/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-horde/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-nag-hammadi-library-archon-info/

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/the-body-snatchers/

Archons: Exorcising hidden controllers with Robert M. Stanley and Laura Magdalene Eisenhower:

 

And here’s the article about Archons:

 What are archons?

In their ExopoliticsTV interviews Laura Eisenhower and Robert Stanley discuss Ancient Gnostic texts from Egypt,

“called the Nag Hammadi, describing two types of demonic alien beings that invaded earth long ago which they call the Archons. The first type of Archon looks like a reptile. The other type looks like a human embryo… which has the same shape and appearance as the ‘sky fish’ photos.”

Robert Stanley, author of Covert Encounters over Washington DC, has release a public statement about archons stating,

“It is time to expose the covert controllers of mankind. I assure you this is not speculation, a hoax, or the figment of peoples’ imagination. These parasitic creatures are real and they need to be dealt with immediately so mankind can evolve to the next level of existence.

“Although these parasites are not human, they feed off the negative energy/emotions of humans. It is unclear when these cosmic, amoeba-like creatures first came to earth, but we know they were discovered by shamans in altered states of consciousness long ago and have recently been photographed.

The reason everyone is not seeing them on a daily basis is because the creature’s energy signature is beyond our normal, narrow range of vision within the electromagnetic spectrum. What scientist call “visible light.”

The scientific approach to archons

Mr. Stanley maintains that humanity must now take a scientific approach to identifying archons and exterminating them in the human dimensional ecology. Mr. Stanley has released a series of photographs of archons that can be seen in the Slide show in this article.

 

Archons are intrapsychic mind-parasites

In discussing archness, author John Lash writes,

“Although archons do exist physically, the real danger they pose to humanity is not invasion of the planet but invasion of the mind.

“The archons are intrapsychic mind-parasites who access human consciousness through telepathy and simulation. They infect our imagination and use the power of make-believe for deception and confusion.

Their pleasure is in deceit for its own sake, without a particular aim or purpose. They are robotic in nature, incapable of independent thought or choice, and have no particular agenda, except to live vicariously through human beings. They are bizarrely able to pretend an effect on humans, which they do not really have.

“For instance, they cannot access human genetics, but they can pretend to do so, in such a way that humans fall for the pretended act, as if staged events were taken for real. In this respect, archons are the ultimate hoaxers. This is the essence of “archontic intrusion,” as I call it. The trick is, if humanity falls under the illusion of superhuman power, it becomes as good as real, a self-fulfilling delusion.

“In the cosmic perspective, the archons present a dynamic aspect of the evolutionary scenario of humankind, through which human potential is tested. The Gnostic view of their role closely matches the “flyers” in The Active Side of Infinity, the last book of Carlos Castaneda, who says that the flyers are “the means by which the universe tests us.”

There are numerous close parallels between Castaneda and Gnostic teachings.

“This profile of the archons is not speculative. It follows what can be gathered from the Gnostic writings. For instance, NHC texts describe how the archons attempted to rape Eve – clearly a mythological rendition of genetic intervention. Such passages appear to support the claims of alien interbreeding so widely discussed today. But in the Gnostic account, the alien intruders did not succeed in this act of cross-species intervention: they tried but failed.

“The notion that archons present a test to humanity – explicitly stated by Castaneda if one accepts the archon/flyers correlation – can also be traced in some NHC writings, especially The Apochryon of John. That text suggests that the Aeon Sophia, the cosmic intelligence of the earth, engages the archon species and uses their deviant and deceptive influence for such a purpose.

The account of how the overlord of the authorities “committed adultery with Wisdom (Sophia)” and binds humanity to “a chain of blind compulsion (heirmarmene)” is baffling, to say the least (NHC II, 1:28.16).

“To sort out and clarify what the Sophianic narrative may have to say about the test of the archons is a great challenge to our understanding of the Gnostic message and how it can benefit humanity today.

 

Television is an example of Archonic imitation

Author Jay Weidner states,

“Yes, according to the texts, [archons] can get into people and can manipulate people to do things very suddenly that are very odd.

But also they are actually responsible for the deterioration of culture, so unlike the culture of the ancient Greeks or Chinese but a cheap façade of a culture. As the Archonic presence has spread across the earth and has escalated in the 20th century, you can see that they are responsible for sprawl and the mass ugliness that is everywhere.

“Television is an example of Archonic imitation.

Mr. Weidner concludes,

“Humans are imitated on television but the imitation is altered and is nearly always obscene and profane because the Archons not only do not understand the sacred but they hate it. They are jealous of the natural world and of human beings with the natural world.

Also of sexual relationships: loving couples make them angry and they love violence and are sexually titillated by anger and war and death. They create war to consume energy from the dying.”

 

Archons – A parasite of a different order

Exploring archons in his new book, Wetiko – The Greatest Epidemic Sickness Known to Humanity, psychologist Paul Levy writes,

“When people are infected by the wetiko virus, Forbes writes, they are “the host for the wetiko parasites.” The wetiko germ is a psychic tapeworm, a parasite of the mind.

Just like certain computer viruses or malware infect and program a computer to self-destruct, mind-viruses like wetiko can program the human bio-computer to think, believe and behave in ways that result in our self-destruction. Wetiko is a virulent, psychic pathogen that insinuates thought-forms into our mind which, when unconsciously en-acted, feed it, and ultimately kills its host (us).

It doesn’t want to kill us too quickly however, for to successfully implement its agenda of reproducing and propagating itself throughout the field, it must let the host live long enough to spread the virus.

If the host dies too soon, the bug would be prematurely evicted and would suffer the inconvenience of having to find a new residence.

Mr. Levy continues,

“Like a cancer of the mind that metastasizes, in wetiko disease, a pathological part of the psyche co-opts and subsumes all of the healthy parts of the psyche into itself so as to serve its pathology.

To quote Jung,

“an unknown ‘something’ has taken possession of a smaller or greater portion of the psyche and asserts its hateful and harmful existence undeterred by all our insight, reason, and energy, thereby proclaiming the power of the unconscious over the conscious mind, the sovereign power of possession.”

The personality then self-organizes an outer display of coherence around this pathogenic core, which ‘masks’ the inner dysfunction, making it hard to recognize.

In a psychic coup d’etat, the wetiko bug can usurp and displace the person, who becomes its puppet and marionette. Like a parasite, the wetiko virus can take over the will of an animal more evolved than itself, enlisting that creature into serving its nefarious agenda.

Once the parasite becomes sufficiently entrenched within the psyche, the prime directive coordinating a person’s behavior comes from the disease, as it is now the one calling the shots. Just as someone infected with the rabies virus will resist drinking water, which would flush out the infection, someone taken over by the wetiko parasite will have nothing to do with anything that will help them get rid of the disease.

Wetikos are phobic towards the light of truth, which they avoid like the plague. In advanced stages, this process takes over the person so completely that we could rightfully say the person is no longer there; they are just an empty shell carrying the disease. In a sense there is just the disease, operating through what appears to be a human being.

The person becomes fully identified with their mask, their persona, but it is as if there is no one behind the mask.”

 

Author John Lash proposes a three-level definition of archons

“Level One – Cosmological

“In Gnostic cosmology, Archons are a species of inorganic beings that emerged in the solar system prior to the formation of the earth.

They are cyborgs inhabiting the planetary system (exclusive of the earth, sun and moon), which is described as a virtual world (stereoma) they construct by imitating the geometric forms emanated from the Pleroma, the realm of the Generators, the Cosmic Gods.

“The Archons are a genuine species with their own proper habitat, and may even be considered to be god-like, but they lack intentionality (ennoia: self-directive capacity), and they have a nasty tendency to stray from their boundaries and intrude on the human realm. Archons are said to feel intense envy toward humanity because we possess the intentionality they lack

“The Gaia Mythos describes how the Archons were produced by fractal impact in the dense elementary field arrays (dema) of the galactic limbs, when the Aeon Sophia plunged unilaterally from the galactic core.

“Level Two – Noetic-Psychological

“In Gnostic psychology, the noetic science of the Mystery Schools, Archons are an alien force that intrudes subliminally upon the human mind and deviates our intelligence away from its proper and sane applications.

They are not what makes us act inhumanely, for we all have the potential to go against our innate humanity, violating the truth in our hearts, but they make us play out inhumane behavior to weird and violent extremes.

“Left to our own devices, we would sometimes act inhumanely and then correct it, contain the aberration. Obviously, we do not always do so. In the exaggeration of our insane and inhumane tendencies, and in extreme, uncorrected deviance from our innate intelligence, Gnostics saw the signature of an alien species that piggy-backs on the worst human failings.

“Hence, Archons are psycho-spiritual parasites.

“Yet as offspring of the Aeon Sophia, archons are also our cosmic kin.

“Aeon

Gk: “emanation, divine power, cosmic time cycle.” Pronounced A-ON: Adjective, Aeonic. E.g., “Reefs of Aeonic dreaming.” (Gaia Mythos)

“This essential term in Gnostic cosmology might be useful in getting away from the awkward terms God and gods. An Aeon is a god understood, not in theological terms, but in terms of the physics of consciousness.

“Aeons are not entities but processes that may best be conceptualized as immense currents, but currents that are alive, self-aware, sensuous. The Goddess Sophia who becomes embodied as Gaia is an Aeon, hence the Aeon Sophia.

“Aeons are gendered. In some Gnostic scenarios the male counterpart to the female Aeon Sophia is the Aeon Christos.

“As inorganic entities of two types, embryonic and reptilian, Archons can at moments penetrate the terrestrial atmosphere and terrorize humans, although there is no reason or order to these forays, for the aliens cannot remain for very long in the biosphere and, anyway, they have no master plan to accomplish here.

“The ontological status of the Archons is dual: They exist as an alien species independent of humankind. They exist as a presence in our minds, rather like a set of programs operating in our mental environment. The risk they pose by invading our mental software is far greater than any physical risk they might pose by erratically breaching the biosphere.

“Working through telepathy and suggestion, the Archons attempt to deviate us from our proper course of evolution. Their most successful technique is to use religious ideology to insinuate their way of thinking and, in effect, substitute their mind-set for ours.

“According to the Gnostics, Judeo-Christian salvationism is the primary ploy of the Archons, an alien implant.

“Our capacity to discern alien forces working in our minds is crucial to survival and co-evolution with Gaia who, as Sophia, accidentally produced the Archons in the first place. (This comment belongs to Level One, the cosmological definition, but as so often happens with Gnostic teachings, noetic and cosmic elements tend to merge.)

“By recognizing and repelling the Archons, we claim our power, define our boundaries in the cosmic framework, and establish our purpose relative to Gaia, the indwelling intelligence of the planet.

“Level three – Sociological

“In the Gnostic view of human society, the Archons are alien forces that act through authoritarian systems, including belief-systems, in ways that cause human beings to turn against their innate potential and violate the symbiosis of nature.

“LIVE spelled backwards is EVIL, but the Archons are not evil in the sense that they possess autonomous powers of destruction, able to be applied directly upon humanity.

“They are agents of error rather than evil – but human error, when it goes uncorrected and runs beyond the scale of correction, turns into evil and works against the universal plan of life. Gnostics taught that the Archons exploit our tendency to let our mistakes go uncorrected.

“Because the Archons need human complicity to gain power over humankind, any one who assists them can be considered a kind of Archon, an accessory. How do humans assist the Archons?

“One way (suggested in the Level Two definition) is by accepting the mental programs of the Archons – that is, adopting the alien intelligence as if it were human-based – and implementing those programs by actually enforcing them in society. Another way is by actively or passively conforming to the agendas so proposed and imposed.

“Jacques Lacarriere suggests that Gnostics detected the humanized face of the Archons in all authoritarian structures and systems that deny authenticity and self-determination to the individual.

“He argues that Gnostics recognized, “the fundamentally corrupt character of all human enterprises and institutions: time, history, powers, states, religions, races, nations…”

Corruption occurs, not because we make errors, but because the errors we make go uncorrected and extrapolate beyond the scale of correction. Lacarriere says that Gnostics reached this conclusion “out of rational observation of the natural world and human behavior.”

“Ultimately, they asserted the ‘contention that all power – whatever kind it may be – is a source of alienation… All institutions, laws, religions, churches and powers are nothing but a sham and a trap, the perpetuation of an age-old deception.’

This may seem like a dark view of human affairs, but given the evidence of history (not to mention current events), it cannot be said to be unfair or exaggerated.”

Source: What Is An Archon?

 

Truth movement – Modern shamans?

As Carlos Castaneda demonstrated, the shamans and exorcists have had the role in traditional societies of coping with and counter-acting the negative effects of archons and “demonic possession” in their traditional societies.

In her ExopoliticsTV interview, Laura Magdalene Eisenhower sees whistleblowers in The Truth Movement as among those that are carrying out the role of exorcising the archons from modern day society.

“Our planet Earth (Gaia),“ Ms. Eisenhower states, “is now engaged in an exorcism of the archons, and we must participate with her in exorcising our archons as well.”

Source

Fritz Springmeier Interview – on The Illuminati and Mind Control Slavery

You may have heard about the Illuminati through history or in the music business, but do you really know what it means? It’s a long story, but here Fritz Springmeier tells his part about the story:

Wayne Morris:

Good morning, welcome to the International Connection. This is show #35 in the radio series on Mind Control and over the next few shows we are going to be talking to Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler, co-authors of the “Illuminati Formula Used to Create an Undetectable Total Mind Control Slave” and “Deeper Insights“, books about trauma based conditioning mind control. Fritz is a researcher about the Illuminati and minister to mind control victims. Cisco Wheeler says she is from a generational Illuminati family and that trauma-based mind control was perpetrated against her from birth. We will hear the interview with Cisco in a couple of weeks, and today we are going to hear an interview with Fritz Springmeier. Fritz talks about the Illuminati families and how they have used mind control to consolidate their power throughout history. You are listening to CKLN 88.1 FM.

I am speaking with Fritz Springmeier author, lecturer and minister to mind control survivors. Welcome to the show Fritz.

Fritz Springmeier:

Thank you and hello to all you listeners out there in radioland. I encourage you to participate with our program today because we are going to be speaking about some important things that affect your life and will affect the lives of your grandchildren.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to start off with asking you how you first came across the information about government mind control.

Fritz Springmeier:

Government mind control overlaps with many other things – it overlaps with a higher government and a secret world government called the Illuminati. As I investigated the Illuminati I had to also learn about their front that they operate. They hide behind the veil of National Security. They use our patriotism against us and make us think that for our own interest, for our own security of our own nations, that we have to subject ourselves to all the secrecy that they impose upon us.

Wayne Morris:

Did you come across all the information about mind control through your research into the Illuminati, or vice versa?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes, through the Illuminati. That’s not to say that I hadn’t been watching the government too, but a lot of what we see out front is just that – it’s a front and if we really want to understand what’s going on, we have to look behind that front.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you could explain to our listeners, to your understanding, who are the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati are the movers and shakers of the world. They are an elite group of bloodlines – I call these tribes or families – there are 13 major bloodlines. They are what are called “generational satanists”. That means that they have practiced their secret witchcraft for many centuries and they have passed their religion down from one generation to the next. They lead double lives. They have one life that the world sees and then they have a hidden life that the world doesn’t see. There have been very few people that have been able to break through the secrecy. They have taken secrecy to a fine art that I would never have believed that anyone could achieve until I started getting into this, and there have been very few people over the years that have broken through that secrecy at all. There was a man named John Robison who wrote Proofs of a Conspiracy against all the religions and governments in Europe carried on in the secret meetings of the Freemasons, the Illuminati and reading societies. That came out in 1798 and the Bavarian government, by raiding several safe houses of the Illuminati, captured original Illuminati documents back at that time period which were bound and sent out to all the governments entitled: “Die Originalschriften des Illuminatens Ordens” (sp?) as the German title the Bavarian government gave it.

But in modern times there have been very few people that have been able to talk about the Illuminati as it exists today, and that’s been my job. To bring to the world who these people are, what their traditions are, what they are doing, everything about them. The reason I am giving a longer version here to your question is that when someone asks who or what are the Illuminati, they do not think like we do. People often times interpret things around them in terms of how they themselves think or their own world view. If you want to understand the Illuminati, you have to understand that these people do not think like you or I.

In just one area alone, that is a large percentage of these people are programmed multiple personalities and just that in itself creates a whole different thinking pattern from those of us who are not multiple.

Wayne Morris:

When you say the Illuminati, is this the same group that is documented that Adam Weishaupt had started back in 1776 in Bavaria? Is this the same group?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s the same group. He actually didn’t start the organization, it goes way back. These are oligarchical families that are extremely powerful and if you go back in history and ask yourself the question, “when did the elite, powerful, oligarchical families ever give up their power?” You can’t find any point in history. These are the families that – some of these bloodlines go clear back to Nimrod. The Rothschild secret genealogy that they have secretly written down through the centuries, traces their genealogy back to Nimrod. These people were the ones that controlled the mystery religions. There was a supreme council that sat over all of these mystery religions of the ancient world. They were an extremely powerful priesthood, and they chose to go underground for many years and continue working behind the scenes. But they never left.

At the end of WWII there was a committee that was sent out throughout Europe to do a study of all of the churches that had been destroyed by the war, and they discovered that in most of these Christian churches (80%) they found that where the Christian alter had been, when these churches had been destroyed, underneath these alters were pagan alters that had been uncovered. So what you have is that a lot of these cathedrals were built on lay lines that were very powerful occult spiritual points and on after hours these churches were used for what we would call satanic rituals. So this has been going on secretly for many centuries.

Wayne Morris:

And you are saying that the Illuminati are responsible for infiltrating these churches?

Fritz Springmeier:

These are our movers and shakers, very powerful bloodlines. For instance, one of these bloodlines includes all of your royal families of Europe. They are the people that have been in control. If you look at a lot of these nation states, you will notice that at the head of their church are their kings and queens.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned there are 13 families in the generations of the Illuminati families? Can you name them?

Fritz Springmeier:

I came out with a book that was specifically designed to go family by family and discuss them. The top 13 bloodlines are the Astors, Bundy, Collins, Dupont, Freeman, Kennedy, Leigh, Onassis, Rockefellers, Rothschild, Russell … then there is a 13th bloodline which is the Merovingian bloodline. I just simple call it the 13th and then there is the Van Duyne Illuminati bloodline. The 13th bloodline, the Merovingian, is extremely important. It includes the royal families of Europe. In my Volume I book which covers the Top Thirteen Illuminati Bloodlines, that’s the title to it, I don’t go into the Merovingian bloodline so much because there came out a trilogy of books, “The Holy Blood and the Holy Grail” and two other books by their authors – Baigent, Leigh and Lincoln – which is so good in discussing this bloodline that wasn’t any real reason for me to go into it.

For instance Prince Charles would be part of that. If you look at Prince Charles, you will notice in his genealogy he is related to our Presidents Washington, Jefferson, Madison, both of the Harrisons, Tyler, Taylor, George Bush. Bush’s vice president, Dan Quayle, was also related to the royal family. Prince Charles is also related to Mrs. Woodrow Wilson. Here in the USA the concept is that we have all of these individuals who have been selected to run this country who are unrelated to each other — and yet it is quite the contrary.

I have been told when they dedicated George Bush’s library in Texas recently, that President Carter mentioned that he was reading a recently published book about the Presidents being somehow related to each other.

Wayne Morris:

When did you first realize the existence of the Illuminati? What information came your way to spark your interest?

Fritz Springmeier:

Everybody has probably heard of Jehovah’s Witnesses and how they would go out and knock on people’s doors. I was the opposite. I was a Christian missionary to bring Jehovah’s Witnesses to Christ and I was getting tired of working with these little Jehovah’s Witnesses on the street, and I was praying to God to be given the power to decapitate the authoritarian organization that is over these Jehovah’s Witnesses. At that point, I got my prayer answered. I got this confidential information that the heads of the Watchtower Society were collaborating with the heads of the Latter Day Saints church. That information totally changed my life. I had bumped into the Illuminati and their mind control, and I am not to single out the Watchtower Society and the Mormon church because I found out that their infiltration and control is pretty well right across the whole spectrum. Your Christian organizations in general have been infiltrated and controlled from behind the scenes.

This is when I first bumped into the Illuminati. I had learned about 20 years previous to this what a lot of people are already aware of about the Council of Foreign Relations, Trilaterial Commission and these types of groups, the Bilderbergers – but there is a whole other level to things. When I started getting into reading, researching and trying to help people that wanted out of the Illuminati to get out – I started getting in at that level. Then I had to work with the mind control. One thing led to another.

Wayne Morris:

What is the relationship of the groups you just mentioned to the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of groups around the world that are making decisions that are controlling things from behind the scenes and these particular groups are fronts for the Illuminati. Not fronts in the sense that they have no actual purpose, they serve a purpose. But there is a hidden level of control back behind them.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of the Illuminati families and the whole organization itself, what are their goals? Why have they infiltrated so many of these organizations?

Fritz Springmeier:

Ultimately it’s to bring in what people have termed the New World Order with a man who will hold the world’s attention and carry the title The Antichrist. That’s the ultimate goal and I am not trying to wax religious on people but that’s just the simple fact. When you get into deprogramming people you will see that a lot of the things they have been programmed to do tie in with a very sophisticated plan to unify the world under the reign of the Antichrist.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned that the Illuminati group has used mind control to further their goals. How did you first come into this? You have been working with your partner, Cisco Wheeler, who I understand was an Illuminati mind control victim. How did you first meet and realize what was going on there?

Fritz Springmeier:

She was trying to break free of her mind control. What I stumbled upon was, at least in my opinion, the greatest slavery involved in all history. You had four high level Illuminati women who had been teamed together. They had all become Christians and were trying to break free and had become a support system for each other. Here I was a researcher of the Illuminati, there’s a lot to try and explain. When you are under the mind control, there is a lot of programming not to reveal the secrets. It is very difficult for someone who has been in the Illuminati and received their standard mind control to not divulge what is going on, so it made it much easier to work with me that I had already done my homework, and they knew I was going to understand what they were talking about. They didn’t have to say a lot to communicate certain things, because I was already aware and that saved them from a lot of the grief from the program kicking in for having talked too much.

Cisco was part of this group attempting to escape the mind control, and I got involved in their lives and did what I could to help them. I brought Cisco out of the Illuminati and in return my learning curve about the Illuminati was greatly increased because I was given inside information from these people and a number of other people. Like I say, trying to understand the secret organization, the secret bloodlines is very difficult, because one has to stand outside of one’s own culture and own way of thinking and understand these people as they think, and they do not think like we do. Being able to work with these people who were in the Illuminati was very valuable.

Wayne Morris:

Because they have used mind control techniques on their own family members throughout the years?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. They have been carrying out this mind control on their own people as well as others for centuries and this has all been a very closely guarded secret. It’s one of the reasons why they have been able to carry out so much to implement this New World Order without people being able to figure out there is such a thing as a worldwide unified conspiracy. They are very skilled in knowing how to bring things about so they appear natural.

Wayne Morris:

What is the purpose of them using mind control on their own family members?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s really essential. If you are going to participate in the Illuminati secret life, being a programmed multiple is basic. There are a few in the Illuminati who aren’t programmed multiples, but considering what one has to participate in. You’ve got a number of standard rituals involved – St. Weinbald, St. Agnes, Grand Climax, Walpurgis, Beltane, all your solstices and equinoxes, Lamas, All Hallow’s Eve, High Grand Climax — all of these standard rituals. These rituals are very horrific. They involved human sacrifice. Sacrifices of babies on the High Grand Climax. On various Sabbats you’ve got a young female or a male being sacrificed.

This is not something that the normal mind is going to be able to handle. The mind control and the creation of multiple personalities where you get a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde effect – is very crucial to this thing continuing from generation to generation.

Wayne Morris:

They really use the multiple personalities to facilitate this double life that they have to lead … before we get into the techniques that they use for mind control and the details of that, you mentioned they seem to have a belief system as well. Could you talk about that?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati is the continuation of the Mystery Religions and as someone comes an adept of the Illuminati they have to learn a whole series of paths. They give the different types of cult knowledge names from the 12 Apostles plus the 13th is called the Holy Grail. These men and women become very skilled in occult knowledge and I am not sure how much I should go into that, but I guess what I am trying to say is that they will be trained in alchemy, in Indian sorcery, Druidism, Enochian magik, Gnosticism, Hermetic magik, cabbalism, Plato, Sufism – they will know all the different branches of occult systems.

Wayne Morris:

How do they use that information? Do they incorporate elements of all of those occult belief systems into their own?

Fritz Springmeier:

It all ties in together. The idea is to amass occult power to yourself and that’s the reason why the Collins family was brought into the top 13 bloodlines. Of course the Merovingian Dynasty had a lot of magik power and a lot of political power, but the Collins family which was Scottish had extremely powerful occult powers so it was brought in to be one of the top occult lines because they were such powerful black magicians. Cabbalism and the 26 path workings – this is all very important in the work that they do, and it all ties in with the mind control too. But most of the therapists out there are secular or approach it from the secular angle, and as they deal with these mind control victims’ programming, they don’t touch on the spiritual aspect. What I am trying to say is that their religious beliefs can’t be separated from the mind control. It is an integral part of that.

Wayne Morris:

Do the Illuminati worship a single being such as Lucifer?

Fritz Springmeier:

You’ve got different levels in which people operate within the Illuminati. There is the anarchy level which is your common witchcraft coven, and then you’ve got your hierarchy level. On the anarchy level there are thousands and thousands of covens. I have listed the addresses and names of hundreds of these in one of my books. These covens are very eclectic. They can have their own traditions, their own rituals. There is a wide variety of practices on the anarchy level … that’s what it looks like, is total anarchy. One doesn’t see any connection.

Above that is your hierarchy level where you would have Asmodeus, your Grand Masters, and Mothers of Darkness, Grandmothers, Granddaughters. If you are a programmed multiple, you can function at many different levels. You can have one personality in this coven, and another personality in that coven and this personality that is in the Masonic Lodge, and another in this hierarchy ceremony, another participating in another Satanic ritual. It is very broken up. One of the reasons why it is not easy to answer your question is basically everything we understood about human behaviour and how to gauge or judge people is obsolete. The mind control, by creating programmed multiple personalities, has made all of our ways of judging people obsolete.

Within the Illuminati the supreme goal is to balance their good deeds with their bad deeds, they are dualists. They are Luciferians at the highest level. That’s why your greatest philanthropist will very often be your highest ranking satanist. What they are trying to do with their philanthropy is self serving when you actually look at it. It’s not as generous as it appears. They are trying to do good deeds and balance those with their bad deeds, they believe in balance in their religion. It’s a gnostic luciferianism.

Wayne Morris:

I think it might be difficult for the people listening to understand how somebody could be in public doing good deeds and having a good public image, and at the same time having this very dark side. I don’t know if you have read the recent Judith Spencer book, “Satan’s High Priest”. It really illustrates how that works very clearly. It’s a true story about one particular satanic cult, a high priest, and his rise to that.

Fritz Springmeier:

No I haven’t read the book, but I am glad that you brought that out to the listeners. The way that someone can begin to see the Illuminati is to start looking at how these people are above the wars and the rest of what we have to suffer. For instance Pierre Samuel Dupont, during the French Revolution, all kinds of people around Pierre lost their heads and yet, for some strange reason, Samuel Dupont managed to “keep his head” when so many hundreds of people were losing theirs to the guillotine. One person who was influential in protecting him was Necker’s daughter, Madame Germaine Destael. She ran a cat-house, but anyway she was intimate friends with St. Simon and St. Simon’s disciples were saying at that point in time in the early 1800’s that the target date for the New World Order would be the year 2000.

Another example in history, and I brought this out in the Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines book, is when the U.S. went to war right after Pearl Harbor, within a few days, President Roosevelt came out with a Presidential Decree which was a semi-secret amendment to the Trading with the Enemy Act, and it made it legal for certain people to trade with the enemy, if they were given permission by the American Secretary of the Treasury who at that time was Hans Morgenthale. I copied the paper work out of the Federal Code of Regulations. They actually have this Presidential Decree where if he wanted to exempt somebody, he could allow them to trade with the enemy. Who were the people that were given that privilege? Rockefellers and Onassis, both of them Illuminati kingpins. During WWII every ship that was a Greek merchant ship was sunk during the War by one side or the other. Something happened and essentially all of the Greek shippers lost their vessels. There was one Greek shipper, Aristotle Onassis, who didn’t lose a single ship and his vessels sailed through all the war zones. None of the Allies or the Axis powers ever attacked his ships. For something like that to happen, you have to have full collaboration at the highest level. You see these kinds of things going like – Pierre Samuel Dupont, Aristotle Onassis. Then you are looking at somebody who is Illuminati. They sit above all these conflicts that they create for all the common people.

Wayne Morris:

This way of bypassing trading with the enemy regulations, how has this been utilized with regard to WWII or the Bolshevik revolution for that matter?

Fritz Springmeier:

In fact there is an entire book out – I think the title is “Trading with the Enemy”, it came out in 1983 and answers your question. Rockefeller Standard Oil shipped gas and oil to Spain which then piped it directly to the Nazis. The Allies knew that Rockefeller was supplying the Germans. That prolonged the War a couple of year. But you don’t hear about this by establishment historians. There was a lot of important trading during WWII was necessary to sustain the Nazi war machine.

And you mentioned the Bolshevik revolution. Again you will see there was a lot of finances sent from, as you are probably well aware and some listeners are aware, from Kuhn Laib (sp) and Company and some of these other llumaniti people, and that money was used by the Bolsheviks to finance the revolution. There were a lot of other agreements made at that time and things done to help them out. There is a lot going on behind the scenes.

Wayne Morris:

It seems like they are promoting a strategy of tension where they are funding both sides and basically profiting from the resultant conflicts that they are fomenting.

Fritz Springmeier:

One could go on and on. For instance Heinrich Mueller who was head of the Gestapo – you will notice that at one point he took an old Jewish family and he himself had to personally carry their suitcases to his own car and when he got them to the Swiss border, he carried their suitcases. The Swiss bodyguards by the way, were laughing seeing the head of Gestapo helping an old Jewish family escape Nazi Germany. When the listener out there starts seeing these kinds of things, now that you have heard me talk, you can begin to realize that there is a hidden level out there, way beyond what the common person is allowed to see at that Illuminati level. These are the people who are collaborating behind the scenes where you have Catholics and Protestants and Jehovah’s Witnesses and Mormon leaders – you think these people are at each other’s throats – but they are key Illuminati people who are secretly collaborating.

Wayne Morris:

In talking about the Illuminati, I think a number of people may have difficulty believing that there is a Unified Liberal Conspiracy to control the world. Even myself, up until recently, until I started researching into the mind control, I thought the Illuminati was a fictitious group. In doing your research about the Illuminati, what were some of your other sources of information besides the people on the inside that had escaped?

Fritz Springmeier:

My sources, besides my eye witnesses, were interviewing a number of honest law enforcement and private investigators – in fact some of these people are still ongoing friends of mine. Over the years I have studied thousands of books, and thousands of documents which has meant going to special libraries, such as the Genealogical Library at Salt Lake City. I have interviewed and worked with many therapists and I have taken off and travelled to sites where programming is done, where rituals are done, where crimes have been committed. For instance in Washington state, a number of hours from here, there is a full scale replica of Stonehenge. Below this replica of Stonehenge which sits on a hill, is a cemetery a number of feet away and Illuminati rituals are done at that cemetery. That’s an example of a place that I have gone and looked at for myself.

I need to bring in another concept here that is important to research. It’s not all simply just getting a lot of interviews and the facts because the raw facts aren’t going to do it. When I was in college and I was taking counselling, the psychologist who was teaching the class gave some excellent advice. He said, “when you are listening to people or examining a situation, don’t look at the details but look at the process. The details may throw you for a loop because people will lie, they will give contradictory information. Look at the process.” That’s a very good principle. What I have been doing is analyzing a lot of raw data, raw facts and interview information, and I have been putting together a coherent puzzle. That means you have to overlook a lot of disinformation.

Wayne Morris:

In the late seventies there was a certain amount of information about CIA mind control that came out to the public, and I would like to know what you think are the problems inherent in trying to prove the existence of mind control to a general audience through government documentation?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problems with trying to expose things through government documentation are one, the documentation has been destroyed or tampered with and to get the government involved in exposing these things, what you are basically doing is asking a bunch of criminals, that’s what they are even thought they work in government positions, to expose themselves with paperwork. That’s just not the way things work. When we think about the Nazis, they were trying to destroy all traces of their crimes. They tried, they didn’t succeed. That gives me some hope that even though a great percentage of the proof of the mind control in terms of government documentation has been destroyed, I am still convinced that tons of documents still exist. But I think even better than those tons of documents are the living proof we have in the tens of thousands of identified living victims.

The other side to the problem of getting government documents is that then you have to have some way to broadcast that to the public at large and we have a controlled media, and unfortunately the media is very tight with the government. You can really question whether you would ever see our controlled media fully expose to the proper degree the people that need to be exposed.

Wayne Morris:

It seems highly unlikely that the mainstream media is going to be investigating this. It’s more likely to be coming from independent investigation and independent publishers of this information.

Fritz Springmeier:

I would love to see the places where the records are kept broken into and these records exposed, but the only way I can see this happening would be if there was a revolution on the magnitude of what happened in Eastern Europe where Stasi records and things like this were exposed to the light of day.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think a government investigation into the mind control experiments, similar to what has happened with the Tuskegee syphilis and the radiation experiments would actually bring out information?

Fritz Springmeier:

I believe it would bring out information. That’s true. However, for the government to investigate this is like asking the fox how much of a threat he is to chickens. The fox is going to tell us something, enough to satisfy us, but I am real leery about giving the government another chance to push some ulterior agenda. The bottom line is that a government investigation is going to cost us more tax dollars, and I think people sometimes forget that every time they send their government scurrying around doing something that it comes out of their pocketbook.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think there is any benefit though, to society as a whole, in terms of having a government investigation going on, and having the government at least admit they did do these kinds of experiments? Is there any benefit to the people as a whole in trying to expose this?

Fritz Springmeier:

As a whole? The way you ask your question is going to reflect the way I answer. No, it will not. The reason why I say this is that earlier on the US Congress had Rockefeller investigate the CIA. Rockefeller investigate the CIA!?! (Laughs) Of course his investigating committee came up with abuses, they have got to find something wrong, but the thing of it is that it makes Rockefeller look like a good fellow. “Oh look he’s a crusader who is trying to expose the bad guys.” They always throw in an ulterior agenda. If they are going to do something against themselves, they use it as another opportunity to work on some other agenda. If they expose A, B and C about mind control, then they are probably doing it in a way so they are misdirecting people’s attention from their latest technology through an older model that they have discontinued, or something like that. They are going to work in some ulterior agenda that when it’s all said and done, it has actually done a disservice.

Wayne Morris:

How do you think the information about mind control has been kept from public attention for so long?

Fritz Springmeier:

As we mentioned just a little bit earlier, we have a controlled media and in a number of my publications I have gone into detail and showed who is in control of the media, and how these people are Illuminati members or participating in their Illuminati fronts. I document how the Rockefellers, and the Rothschilds and the William Randolph Hearsts – Illuminati kingpins – control the media. I think it’s appropriate a couple of anecdotes.

I was visiting one day with a Christian minister and he was asking me what I did since I worked full time exposing the mind control and helping victims of mind control, and exposing the New World Order’s agenda. I was honest with him, and told him that and in the course of doing that I mentioned something about the controlled media and boy he hit the roof. He went ballistic on me because just prior to becoming a minister he had been an ABC reporter. He said, “there is no control over the media! I was allowed to write and have any stories that I wanted!” I said, “whoa, slow down, let me ask you some questions.” When you were hired, your superior hired you and kept you on because he liked the way you thought and the way you wrote … and likewise his superior liked the way he thought and the way he wrote … and on and on down the line. If anybody had written or thought in ways that weren’t the approved ways of thinking and writing you would have gotten in trouble, wouldn’t you. He said “yes.” I said, that’s it … when I work with victims of mind control they can’t see that they are under programming. As long as they do exactly what the programming asks them to do, they don’t know that they are in programming. The only time that they know that there is any programming there is if they step out and act against it. If you are running with the wind behind your back or if you are in a stream and you are floating down the stream, you don’t notice the current. But when you try to swim upstream is when you really notice the power of the current. So if you as a reporter step out of what their expectations are, that’s when you get clobbered and you realize there is a lot of heavy force behind going against the direction the way they want to go in. He said, “you’re right.” I said if you had written an article that had been contrary to the way your boss thought, you would have been in trouble, wouldn’t you? He said, “yes, you are right, I see your point.”

That’s my point. People don’t notice the control until you start bucking against that control and then you are going to find out how much control there is over our entire society.

Wayne Morris:

It seems that control in the newsrooms is almost at an unspoken level, and often for a lot of reporters it’s an economic motivation as well. The stories that their editors do get accepted, the stories the editors don’t like don’t get accepted and the reporters don’t get paid for it. They very quickly appreciate what their editors are going to accept and print.

Fritz Springmeier:

Exactly.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about the mind control that the Illuminati have used and the techniques therein. What is your understanding of the forms of mind control they have used?

Fritz Springmeier:

The phrase that I like to use is “Total Mind Control” because it totally controls the person – body, soul and spirit. And the common person out there has never really imagined that something so all-encompassing or so horrendous or so totally powerful even exists. The type of mind control the Illuminati use – I think some people think “oh, mind control – television – yeah – subliminals.” No. I am talking about something that is 1000 or 10,000 times more powerful. This mind control is totally undetectable and it totally controls the person and it uses every known technique of controlling a person wrapped up in a sophisticated group package. That’s one of the important things that a lot of people have not emphasized – that it’s not one technique, but what makes this total mind control of the Illuminati so powerful is that it’s a sophisticated group package incorporating all of the known techniques of control. All of these methods have been carefully interwoven. When you listen to someone from an intelligence agency, occasionally they have talked similar to this, where they will say, “we tried such and such a technique but it only worked in 70% of the cases so we couldn’t use it … and we tried this technique and it only worked part of the time.” But what they are not telling you is that if you take a method that works only 70% of the time and match that to another technique that works 60% of the time, and another technique that works 50% of the time and you have 100 techniques wrapped up together like that, you make a package deal that totally locks the victim in to the control.

Wayne Morris:

Can you talk about some of these techniques individually and how they were used as a group package?

Fritz Springmeier:

When I started out to describe to people what was going on, I had files and files. I had about 150 files of different techniques. I was thinking to myself, well I can’t talk about 150 techniques, that’s too overwhelming for people. I thought and realize that all of these techniques broke down into 12 sciences. One of the sciences is the science of trauma and torture. Others is how to use applied drugs to control a person; their ability to use mental states such as hypnosis, dissociation, the trance states; their skill at deceiving people and deceiving the victim themselves. One needs to understand that the victims of the Illuminati mind control do not even know themselves that they are under control. So there is a lot of skill in using fiction and deceit and fronts and covers. There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not ’the major’ method of controlling a person.

There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not the major method of controlling a person. One of the things that’s not political popular today for people today in science to admit is that mankind has a spiritual side to them, but humans do have a spiritual side to them and the Illuminati understand how to spiritually control someone. Their understanding of that has boggled my mind. They have only allowed the common people including the Christian people – the crumbs so to speak – even our ministers have only been given the crumbs on how to develop a person spiritually.

Wayne Morris:

And how do you feel they have developed this and gained this knowledge?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of this began back in the Sleep Temples of the Egyptians. We go back to your Egyptian priesthood and the Mystery religions – they were already learning at that time how to use electric shock – they used electric eels and other things to electrically shock people. They had already started to learn the use of drugs and herbs to create altered states and to control people. These were secrets though that were very closely guarded by these Illuminati families and their Mystery religion priesthood. But they continued to develop these over the centuries. Another example of a closely guarded secret was the ability to do cranial manipulation. During the Middle Ages and even centuries prior to that, the oligarchical families that controlled the common people had specialists that did torture for the kings, and they kept their secrets about torturing to themselves. One of the things they developed was the ability to do cranial manipulation. You have to be very careful when you start moving the bones of the skull. A lot of people don’t realize that the skull is not a solid bone, but it has sutures between the different parts of it, and you can do very subtle manipulations and move those skull bones. In fact today there is something called cranial osteopathy. These osteopaths are very skilled in using their fingers. That developed from the family of bone-setters who tied back into the occult who had learned the secret occult skills of manipulation.

Wayne Morris:

What has effect has this had in terms of the mind control – the cranial manipulation?

Fritz Springmeier:

Cranial manipulation has been kept an occult secret in occult bloodlines for centuries. And it can be used for good, to heal people. It can be used to change the way the face looks to improve the face, or it can be used for evil, to torture someone or to control their mind. By manipulating the skull you can actually change the way the person thinks to make them more dissociative, or more compliant, or develop their thinking in other ways.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how they would start using these techniques, and generally at what age they would start?

Fritz Springmeier:

When a child is conceived, a lot of them – their very birth has been an idea from the start. Somebody who is in the Illuminati conceiving a child in an occult ritual with a woman. It gets very involved as to how they hide their lineages. Let’s put it this way. Not everybody born to mothers are actually the biological children of that mother. There is a lot of switching done at hospitals and so forth. The child’s birth has been planned. While the child is in the fetus, they already begin certain things to test the fetus’ mental abilities and to traumatize that fetus so it will be more dissociated.

Wayne Morris:

How would they do that?

Fritz Springmeier:

A fetus does not like to be poked, does not like substances that taste bad. If a mother eats a lot of sugar they have shown by watching the fetus that these unborn children like the taste of sugar as it diffuses into what the child is getting from the mother. So if you combine a lot of these things that are horrific. If you have a lot of loud noises – and the father is screaming at the mother and throwing her around and abusing the mother, making the mother very upset. Then you’ve got loud music, rock and roll, or screaming or something. You have also given the mother something to eat that tasted really bad to the fetus and you can do a number of things that are going to hit that little unborn child at the same time. It’s going to be overwhelmed, and it’s going to develop its ability to dissociate.

Wayne Morris:

To your awareness, has electricity been used in this regard?

Fritz Springmeier:

Not so much in the traumatization of the fetus. They use that after the child is born. They oftentimes will have a premature birth. It happens in many different ways, but one of the methods they like to use is to have a premature birth because then the child can be traumatized naturally. There are a whole bunch of natural traumas that go along with being premature. Your skin is very sensitive, you get catheters up your behind, and so forth. They want the traumatization to begin very early on because they want somebody who can trance out and dissociate from the pain. You are probably familiar with the Indian fakirs – the holy men in Indian who can walk on coals and stick pins in themselves and sleep on beds of nails. How does it happen? Because they are able to dissociate and go into a trance state, an altered state. The Illuminati want to create individuals who are able to dissociate very well, because that is part of the requirement to have the ability to have a multiple personality.

Wayne Morris:

And that is the purpose of the traumatization – is to create that dissociation?

Fritz Springmeier:

That’s one of the purposes.

Wayne Morris:

What is the importance of dissociation within the total mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s extremely important. You will hear a lot in recent times about electronic mind control, and that’s being used to divert people away from the more important issue of multiple personality disorder or DID. The ability to create multiple personalities that are programmed is extremely important. It’s why they have the ability to be secret, it’s why they are able to do so much in secret. The electronic mind control – throwing mental ideas into somebody’s brain which are foreign is not that much of a threat. I have worked with quite a few victims of electronic mind control and the majority, if not all of them, are able to recognize that something is being beamed into their heads that is foreign. But when you are dissociated and you have amnesia between yourself and other parts of your mind, you don’t know what you yourself in your entirety are all about. For instance I had a Christian minister who spent some time trying to deprogram – he has come and visited here to work on his programming. Here you have a Christian minister who, horrors of horrors, discovers that he has a dissociated part of his mind which has been functioning within the Illuminati and these other parts of his mind are satanic. Imagine being a man of God and finding out that you have parts of yourself that sacrifice people … (laughs). That’s why this ability to dissociate into multiple personalities is such a dangerous ability.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you can talk about the nature of dissociation and how that is used for controlling somebody and also, as you mentioned, being not aware of the different identities that are being used for other purposes …

Fritz Springmeier:

People are familiar with dissociation and how the mind has the ability to function on several tracks. For instance, if you are at a party and engrossed in a conversation with somebody and you are focused on what they are saying, and all of a sudden somebody across the room says your name, and your mind immediately switches and goes “oh they are calling me over there”, well that’s one evidence, and there are other ways to realize that the mind is not one monolithic entity but it is broken up into components. While you were engaged in that conversation with somebody, there was one part of your mind which was still listening to other things. It was a dissociated part of the conscious mind; in other words, it was dissociated from the conscious. You weren’t conscious of that part of your mind that was listening to the rest of the conversation but it was.

Hypnosis, trance and dissociation are just different aspects of the same thing. The Illuminati have learned over the centuries how to put people in different mental states and the information is learned in the different states. To access that information best, you need to go back to that particular state. People realize what I am saying because when you get into a particular situation that’s reminiscent of a previous experience, that’s when your memory is best triggered. They go a lot further than just using natural dissociation. They have learned how to create amnesia walls within the mind and basically what they are doing to the mind is the same as what we do to computers. In order to make computers functional they had to figure out some way to section off part of the computer’s memory so the user could not access that memory. It had to nest that memory. You will notice that when you reboot your computer, the computer reboots itself with memory that you weren’t able to access. That memory was dissociated – in human terms I guess you could say there is an amnesia wall there.

They know how to build walls in the mind to mentally section off the mind – and they do this through trauma. If you get a severe enough trauma what the mind will do in order to continue functioning is dissociate that trauma with an amnesia wall. Let’s say you were in war and your best friend had just gotten blown to smithereens by artillery … his guts are lying out. Your mind may build amnesia walls around this event and you may not be able to remember it. So the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia wall.

The Illuminati take a small child about two years old, and they begin traumatizing it with the worst traumas that are imaginable so that they can create these amnesia walls. They find these dissociated pieces of the mind which are just like in a sense floppy disks, then they put in their programming to the dissociated parts of the mind as to what they want that part to become. Some of these parts they make into personalities and they create MPD, DID and then while they are creating these multiple personalities, they are programming them to be exactly what they want them to be.

Wayne Morris:

Before we get into what kinds of things they are used for, maybe we can just go back and talk about how a person is conditioned to be a total mind control slave, and pick it up when the child is born. What happens there in terms of the conditioning.

Fritz Springmeier:

The programmers like to say “this child is a piece of clay”, and they view themselves as the potter’s wheel, of course. They are very skilled in knowing how to take a child and work with that child’s mind to create what they want. We could talk all day about this. One of the aspects we haven’t gotten into yet is their ability to go in and identify – they use EEG’s – backtracking and stepping outside of the Illuminati for a second … You’ve got researchers like Hans Eisneck, who happened to have been born in Germany and other researchers too who studied how your average _______ potentials – these are brainwaves – can be monitored and can be used to see what type of thinking that brain is capable of. You can use EEG’s to determine personality and IQ. They have correlated their ability to study the human brain with EEG’s to John Gittinger’s PAS tests. When a child is born they begin testing its brain to see what is this person’s personality, what type of thinking is this person capable of, what type of career should be plan out for this person. So they take the natural bent of the mind, the natural capabilities of the mind and they work with that. Likewise when they are doing the traumatization and they are splitting the mind, they work with the child’s creativity and what those pieces of the mind think.

Wayne Morris:

Typically at what age do these tests start – the EEG’s and the Personality Assessment Surveys …

Fritz Springmeier:

They do some of it while the child is still a fetus, and after its born they start neonatal behavioral assessment skills, the Bailey Scales and other tests, and within a short time, perhaps by 18 months, they will be doing EEG’s and determining what they want to do. Once they determine what kind of life they want to structure for this person, they begin the mind control to structure the person for that career. This is why people like myself who have a natural intelligence that has never been connected to any of these bloodlines, we have such a hard time out there in the competition because the Illuminati can take a particular child and manipulate things from behind the scenes and open all the right doors for this person, and they can get them the grants and the schooling and everything they need and adding impetus to this person’s career is the mind control that is steering them in that direction too. The end product is you end up with somebody who is an engineer or a lawyer or a politician who is very highly qualified for what they are doing.

Wayne Morris:

Once they have controlled somebody, what kinds of things would they be used to do for the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

This has not been brought out very well by other people and maybe it’s just simply because they are not aware of it, but the mind control is not just to create somebody who is a sexual slave, but it’s to infiltrate and control society across the board. Understand that if you are going to control something like establishment medicine – you have to have your people in key positions because the weakest link the chain is going to break. You can’t have any weak links. They salt their people throughout society in general, from the gutter to the castles. An example of one group of people that they have created for modern society are stalkers. In my recent book, Deeper Insights Into the Illuminati Formula, I go into how they create stalkers and why they create stalkers.

Let’s say you are trying to control medicine because the establishment medical system brings them in lots of money and the medical establishment is very powerful, you have to have control of the entire spectrum of things – the hospitals, what kind of health care is going to be available, the type of training these doctors are going to get, they have created secret strike forces like the CCHI and the NCHF that keep people in line. All of this requires mind control slaves being salted in throughout the entire system. If you have one weak link – for instance if you have one person who is practicing alternative medicine and you don’t control the judicial system – you are not going to be able to convict, eg. this homeopathic doctor if you don’t control the judicial system. You have to have this vast secret apparatus, and until people understand the mind control, they can’t understand how there could possibly be the type of control that they have.

Wayne Morris:

In order to understand how they are able to control these people that they have put in key positions in society, we do have to talk more about the techniques of mind control, and maybe we can go into that now, of how they are able to effect control over these people. For example, the trauma.

Fritz Springmeier:

The trauma would be used for a whole number of reasons, but at the very basic level when you traumatize somebody to the point where they almost die, or actually to be more specific they actually do “kill” these people but they know exactly how many seconds they can allow them to be killed and still bring them back to life. They manipulate near-death experiences, they have that down to a science. That was the major reason that you had the major concentration camp experiments by Mengele where people were tortured. He belonged to an Illuminati bloodline and was doing Illuminati research for mind control purposes, he did a lot of research on twins. They found out exactly how much trauma you could give different people before you killed them. What that trauma does is it puts the brain back into a survival mode and now I have to get into explaining that the popular concept of the brain being one monolithic brain is real deceptive.

It has been kept very secret but the human brain is actually seven brains. The first brain of the human mind – the medullah and the pons – is called the Reptilian Brain because it thinks like a reptilian. If you are always traumatizing a person, you keep them in their reptilian thinking or their survival based thinking. Survival based thinking has certain characteristics. At the very basic level, the trauma can be used to keep somebody within their survival based thinking. It also creates fear and there is a whole series that spiritually happen to a person when they get caught up in fear.

If you think in terms of blackmail, the listener may remember when he was a child and somebody grabbed your arm and twisted it and said “say uncle” and of course your arm hurt, and you gave in. That’s a very simple type of mind control. The trauma and the torture can be used in a very simple way – if you don’t comply it is going to hurt. Men who are slaves are electroshocked in their genitals. It is very painful. That’s a very simple way of bringing someone in line. Then of course there are ways the trauma is used to split the mind, fracture them into thousands of pieces, create multiple personality disorder. That’s one of the techniques.

Wayne Morris:

Just to stay on the topic of trauma, what is the importance of maintaining that trauma in terms of keeping the conditioning intact and keeping the state of dissociation intact?

Fritz Springmeier:

They want to maintain a high level of trance and dissociative behaviour in the victim, so they like to continue traumatizing the person. As I brought out earlier, there is more involved than just keeping the dissociative level high. Your also trying to maintain the person to stay in the reptilian, survival based thinking; trying to keep them having a spirit of fear controlling their lives, so they don’t slack off. They secretly train the parents of the children who are being programmed on how to abuse their children so they keep their children very dissociative. Not only that, if the children are going to some established religious institute, eg. Catholic church, Episcopalian church, their priests, their clergymen have been trained in how to abuse the children. This is why you have such a big modern day problem within the Catholic church. So many of the priests abusing children and the lawsuits brought against this church, and some people have said they think it is going to financially bankrupt the church – the reason why so much of this is going on is for purposes of mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Have these priests and clergymen been coerced to participate in this, or are they part of these Illuminati families? What is their role?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of different reasons why someone is a pedophile. One of the problems within the Catholic church is that there haven’t been normal outlets for sexual activity provided for priests and nuns, and then they are given these subversive ways to release their sexuality. Some of them are actually secret satanists and this is part of the reward they receive from a secret coven. There are various reasons as to why – some just go along because that’s what everybody else is doing and it is allowed until people put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this. I can talk about a number of cases where people did put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this abuse of our child by the clergy, and the hierarchy that should have penalized this person simply promoted them and sent them to some other part of the country. Why they do it? God knows why each person has become an abuser.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how the dissociation has been used in terms of programming and the structure of that programming?

Fritz Springmeier:

The victim of the mind control has had their mind split into many personalities, actually far more personalities than what the people in the therapeutic community generally realize. Cisco who I brought out of the Illuminati has very standard programming in many ways, although she has unique features to her system of personalities. She had a very standard grid of 13x13x13 alter personalities. Each one of those personalities has been given a separate history, separate personality which has its own likes and dislikes. What they did was turn what was one person into a whole city of people and the only way the mind of the slave can function is if it relies upon the master to give it stability. Imagine if your mind was a whole series of competing persons, each with their own ideas, likes, dislikes. The only way to bring some order out of the chaos would be to have some controlling entity ordering that chaos. Some of the slaves have reached the point of becoming aware that they are multiples and on the deeper levels they realize that they need the mind control for their minds not to break down into total craziness. Another way of looking at it is – what the Illuminati are doing is creating controlled insanity for these victims of the mind control to endure the horrific trauma that’s given to them, they have to isolate their memories of that trauma and the parts of the mind that have to pick up some of that trauma – some of those parts, in essence, I hate to use the word “crazy”, but they are taking the garbage that’s happening and the mind is shuffling and isolating it. If those walls of dissociation break down, then the other parts of the mind are going to have to deal with a lot of garbage.

Wayne Morris:

Why do you think they needed so many identities to be in place?

Fritz Springmeier:

If you are going to invest the time to create a robot, you are going to incorporate as many capabilities as possible and you want to compartmentalize so everything is secret. One of the reasons why intelligence agencies function so well – eg. CIA – is that they compartmentalize everything. You only “know” on a regional basis. They do the same with these people’s minds. A slave may function on many different levels. He’s got his front – they create the best front possible – his or her everyday life – but then they may want to use that person for drug smuggling, money laundering, carrying messages, performing satanic rituals, producing porn movies, assassinating somebody, spying on somebody – and then you’ve got internal jobs too. Going back to what I said earlier, remembering how the mind has been fractured into many dissociated pieces, and essentially a whole city of people has been made out of those pieces. In order for that city of people to function, you have to have different jobs. You will have some of the older personalities taking care of baby personalities internally in the person’s mind – you have functions – gatekeepers, hierarchy alters that are controlling other alters – a hierarchy of personalities. That’s a whole science in itself – how to structure dissociated parts of the mind.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned the one structure, 13x13x13 grid. Are there other structures used that you are aware of?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are many different structures. It all depends on the whim and fancy of the programmer as he shatters the victim’s mind, he can reassemble that mind however he wants to. He can use a sphere – they create systems within systems too. A common system within a system is the cabalistic tree of life.

Wayne Morris:

Do you see similarities in the survivors that you have been working with in terms of the structures?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. That’s one of the things – you can have a therapist in one state, and they will not have know anything about MPD or DID and they will start working with the victim and call another therapist for help and taking notes. The victim will say, “I drew these pictures. I don’t know what they mean.” “I am fascinated with Star Trek (or the Wizard of Oz) (Mickey Mouse)”. The therapist will call another therapist and ask what they make of this. If this other therapist is experienced, they may say “oh hey – I’ve got somebody who is just like that.” All across the country, there are therapists and then people like myself who is a minister working with these people who are running into the same patterns time and time again, the same structures. Like I was saying, working with people who were in the Illuminati, working with people that did the programming itself, is really helping my learning curve too in terms of the structures that are built in.

Another common structure you will see is a lot of mirror imaging, that’s a more of a technique than a structure.

Wayne Morris:

What do you mean by that? The mirroring of an alter?

Fritz Springmeier:

Mirroring of all kinds of things. That’s part of the technique of deceit.

Wayne Morris:

That’s the purpose of using this mirroring, for example if a therapist came across one alter, dealt with, there may have been a mirror of that …

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of the therapists think they are dealing with a particular personality but they are dealing with its mirror image. The systems are programmed, created so that if somebody starts working with them there are all these defensive mechanisms that are triggered. One of the defensive mechanisms is to have mirror image alters take the place of who the therapist is trying to work with. So the therapist thinks they have done something but they have actually just played games. Mirror images of things within the programming itself so that when one particular personality tries to work on their mind’s programming, the mind is so confusing about what they still internally – that they can’t figure out their own mind.

The best manager is somebody who doesn’t have to spend a lot of time giving instructions to a person. If you are a slave master and you have to be constantly telling that slave what to do, and constantly correcting it, and making sure it’s doing its job, you become a slave to the slave.

What you want to do is create a human robot which will be self-directed and self-correcting so they create hierarchies of alters within the person and one of the things they do is create alter personalities within the person’s mind who think they are the programmer themselves.

So, Ewen Cameron who was a programmer – his victim would have personalities within them that would think they are Ewen Cameron. Therefore they would carry out the abuse of other personalities as they would perceive Ewen Cameron would do it. That’s one use of mirrors. Another use of mirrors is if you are teaming two slaves together, let’s say you and are teamed. I would have personalities in me that think they are you and you would have personalities created in you that think they are me and it would further the binding process.

Wayne Morris:

Generally speaking, with people who have this kind of mind control, how many personalities are you talking about?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot. Cisco has 30,000 standard alters and then there are lots of other dissociated pieces too. That would not be abnormal. The small part of the therapeutic community that’s trying to address DID generally work with a few front personalities. There are number of books out there written by people with MPD where the therapist came in and worked with five or six front personalities. The Illuminati step back and allow them to integrate some front personalities and the person is told by the therapist “you are now integrated, you’re fine” and they left therapy, and everybody is happy. The victim thinks they are free of their MPD, the therapist has made a lot of money and gotten famous over some book they have written, and the Illuminati is happy because these are just front alters that have been stabilized. The system of alters are far more complex than people realize.

Wayne Morris:

What are the dangers involved in dealing with therapy with a mind control victim, particularly when a therapist may be unaware of the techniques and structures of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

I have to caution people that some of the best minds of the 20th century – we have hundreds, if not thousands, of the best minds who have spent many, many years figuring out how to build these mechanisms into the mind slaves to protect the programming. In a sense what it is like – imagine you are going in to try and hack a computer – imagine a system that is set up so that if someone is not an approved user comes into the room and looks at the computer, the computer shuts down, the computer explodes. That’s really what you are looking at in trying to work with a mind control victim – they have a lot of suicide programming so that if the front alters, the personalities that hold the body day in and day out – if they were ever to find out they were in mind control, or that they were a multiple personality, they would commit suicide. You have all kinds of defensive programs. Not only is the computer programmed to explode if you walk into the room, but if you touch the keyboard as an unauthorized user, again the computer is programmed to explode. Every step of the way there are backup programs to deceive, to destroy. It is not easy. It is something the novice does not want to get into. It’s something that takes a lot of time and patience and skill, and a lot of love for the victims too. One has to really abhor what is going on to have the motivation that it takes to work with such a complex problem.

Wayne Morris:

What would you recommend for therapists wanting to know more about how this is done, and how they can help heal the victims?

Fritz Springmeier:

I strongly recommend our three books – I co-authored these 3 books with Cisco Wheeler. The one I already mentioned, “The Illuminati Formula Used to Create a Total Mind Controlled Slave”. The sequel to that which is 620 pages, “Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula”, part 1 is how the control comes about and part 2 is how the help comes about. We’ve got a lot of good information in there laying the foundation as to what’s happened, and how to begin to unravel what has happened.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of your own work, how much success have you had in working with victims of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problem that the mind control presents is overwhelming, and there are countless therapeutic issues, so there is no end to the different issues that can be worked on. Cisco and I have freely given of our time to help any victim of mind control in whatever way we could. The degree of therapeutic success depends on a number of things. One, it depends upon the situation the victim puts themselves in. If they are willing to extract themselves from their everyday life and go somewhere where it is safe, they are going to do a lot more – work more therapeutic issues, because the mind of a mind controlled slave is not going to let its guard down as long as it’s not safe. This gets back into understanding how the reptilian mind and the survival based thinking can override other areas of the mind. When you become deathly frightened for your life, your survival instincts take precedence over the other parts of your brain. If you have been traumatized your entire life, your survival based thinking is your primary method of thinking and it doesn’t take much to throw you into the fear based survival based thinking. So the first criteria for doing successful work with a mind control victim is to get them someplace safe. You could say that 99.9% of the victims of mind control have never been given that. Therapists do not set things up for survivors or victims of mind control to be in any safe situation. When I say safe, I mean they have to be safe 24 hours a day.

Cisco and I have been able to work with victims to the degree the situation allowed. There is no end to the work we could do if the right set-up presented itself. This is why I was hoping to create a deprogramming centre. There was a man who was CIA who was very horrified at what the government intelligence agencies had been doing to people, and I have a friend whom this CIA man knew who also works at providing therapy for mind control victims. This CIA man wrote into his will to give a number of millions of dollars to my clients for the purpose of doing therapy work with mind control victims. And then my friend in turn was going to give me a couple of million dollars so I could start a deprogramming centre. This man’s will when he died, was in the Oklahoma Federal Building, and the only copy of the will that we know about was in there. So I was rather upset when the building exploded, because that short-circuited our plans to build a couple of deprogramming centres. Short of building some place that is safe and that is staffed with competent people, it is extremely difficult to accomplish much.

Even when I have accomplished positive therapy with a victim, all that it takes for the other side to do is physically grab them and reprogram them. This is what has happened for me over the past years in terms of trying to help victims, and as a warning to the public and the therapeutic community at large, at this point not a whole lot has really been accomplished to thwart the mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Now in the optimal situation, to what degree have you been able to free the victims of the control?

Fritz Springmeier:

Given the optimal situation where we have someone who is safe, we can take down the mind control. We can do some serious re-structuring and make some really serious headway in helping a person. We can do some significant spiritual work with them. There can be some integrating work begun. There are all kinds of things that can happen. On the flip side of it, is the work ever finished? I don’t think it is, because the damage that has been done is so extensive, and you never know as a therapist that you have succeeded in finding every dissociated fragment of the mind. Remember there are thousands of fragments of the mind because the traumatization is so prolonged over so many years, and is so horrific, that you can never be sure that you have gotten all of the dissociated pieces, and each of those dissociated pieces is probably going to have programming attached to it.

Wayne Morris:

What is your sense of how many people have been affected by this?

Fritz Springmeier:

A very conservative estimate – I shouldn’t even say estimate because I have computed it from about seven different angles – a conservative figure is 2 million Americans have been programmed with trauma based total mind control.

Wayne Morris:

And that’s just in the USA?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes.

Wayne Morris:

And is it your sense that this is going on world-wide?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh indeed yes, it is. More with your primary political powers. You’ve got programming going on in Europe, Russia, the U.S.A. – those are your primary areas of programming but in other places too.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about some of the other techniques now of mind control. How has electricity played a role?

Fritz Springmeier:

Electric shock has been a standard part of the abuse, and it serves as a form of trauma. And stun guns are a standard item to keep the slaves in line and also to erase their memories. They might use perhaps a 120,000 DC volt stun gun to erase and compartmentalize fragments, memories of a slave who has just been used. When you shock a person, it destroys the short-term memory. It fragments it, 24 hours either way of the event. They can also use the shock treatments like Ewen Cameron to splinter the mind so that’s electro-shock. Elecricity has been used in terms of implements or devices that have been implanted into people and also used in equipment that will throw thoughts into a peron’s mind. You have microwave towers going up vectoring in ELF waves into people’s minds. So electricity is being used in a lot of high tech ways, or electromagnetic waves are being used in a lot of high techn ways …

They have different machines – EDOM electronic dissolution of memory where they wipe out your memory; harmonic machines that are used which some of your speakers have probably talked about – these machines can be used for the deprogramming work too. Electricity is also used in the flip way in that since the human brain gives off frequencies, they go in and scan a person’s personal frequencies they are giving off. There is a prime freq – which is the primary frequency a person gives off and that can be used to identify them from a distance. They know the different frequencies that the brain uses. Coming at it from a different angle, if you think of the brain when it creates a particular thought, it gives off particular frequencies. They simply created particular thoughts within a person and monitored electrical impulses along with that thought, fed that into computers. I am simplifying what they did – but basically that’s what they have done to decode being able to read what their brain is thinking. If you monitor the frequencies that are being given off by a person, then you can monitor what their thoughts are. So not only can you throw particular thoughts into people’s heads, but they can monitor their thoughts too.A lot of the monitoring and instilling of thoughts, etc. are being done with implants.

Wayne Morris:

Can we just go back to electroshock. You mentioned that it is used to erase memories perhaps of the identity of the people who are doing the programming. But don’t they run the risk of erasing the programming itself? How do they deal with that?

Fritz Springmeier:

This gets back into understanding how the programming is put in, and the level at which it is put in. Remember we talked about dissociated states? The primary programming that is put in is put in at a comatose level. There are different levels that you can program somebody to – if you start out with an adult, for instance, the CIA’s nomenclature is mind control Level 5. Somebody who has been given mind control to the 5th level generally has some cover story like for Roseanne Barr – she had an automobile accident apparently as a teenager. They take these people in and they are taken down to a comatose level where their bodies are comatose for quite a long period of time, and the programming is put in at an extremely deep level. At a level where your mind is regulating your heartbeat. The programming is put in and it is nested in at an extremely deep level. When they destroy short-term memory with electroshocking, that’s not even coming close to the deep programs – that is just affecting the short-term memory.

Wayne Morris:

Have they deliberately regulated the amount of electricity in terms of achieving a desired effect?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yeah. Everything is extremely scientific. This is why they had to do a lot of the horrific testing during WWII in the concentration camps. You just don’t traumatize a person indiscriminately or you will kill them. You have to know what you are doing. They have doctors and heart monitoring equipment. The fundamental programming is done in hospital settings, or hospital-type settings. That’s why a lot of the VA hospitals here in the USA – actually all of the VA hospitals – have been used for programming. A lot of the other civilian hospitals have also had particular wards set up where they were able to do programming. They are monitoring heartbeat, they know just how far to push them. When they start going into a near-death experience they know exactly when they can electroshock them to bring them back to life, etc. It is very skilled. They have to be very skilled in the drugs they use, how and when they administer them, what they do when the person is under drugs. What they do is not haphazard.

Wayne Morris:

So a lot of experimentation has gone into refining these techniques?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. Exactly.

Wayne Morris:

Can you tell us if you know anything about the development of brain implant technology and that has been used for mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are six different types of implants. Audio implants that are used to allow the victim to hear something. Body manipulation implants that are put in to manipulate the body in some way, perhaps to release a hormone or to keep them from getting pregnant or to torture them, or something like that. Then you have a visual holographic implant which will give a holographic image to the person. You have implants that are mimics or brain link implants that if I want to directly download something to the brain, those are very secret implants. The implants are not used across the board with all mind controlled slaves. There are select groups that are receiving the implants and like the mimics, implants are only going to a select group. Then you’ve got your torture and muscle stimulating implants. Then the one everybody hears about – the tracking and ID implants – that everybody is so concerned about. Those are the implants that were given to a lot of American soldiers in Desert Storm. They were told they needed implants so that the global positioning system could keep track of them so they wouldn’t get lost in the desert.

Wayne Morris:

I am curious about the actual implants themselves in terms of how they are implanted and approximately the size through the development of the technology?

Fritz Springmeier:

The development has gotten really high tech. You have several types of development here that need to be brought out. One, that’s called “nanobots” – nanotechnology which are tiny little robots that range from 10-1/1000 billionth of a meter. The word “nano” means billionth – we are talking extremely microscopic robots here that are able to replicate themselves. Molecular size robots. Possibly the listeners have heard of the Scanning Tunnelling microscope? There are different names for it, but it is a little device that can actually see a single atom, and actually pick up atoms and move them. That’s used to develop these nanobots which are robots that can self replicate. You have fibre optics that have been developed and you will have some victims that if they get rid of their fibre optics – the fibre optic that is stuck into the victim often looks like a hair.

Wayne Morris:

What typically are these fibre optic implants used for?

Fritz Springmeier:

Good question. I wish I really knew the answer for that. Fibre optic glass will carry signals, so in broad I can say the implants are being used to transmit signals, I know that much. But I don’t know all the ins and outs of what kinds of signals are being sent. I have one victim of mind control who had been sitting in a restaurant – it is sort of analogous to a blowgun where they have hit her with something that looks just like a little hair and the fiber optic filament embeds itself in her skin. While she is sitting there eating, they have shot this filament into her. Fortunately she noticed they had done this, and pulled it out. I had female victims who had fiber optics that was disguised as hair that were put on their bodies. I don’t know the full role of the fiber optics but I know it is involved in communications. One of the more dangerous developments are your organic bioprocessors. These are molecular computers that are made up of DNA material. You’ve got DNA templates and you can also have carbon chains that are used. What they do is – with this biomaterial that is made into a mini-computer, they will link that to a virus and viruses oftentimes have a particular area of the body they like to migrate to. For instance a neurotropic virus will migrate to the nervous system or a dermatropic virus will migrate to the skin, pneuomtropic virus will go to the lungs. They attack their little organic viral processor to this virus. How do you get a virus into a person? There are a dozen different ways, it is easy to get a virus into a victim’s/host’s body. So once these viruses migrate to that area of the body they prefer, you’ve got a tiny little implant that is then doing whatever function it is programmed to do. These are extremely difficult to locate.

I have noticed in victims that have the virus implants that there will be a sort of central control implant a lot of times put in the bottom base of the neck. The central command implant will be receiving external signals and then will in turn monitor the body suit of implants. Some of the victims of these implants seem to have gotten some relief from being able to kill the viruses. There are some alternative medical methods that might be suggested to the victims that could take out these bio processors.

Wayne Morris:

For some of the larger implants, have victims been able to locate and remove these kinds of implants somehow?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. There have been a number of victims that have been identified – have been able to take x-rays, have been able to get other types of scanning mechanisms. There were three victims of electronic mind control that managed to, as a group, get into an Anacoic Chamber and get results when their signals were pinpointed as to source. They had to smuggle the paperwork out from the lab in their bras because the lab technicians were afraid of getting into trouble. Different victims of electronic mind control have managed to get some proof or have actually pulled some of it out. There are some doctors that actually have some of the implants. There are a few clean surgeons that are willing to help victims. I might mention the word Syntel here … that’s an important word for people to be familiar with in understanding implants. Syntel is something that has been discussed by our government repeatedly in some of their conferences. You will hear the military in some of their semi-secret conferences discussing Syntel. That’s short for synthetic telepathy which means sending to victims voices and thoughts – so these victims of Syntel are people who are receiving voices and thoughts electronically.

Wayne Morris:

That seems to be able to be used in a couple of different ways in terms of control, but also in terms of the situation with people claiming they are hearing voices who are often labelled schizophrenic or psychotic … it seems to be a way of discrediting these people.

Fritz Springmeier:

Something that was developed and used during the space program which is called biomedical telemetry – these are transmitters and receivers located at the base of the skull which record the body functions and the brain waves, and send it back to some computer somewhere. In fact in working with victims of electronic mind control I can say with certainty that is what is being done is that there are computers that are programmed with artificial intelligence that are their handlers. Rather than having a human handler day in and out, three shifts of human handlers controlling the victim of electronic mind control, they have computers with A.I. Then if the victim does something that throws the computer, the computer will signal a human to come and get involved. It’s been kind of interesting, the stories that victims have told me about how they outsmarted the computers that were trying to handle them.

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming: Equipment Frequently Used by Trainers

Here is some info about the equipment Illuminati trainers use:

Appendix

Equipment Frequently Used by Trainers

It may help therapists to realize the equipment that trainers use. If their client describes these items, which may appear quite sophisticated, believe them. The cult has become quite technologically advanced.

Training room: the average training room is a neutral colored room, with walls painted either a dull gray, white, or beige. Some may be painted in various colors, as part of color coding. They are often located in secret underground rooms, or basements of large private residences, and will be entered from the main building through a covered doorway. Impromptu training rooms may be set up during military exercises outdoors, in covered canvas tents.

Trainers: the Illuminati have a rule: there must always be a minimum of two trainers working with a person. This prevents a trainer from being either too severe, or permissive, or developing too close a bond with the subject; the watchful eye of the other trainer prevents this. Younger trainers are paired with older, more experienced trainers. The older trainer will teach the younger, who does most of the actual work. If the younger is unable to finish a task, or loses heart, the older one will step in.

Head trainers: will teach, they will also work with the council leaders and hierarchy. All members are required to come in for a “tune up” (reinforcing programming), even top leaders, from time to time.

EEG machine: will often have abbreviated hookups for quick use. Used extensively with brain wave programming; also to verify that a certain alter is out when called up. May be used to verify deep trance state before initiating deep programming. Trainers are taught to read these readouts.

Trainer’s table: a large table, frequently steel covered with plastic, or easily cleaned material. On the sides at intervals are restraints for arms, legs, neck to prevent movement.

Trainer’s chair: large chair with arm rests. Will have restraints as above at intervals to restrain movement while person sits in chair.

Shock equipment: models and types are quite varied, depending on age and company. Most have a set of rubber covered wires, with electrodes that may be connected with Velcro, rubber (steel tips imbedded under finger and toe nail beds), or gel pads (larger body areas such as chest, arms, legs). Some are tiny electrodes, which can be taped next to eyes, or placed within genitalia. These are connected to the “shock box”, which has controls that can determine amount of electricity , and frequency, if interval shocks are desired.

Drugs: any number of opiates, barbiturates, hypnotics, sedatives, anesthetic agents. Resuscitative drugs, antidotes are also kept, clearly labeled and indexed. Many drugs, especially experimental ones, are only known by code names, such as “alphin 1”.

CPR equipment: in case person has adverse reaction to drugs or programming. At times, a child alter will come out inadvertently during a programming sequence, and will be overdosed with the drugs meant for adult alters. The trainers must give it the antidote, and resuscitate it, just as if a real child is out. They are well aware of this fact, and will severely punish child alters, to teach them to come out only when called out.

Virtually reality headsets: the keystone in recent years. Many programming sequences utilize holographic images, and virtual reality set ups, including assassination programs, where the person realistically “kills” another human
being. These virtual disks are far more advanced than those in video arcades.
Body building equipment: used in military training to increase fitness, lean body mass.

Steel instruments: used to insert into orifices, cause pain

Stretch machine: used as punishment, “stretches ” person without breaking bones. Extremely painful.

Trainer’s grids and projectors: used to project grids on wall or ceiling.

Movie projector: to show movies, although new VR disks are replacing these computer: collect and analyze data; keep computer grid on person’s system. Current military computer access codes will be used to download into governmental computers.

trainer’s journals: contain indexed copies of subject’s systems, including key alters, command codes, etc.

Comfort objects: used to comfort subject afterwards. May be toy or candy for child alters, or oils for massage. Warm towels, or beverages may be given, as the trainer “bonds with” and comforts person they worked with. This is probably the most important part of the training process, as the trainer explains calmly, kindly how well the person did, how proud they are of them.

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 15

And here it is, the final chapter with our info packet with the Illuminati:

Chapter Fifteen

Core splits, Denial programming, the last Five Steps of Discipline Virtual Reality Programming

Virtual reality programming (VR) is a form of programming that has become more and more widely used in the past few decades. It involves the person being placed in VR headsets and suit while a cult created VR disk is used to run the program. It can be used to create 3D and holographic images, and especially is useful in scripted programming, and target practice sequences for assassin training. Under hypnosis , the person will really believe they are in the scene.

Virtually any scenario can be recreated. Images to be “burned in” will be shown on the VR disk, and reinforced repetitively during the programming sequence. Some trainers feel it removes the element of “human error” in training, and use it quite extensively. VR programming, like any other programming, means going inside and finding out the distortions that were placed in the parts that went through the programming, allowing them to see how they were deceived, and dealing with the trauma associated with the programming.

Denial Programming:

Denial programming begins with the first experiences the infant goes through in life. The child has been horrendously wounded and traumatized, yet the next morning, the adults around him are acting normally, as if nothing had happened. They are modeling a lifestyle of denial for the infant and young child. This is reinforced later by the child being told:

“It was just a bad dream” (oh, how the child wants to believe this lie. It makes the pain less to think it didn’t really happen)

“It’s just your imagination; it isn’t really happening” (which is again embraced as an escape from the horror). Denial will also be fed by the adults around the child telling them that they will never be believed if they disclose. There will be set ups to teach the child what they see and hear, and to teach the child to trust outside adults to tell them their reality.

A typical set up will go like this:

The adult will hold an object such as an orange in their hand, and ask the young child, about age two or three, “what is this?”. The child will quickly respond, “oh, an orange!” The child will be shocked, and told, “no, it’s an apple.” The child will be confused, because what they are looking at is obviously an orange. It is the color orange, smells like an orange, looks like an orange. The question will be repeated. The child may answer again,” an orange,” and will be shocked again. Finally, the child, unsure and not wanting to be punished, will say, “an apple,” and be praised.

The purpose of this exercise is to teach the child to not trust their own reality, and look to outside adults or leaders to tell them what reality really is.

That is the basis of denial: the person learns to not trust their own reality, because of punishment and fear when they have spoken the truth.

Alters will be created as the child grows, whose purpose is to deny the cult abuse. If any leakage or breakthrough occurs, the denial alter’s job is to create a plausible explanation: it was a nightmare, a book the person read, a movie they saw, etc. These alters will read and quote literature that refutes SRA. THESE ALTERS OFTEN BELIEVE THAT THEY ARE SAVING THE LIFE OF THE SURVIVOR. They have been told that if the survivor remembers, and believes the abuse, the survivor will be killed, or the denial alter will be severely punished or shattered for not doing their job. These parts have a vested interest in their job: they believe their very existence and they body’s survival, depend upon them.

Suggestions:

Arguing with a denial alter will not work, since they are not motivated by logic, but fear. A better approach is to ask them what they fear if the person remembers. This will open up the deception and lies that were ground in. They may be protecting the survivor from suicidal alters behind them, who are programmed to kick in if denial is broken through. Allowing them to vent their concerns, and enlisting the aid of helpers or cognitives who do not have suicidal or denial programming will help. Showing them reality in a gentle way, allowing them to “listen in” on others who share will go a long way.

Some denial is the natural consequence of self protection from the horrors of abuse; not all denial is programming. But if denial is constantly blocking therapy, and causing it to come to a complete standstill; if the person becomes highly suicidal every time denial is set aside briefly, then the possibility needs to be considered. Safety, inner cooperation, and patience will go a long way in decreasing denial. As denial backs down, you can expect an immense amount of grieving as the truth is realized. Denial protected the survivor from the horrendous pain of the truth, and should be let go of extremely slowly and cautiously, with plenty of support during the grieving stage.

Core splits

Core splits are intentional traumatic splits created from the core personality.

The core may be literally “splintered” by overwhelming psychological and physical/spiritual trauma. The trauma needed to create a core split must be very early and psychologically devastating. Fetal splits may occur, but they are rarely a core split; instead, the core creates an alter, but remains.

Core splits are done between the ages of 18 months and three years. Usually at least one parent or main caretaker is involved in the trauma, because this creates the psychological devastation necessary to split the core. Physical trauma alone rarely causes core splits. The torture is intense and prolonged, until the child collapses. It may be shocking, stretching, being hung in a high place, or a combination of several techniques. Being placed in “shock boxes”, or near drowning are also used.

The techniques that create core splits are also dangerous, since they can also cause autism if the child cannot endure the programming. When I was in the cult, I fought to stop core splitting because occasionally children were lost or the foundational personality was too weakened.

The core may split into two, three, or up to eight splits internally. Each split will be a piece of the “core child”. The original core will not resurface after splitting. These splits are used by cult trainers to be used as templates to create systems within the child. A core split, or a split from one, will be a strong alter, and can be re-split many times in the programming process, to create a multifaceted and diverse system within.

Suggestions

Core splits represent intense foundational trauma. They will be the basis for later systems, which may be completely dissociated from the split as time goes on. Work on core splits should go very slowly, and only late in the therapy process when there is immense intrasystem cooperation. The survivor will need every internal resource to deal with these traumas, and plenty of outside therapeutic support.

It may mean hospitalization unless the survivor can keep the trauma from emerging too quickly, and the therapist and survivor can go extremely slow.

Other, less dissociated systems and fragments should be integrated.

Acknowledging the abuse cognitively will be the first step in dealing with core trauma. Letting more dissociated parts grieve about “hearing about” what happened may come next. Allowing feelings near the core to come close, a little at a time, with helpers and internal nurturers offering support will help.

These feelings should be titrated, and looked at a little at a time. Splits may be different ages, and may need to express themselves in different ways.

There may be “dream programming”, a “fantasy world”, or other flight from reality surrounding the core splits, that protects them from contact with the outside world, which is perceived as brutal and cold. Parts may be completely disconnected from outside reality in an effort to buffer pain.

Slow, patient nurturing and reality orientation will help these tremendously traumatized parts begin to join outer reality. Some parts will always have been aware of what happened, but won’t care to join the outside world.

Patience, allowing them to vent, will help most.

Steps of Discipline

Step seven: Not caring

This step will take the child further into a perpetrator role. The child will be forced to hurt others and prove their ability to not care during the process.

Step eight: Time travel

The child will be taught spiritual principles of “traveling” both internally and externally, with set ups, role playing, and guided exercises reinforced with trauma. The goal will be to reach “enlightenment”, an ecstatic state of dissociation reached after severe trauma.

Steps nine, ten, eleven

These will involve programming that will vary according to the child’s future role in the cult. Sexual trauma, learning to dissociate and increase cognition, decrease feeling will be emphasized in these steps.

Step twelve: ceremony of becoming at age twelve to thirteen, the child will be formally inducted into the cult and their adult role in a ceremony of “coming of age”. They will prove this ability by performing the role/job they have been training for, to the satisfaction of the trainer and leaders; by undergoing a special induction ceremony. The ritual and ceremony will be held with other children of the same age, who are dressed in white and given a prize as acknowledgement that they have completed the basics of their training successfully.

They will continue to be abused, even as adults, but the major traumatization and creation of system templates will have occurred by this age. Future training will refine what was already placed in the child by this age, or build upon the foundation.

Suggestions

Grieving the abuse, acknowledging the feelings associated with undergoing the trauma will be important. It will be necessary to deal with perpetrator guilt, since by this time the child will be a perpetrator, and will have identified with the adult role models around them. This can be difficult to do, since perpetration will horrify the survivor when they remember this. Supporting the survivor, remaining non judgmental, and encouraging acceptance of these parts is important. Pointing out that at the time, they saw no other options available will help. Realizing that perpetrator alters saved the child’s life, and that they had no other way to act, especially originally, the first time, will need to be pointed out. The survivor may feel hostile towards, or reviled by perpetrator alters, but they are the expression of the abuse and limited choices they were allowed. Grieving being a perpetrator will take time and caring support by others.

The End

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 14

And few more chapters and our journey is over with the illuminati…

Chapter Fourteen

Spiritual Programming

**Note: this chapter includes discussion of both cult and Christian spirituality; do not read if these themes are triggering***

Any discussion of Illuminati programming would be lacking if it did not address spiritual programming. Most of the previous chapters have dealt with scientifically based, organized, structured programming.

But the Illuminati are first and foremost not scientists, but spiritual. The very foundation of the group is based on the occult. And they go to great lengths to grind in these occult beliefs in their people’s systems.

The amount of spiritual programming in the person’s systems will vary from person to person, and depends on the individual group, their religious heritage, the leader’s beliefs, and the trainers in the group.

All children go to rituals, where they are dedicated from before birth as well as at intervals throughout their life. In these rituals, demonic entities are invoked, to coerce the person into servant hood, loyalty, and secrecy; as well as reinforce the programming being done.

Trainers will invoke demonic layering during programming sessions. This is done after acute trauma. The person is asked if they want more pain, and they will always say “no”. The trainer then offers them a way out: if they will accept a “protector” or “protectors” they won’t be hurt any more. The trainers will want this, knowing that with these “protectors’” they can shorten the training sessions. The protectors, or guardians, will reinforce the programming internally, without outside help. This concept will seem controversial to people who do not believe in spiritual realities, but I am only describing what the Illuminists believe, and their trainers practice.

Spiritual programming will also include: being forced to memorize rituals, THE BOOK OF ILLUMINATION, and other books which contain cult beliefs. The person will be saturated from infancy on, in classes and training sessions, with cult beliefs. They will go to rituals where the adults participate in spiritual worship, wearing robes, and giving obeisance to the group’s particular guardian deity. Moloch, Ashtaroth, Baal, Enokkim are demons who are commonly worshipped. The child may see a sacrifice, either real or a set-up, to these deities; animal sacrifices are common. The child will be forced to participate in the sacrifices, and will have to go through blood baptism.

They will be forced to take the heart, or other internal organs, out of an animal that has been sacrificed, and eat them. The adults, and leaders of the group, will place their hands on the child’s head, while it is drugged, and invoke demonic entities.

One ritual which is actually programming is the “resuscitation ritual”. In this ritual, the child may be heavily drugged, and shocked or tortured, to the point that his heart may stop. The head priest will then “resuscitate “ the child, using drugs, CPR, and incantations. When the child comes back, and is awake, he or she will be told that they were “brought back to life” by the demonic entity that the particular group worships, and that now the child owes it their life. They are told that if they ever tell, or try to get the demon to leave, they will return to the lifeless state they were in prior to resuscitation.

Spiritual “healings” due to the demonic are also common. Injuries caused by torture, or programming sessions, or even military exercises, will be healed almost instantaneously during invocations.

Jewel programming will often have demons loyal to the generational family spirits layered in. These are called the “family jewels”. The demons “guard them” and help protect the programming surrounding them.

In a sense, every ritual that a young child is part of, is an intense programming experience, as the child observes the adults around them, and imitates their behavior. The child will be severely punished if it falls asleep, and will be told that demons will kill it if it goes to sleep again during a ritual.

They are taught to be completely silent, no matter what they witness during the rituals. The child will witness things that seem utterly unbelievable, including faces appearing transformed by the demonic, channeling, other voices coming out of a leader’s mouth, reading of members, telling the future. Group guidance will often be given through channeling of a strong spirit or principality; members who can channel powerful spirits and survive are respected, and their guidance will be looked for.

Some groups will use scriptures negatively or program the child to hate Christian symbols and theology. Other groups will encourage the amnesic front to embrace a Christian lifestyle, while forcing the back alters to renounce and blaspheme the choices the front has made, to separate the two alter groups even further. The cult alters will be told that since they renounced Christianity, they have committed the “unpardonable sin” and can never be forgiven. They will be shown scriptures that supposedly back this up.

In moments of despair, during intense torture or isolation, a person will often cry out to God for help. The trainers or other cult members will often mock the person, telling the person that God has forgotten them, or ask “where is God now? He must hate you…..”

Any negative experience the person undergoes, will be used to reinforce the concept that they have been abandoned by God. The cult will gleefully point out the contradictions between what the person experiences, and what Christianity teaches should happen to them.

They may distort scriptures, or use false scriptures. They may distort Christian hymns, or use them in programming. A favorite hymn is “may the circle be unbroken”, since it can have two meanings.

Suggestions:

Spiritual programming can be some of the most damaging programming within a person’s systems, since it attempts to cut them off from the source of real healing. It is an intentional distortion of truth, with events calculated to teach and reinforce wrong concepts of God. Many survivors are unable to hear Christian terms, or are intensely triggered by any religious discussion.

The survivor and therapist need to realize that these negative reactions are the result of years of false teaching, pain, punishment, distortion and set-ups. It is important not to judge the parts of the person that are negative towards spirituality, or come out, proclaiming the power and benefits of cult spirituality. The survivor’s front may be horrified to hear or learn about parts that have these feelings, especially if they are a strong Christian. These parts inside are sharing the only reality they have ever known, and need time and patience to ground, and experience reality outside of the cult setting.

Demonic oppression may need to be dealt with, and even deliverance, to bring relief to a system that is being terrorized by the demonic.

Each therapist and survivor will need to come to terms with their own spiritual beliefs. I personally believe that a therapist needs to consider the possibility of the demonic, since this is what the survivor has been exposed to all their life. The cult certainly does believe it is real, and anyone who has been involved in a cult setting will have had experiences that are in-explainable by normal rational scientific principles.

The survivor needs hope, and healing. A positive spirituality based on love, gentleness, forgiveness, that is the opposite of the coercing, punitive, negative spirituality the survivor has known, will help immensely in the healing process. A spiritual belief system that offers hope, healing, grace, mercy, and affirmation will often give the survivor the support they need to go on during the often difficult process of healing.

To Be Continued…

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 13

Chapter 13 and story continues…

Chapter Thirteen

Shell programming, Internal Councils, Human Experimentation, Function Codes

Parts of this chapter could be extremely triggering, please read with caution and only with a therapist if a survivor.

Shell programming is a form of programming used to create a “shell” on the outside, that other alters inside speak through. This is a designed to hide the person’s multiplicity from the outside world, and works extremely well with highly fragmented systems. It also takes a person with the ability to dissociate to a great degree.

How it is done: with shell programming, the trainer will often take a clear plastic or glass mask, and put it in front of the subject. They will be extremely traumatized, shocked, drugged, and told that they (the alter or alters in front) are the “mask” that they see. Their job will be to be a shell, or voice, to cover for the others behind. These parts will be so traumatized that they literally see themselves as only a shell, with no real substance or body.

Others inside will then be directed to come next to the “shell” alters, and use their voice to cover their own. This allows greater fragmentation of the person, while being able to hide it from outside view, since the internal alters will learn to present through the shell. Shell alters always see themselves as “clear”, and will have no color if color coding is present in other systems.

Suggestions

It is important to realize that what the system is actually doing is co-presenting, although not co-consciously. For a shell program to work, the shell alters have been taught to allow co-presentation with the other alters in the systems. Other alters in the back may not always be aware that this is what is happening, and the front shell especially will not know that they are being “gone through” for co-presentation.

Recognizing the trauma that occurred, and finding out where the shell fragments came from, will help. Allowing both the shell alters and the other alters to recognize that this is how they have been presenting, and why, will be an important step. Back alters may then begin presenting without going through the shell, and the person may look “more multiple” than they ever have for a period, with accents or young voices coming through. What is actually happening is that the back is presenting without masking who they are through the shell. Meanwhile, the shell alters may decide to coalesce, for greater strength, and may decide to change jobs. Each system will decide what is best for them.

Internal Councils:

Survivors of Illuminati programming will always have some type of hierarchy inside. This is because the cult itself is very hierarchical, and puts this hierarchy inside the person. What better way to inspire loyalty to leadership than to put the leadership inside the person’s head? Trainers are also very hierarchy conscious themselves. They know that a system without hierarchy and head honchos inside to direct things will be a system in chaos. They will not leave the person’s system leaderless inside.

Many trainers will put themselves in the person, over the internal programmers or trainers. This is because they are egotistical, but also because it uses a well known phenomenon of human nature: PEOPLE TEND TO INTERNALIZE THEIR ABUSERS. The survivor may be horrified to find a representative of one of their worst perpetrators inside, but this was a survival mechanism. A tenet of human behavior is that often people will punish someone less who mimics them. A brutal nazi will be less likely to punish another brutal nazi, but will look down upon and punish a weak, crying person. So, the survivor will internalize the rough nazi inside, to avoid being hurt. The survivor may mimic accents, mannerisms, even claim the perpetrator’s life history as their own.

The ultimate form of internalization comes with internalizing hierarchical councils. The person, under pain, hypnosis, and drugs, will be taught to incorporate a highly dissociated group inside to lead the others. These will often be created from core splits, because the trainers want them to be extremely strong, stable alters in the system.

Triads of three elders may be seen

Platinum’s may have a head council of three

Jewels will have a triad, made up of ruby, emerald, diamond in many systems, to rule over the others

And, of course, an internal “leadership council”, “System Above”, “Ascended Masters”, “supreme council”, regional council, world council, etc. may be found. The councils found will vary with each survivor.

These internal groups will correlate roughly to the outside group. Often the child or youth at age twelve will be presented to these groups in a formal coming of age ceremony. This ceremony is considered quite an honor, and will involve the child being traumatized and accepting the leadership of the council for the rest of their life. Undying loyalty is promised. There may be other occasions the person will be forced to come before the councils throughout their lifespan, either for judgment, to pass tests, for punishment, or elevation. These councils will be seen as holding power of life or death, and the child or youth will do anything to gain their favor. The child will internalize them. The trainer will help with the internalization, using photographs or holographic images of the people to “burn them in”. Each member of the group will be given different leadership tasks.

It is not uncommon for the survivor to incorporate a parent, both parents, or grandparents, into their internal leadership hierarchy in a generational survivor.

High priests and priestesses may sit on ruling councils inside.

Suggestions:

Internal leadership councils will often be some of the most resistant to, and hostile towards therapy, especially in the early stages. They will verbally banter with, or refuse to speak to, the therapist, as being “beneath their notice.” They are mimicking the haughty, hierarchical attitudes they have been exposed to all their lives.

They also have the most to lose, if the survivor leaves the cult, and may fight this decision tooth and nail. They will often be the alters with an “attitude”.

Both the survivor and therapist need to recognize that these parts had powerful needs that were met in the cult setting. To ignore this and argue with them will only entrench their belief that therapists are stupid and unknowing people. Acknowledge their internal role while gently pointing out reality. Try to enlist their aid in helping the survivor strengthen. Discuss honestly the pros and cons of leaving the cult. These are highly intellectual alters, and they need to express their concerns and doubts. Setting good boundaries and not allowing verbal abuse of the therapist is important. These alters are used to “pushing people around” verbally, and have been rewarded for it prior to therapy. Now, they need to learn new coping skills and behaviors, and the process may take time. Allow them to vent their anger, displeasure, and fears about the decision to leave the cult. Offer them new jobs inside the person of leadership over safety committees, or even decision making committees.

Sometimes, a system that has broken free from the cult, and has no external hierarchy that they are accountable to will go through a short period of chaos as word gets out: we’re free, and don’t have to do what the cult tells us to do any more! Hundreds of internal arguments may break out as to: what do we do for a living? where do we live? what do we eat? what hobbies will we have? Everybody wants to come out, see the daytime, and live this new, free life. But the freedom may cause imbalance with all of the switching going on inside. Enlisting the aid of the internal hierarchy, and creating a limited democracy, with ground rules, may help during this time. Don’t dismantle the internal hierarchy overnight, or the systems will be rudderless. Enlist their aid in helping direct which direction the survivor goes. Things will settle down after a period, as the systems learn to listen to each other, vote on ideas, and begin going together in the same direction.

Human Experimentation

This is one of the most grievous things that still occurs in the Illuminati today. The Illuminati were famed for deciding years ago to “go scientific” and incorporate scientific experimentation into their training principles. This is one area where they broke with other, more traditional groups, who still followed “spiritual principles”. The Illuminati decided to use scientific data, especially in the psychiatric and behavioral sciences, to drive their training practices. This became known openly during W.W.II, when the world heard about the experimentation on Jews and other groups in the concentration camps, but human experimentation had been quietly going on for years before underground.

It also did not stop at the end of the war. German trainers and scientists were scattered around the world, and hidden, where they continued teaching others the principles they had learned, and continued with ongoing experimentation.

Some of this experimentation occurred with government funding through groups such as the CIA and NSA. The Illuminati had people infiltrated throughout these groups, who used the principles discovered and shared them with their own trainers.

Experimentation is going on, even to this day. It is done secretly. Its purpose is to help improve and create more sophisticated training techniques. To prevent “programming failures”, or “pfs” as they are called in the cult.

Many, many survivors, if not all, will have been told that they are only an experiment. This may or may not be true. Trainers like to tell their subjects that they are experiments, even if they aren’t, for several reasons:

  1. It creates immense fear and helplessness in the subject (the thought is, if this is an experiment, I will have to work really hard to survive this)
  2. It devalues the person immensely. They will feel that they have no real value as a human being, that all they are is an experiment. Someone who feels devalued doesn’t care, and will be willing to do things they wouldn’t if they felt some value, some humanization.
  3. It gives the trainer added power, as they are the one who can begin or stop the “experiment”. Almost always, when the person is TOLD they are an experiment, it isn’t really true. When trainers and cult members really do experiments, the subjects are never told, because it could bias results. The fear could interfere with drug effects, and skew the results. Most recent cult experimentation has been in the area of: drug effects: using different drugs, both alone and in new combinations and dosages, to induce trance states and open the person to training. Drugs are looked for which will shorten the time interval needed to induce trance state, which are quickly metabolized, and leave no detectable residues the next day.

Behavioral science: watching and recording data on different environmental parameters on human behavior. Modifying the environment.

Praise and punishment as motivators.

isolation techniques: recording data both physiological and psychological from different isolation methods. Removing, adding, combining different methods of sensory isolation, and the effect of each.

Effectiveness of virtual reality in implanting programming.

Effectiveness of new disks created to put programming in. Cult graphics and computer experts will work to create better and more effective VR disks, which are tested on cult subjects for their effectiveness. The cult wants more and more standardization, and less room for human error and weakness, in its training techniques, which is why it is going more and more to high tech equipment and videos. Attempts to break programming, cause program failure; recording what is effective, what isn’t and develop new sequences to prevent pf. Subjects under hypnosis are ordered to try and break certain internal programming sequences. The ways they go about this, and what seems effective, are shared with the trainers, who then create new programs to prevent degradation of programming from occurring.

Harmonic/light, sensory deprivation and over stimulation and the effects neurologically and physically. New combinations of sensory input are always being tested to see which achieve the most lasting results, and can be done rapidly.

The cult is always trying to find new, better, faster methods to break down subjects, put programming in, and prevent the programming from failing.

This has been the emphasis in most research it has done. The results of this research is shared worldwide, both by internet, phone calls, and international trainer conferences, where trainers worldwide share the results of what they are finding. New techniques are incorporated by other groups which are eager to find out what is being discovered.

Suggestions:

If you have experimental programming, realize that the alters who were used in it are heavily traumatized. They also will feel devalued, less than human, and this was reinforced heavily by the trainers who worked with them. They probably weren’t used in initial experiments, as described above, but may have been used in second level experimentation.

I will explain what those terms mean.

Top trainers and leaders will initiate an experiment with a new drug. They will learn to triturate dosages, and record all observable facts on hundreds of subjects. After enough data is gotten, they will then clear it for use by trainers in local groups. It will then still be considered experimental, but will be second level, instead of first level experimentation. At this point, all trainers in local groups will be told to record and report any adverse reactions to the drug, any usual dosages needed, etc. This data is collected in databanks (yes, the cult is now in the computer age), inside of encrypted files, which will then be sent to a central base in Langley, Virginia.

Alters used in experiments, or told that they were experiments, need to realize they are valuable. They will need to realize they went through intense programming, and be allowed to vent and discuss their experiences. The fear related to believing they were an experiment needs to be vented appropriately. They will be angry at the dehumanization, intentionality, and coldness of what they went through, and quite rightly so. They may rail against the effects in their life now of the experiments and procedures they went through, and need to grieve over loss of body image; loss of trust in people; the sense of betrayal and helplessness that they felt during the procedures. They may want to journal, or draw pictures of their experiences.

A warm, empathetic therapist, who listens, and believes, and does not

discount what they went through, is invaluable at this point. Allowing internal cognitives and helpers ground parts who went through bizarre sensory experiences, and creating “grounding committees” inside will also help. Extra support may be needed while dealing with experiences and feelings of this intensity.

Function Codes:

Trainers will place within the subject’s systems a special way to organize the fragments that are related to the job they were trained to do. These are called Function Codes, and there are three main types:

Command Codes: these are irreversible commands, put in at the limbic level of conditioning. The first code always put in is the “halt “ command, which stops the person in their tracks, and is the first code any new trainer learns. This will stop the subject from assassinating their trainer, if they have MK ULTRA or other assassin training in place.

Other command codes will include: system destruct codes (suicide); shatter codes; erasure codes; and antisuicide codes.

Access Codes: these are specialized codes, often coded into short messages, or numerical codes, that allow access into the person’s system. A trainer will always begin a session by repeating the person’s personal complete access code, which will allow authorized entry into the system without setting off booby traps and internal protectors. These codes may also depend and be set up on sight recognition and voice recognition of the person giving the codes. In other words, the system will respond to the codes only if a person who appears to be an authorized person, such as the person’s trainer, gives them. This is to prevent unauthorized access or using of the person by others outside of the person’s local cult group.

Function codes: these are the “job codes” or work codes within the system.

Often, several will be coded to link together to perform a task. These are usually a letter, such as a Greek alphabet letter, combined with a numeric sequence that corresponds to their place on the internal grid or landscape.

Suggestions:

If the survivor has function codes, or the other codes internally, it will help if the different system controllers can share these with the person. The person can then get to know the fragments, hear their history, and help them begin coalescing with other parts internally. It may help to find the template these codes were fragmented from, and help the template realize how they were traumatized to create these fragments.

About deprogrammers:

Often people who call themselves deprogrammers will attempt to find these codes and help the person. This is an individual decision of each survivor and therapist. There may be excellent deprogrammers, but I have always felt extreme caution, and never used one myself for two reasons:

  1. I would never ever give away the locus of control away to an outside person again. It would remind me to much of my own abuse, and I believe the survivor should be self empowered in therapy as much as possible.
  2. There are no quick cures, or miracles, or short cuts in the process of undoing the extensive amount of abuse that has occurred with Illuminati programming. Even the best deprogrammers will admit that after they are done, the person will usually have an idea of what was put in them, but must finish with years of therapy dealing with how they FEEL about the programming that was done. Illuminati programming takes YEARS to put in, with extensive, methodical abuse, and a realistic therapist will realize that it will take years of patience, support, and hard work by both therapist and survivor to undo a lifetime of conditioning and pain.

This is not to say that deprogrammers don’t help people; good, reputable, safe ones have been reported to be of great help. But the person can also undertake the process themselves of undoing their own programming, and often the survivor is the best “internal deprogrammer” of all. They know their inside people and what motivates them, better than anyone else.

To Be Continued…

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 12

Journey just keeps on going…

Chapter Twelve

Preventing Reaccessing of the Survivor

This is by far one of the most important chapters I have written in this book. Why?

Deprogramming cannot be consistently successful if the person is still in contact with the abusers. Survivors will take one step forward, then will find themselves knocked down internally. All the hard work in therapy will be undone or set back. They and their therapist will find that they have trouble finding internal alters. Whole systems may shut down. A child presenting system may come out. Confusers and scramblers will take over therapy sessions and blockers will block therapy.

No one chapter can ever be totally comprehensive in how to prevent reaccessing. What I will share are some of the more common ways that the cult and trainers will try to reaccess individuals, and give some techniques on avoiding this.

The cult has a vested interest in keeping its members. After all, it has spent generations telling its members that if they leave they will die, be killed, or go psychotic. It makes them quite unhappy to see someone who is quite alive and very clearly not psychotic leave. It also makes their more restive members question the truth of what they have been told if they see someone get out. Having a member leave may break the hold of some programming in other members. Trainers especially hate to see anyone leave, and grind their teeth over this problem at night. People leaving the cult is considered a training failure and the trainers may be punished severely.

So, the cult has come up with certain ways to keep their members with them, willingly or unwillingly. These include, but are not limited to:

E.T. phone home (phone programming) : the individual will have personalities whose sole job is to call and report to the trainer or cult leader. These are often young child alters who are eager to please, starved for attention and nurture, and who are heavily rewarded for calling back in. Any survivor who attempts to leave the cult must deal with the urge to phone home. To phone their abusers. To phone their friends who are in the group. To phone their parents, siblings, cousins, or aunts. This urge may become overwhelming at times and worst of all, the survivor may be totally amnesic to the fact that the people they are calling are cult members who are urging them, in code, to come back. Common phrases used include: your ‘family’ loves you, misses you, needs you. So and so is ill and needs to see you. You are so special to us. You are so valuable. You need to come see us. Why are you so distant? Why haven’t we heard from you lately?

The list goes on and on. Sweet, kind phrases with double meanings, placed in the person during training sessions. Trainers are not stupid and know that if cult members said “come to the ritual meeting at midnight next week”, the survivor would run the other way, and be validated as well that they are not making things up. So, they ingrain code messages behind innocuous phrases such as described above. These, and other messages, are meant to trigger recontact programming.

In recontact programming, (ALL ILLUMINATI MEMBERS HAVE RECONTACT PROGRAMMING, IT IS NEVER LEFT TO CHANCE) the person has parts whose only job is to have contact with their trainer or cult leader, or accountability person (person one step above them in the cult). These parts are heavily programmed under drugs, hypnosis, shock, torture, to have recontact. The individual will feel restless, shaky, weepy, afraid if they try to break this programming. It will often be linked or joined in to suicidal programming (see previous chapter for more on suicidal programming). They may experience PTSD symptomology, or even flood programming, and internal self punishment sequences, as they fight this programming internally.

Siblings are often cross trained to access each other with special codes. Remember when…. may initiate this. I love you, or, your family loves you, can also be used. Phrases will be individual, depending on the person’s family members and background.

Certain clothing or jewelry worn can be used to draw a cult loyal system, such as a color coded system, or jewel system , to the front. The person must physically resemble the person the individual was “keyed into” during the programming sequence, to prevent inadvertent popping out of alters by anyone wearing a ruby pin, for example. This kind of cueing will be based on sight recognition of a person, plus the clothing color or jewelry being worn a certain way.

Phone calls from concerned family members, friends, and cult members will flood the survivor’s phone lines and answering machine, especially during the initial getting out phase.

Hang up calls, three or six in a row, or calls where a series of tones are heard, may be used as cues to recall the individual and fire off internal programming.

Birthday, holiday or we miss you cards, or letters, may be sent with trigger codes imbedded in them.

Flowers with a certain number of flowers, or color may be sent. Daisies may fire off daisy programming internally.

The possibilities are almost endless, depending on the trainers, the group the person was with, and the people they are most bonded to in the cult. Special training sessions will be given, with code words and cues built into the system’s programming.

If all else fails, hostility will start. “You don’t love us” will be heard, even when the survivor has stated repeatedly that they care. Boundaries drawn with cult members will be misinterpreted as lack of concern, or withdrawal. Accusations, guilt, and anger as well as manipulation will be used as hooks to make the survivor feel guilty for withdrawing from the cult.

Isolation programming may activate, as the cult support system is withdrawn in the survivor’s life, and they try the difficult task of
developing healthy, appropriate relationships outside of the cult. Often, the therapist will be the survivor’s lifeline and sole support at first. The individual may fall into codependent relationships quickly, or relationships with other survivors to fill the void in their life. At worst, desperate for caring and feeling isolated, they will make friends with the first kind person they meet. This person could be a cult set up, sent to initiate a friendship quickly. Survivors should be wary of “instant friendships” or instant bonding with others. Most good relationships take time and effort.

Suggestions

One of the most difficult tasks, but most important safety wise, will be for a totally amnesic presenting system to realize who their abusers really are. It will seem unbelievable, when back parts come up in therapy, and disclose that beloved, or even barely tolerated family members are in the cult. Believing these parts and listening to them will be crucial to safety. Protectors will be important to the survivor’s safety, especially if they are willing to give up cult allegiance and help keep the person safe. Outside accountability with safe persons is extremely important. The problem is that generational Illuminati survivors have often been surrounded all their lives by a network of other cult members. Unknown to them, their closest friends and family members are part of the group. Amnesia poses the greatest danger to the survivor in the beginning stages, as they will trust people before they remember that they are unsafe.

A survivor may remember the father taking them to rituals, and believe that their mother or grandparent is safe. Only later in therapy will they remember that mother or granny was actually their trainer, since the most painful memories tend to come later. The survivor may only remember ritual abuse in early childhood, and think they were let go at a certain age. This is extremely rare, since the group has put in years of effort into training them. Almost never will they just “let someone go” in generational families. But they may be given false or screen memories, especially if they are in therapy, to confuse the survivor and the therapist.

The client will need to listen to and believe internal parts who have more information than they do, and take appropriate steps to be safe. This will probably mean cutting off contact with perpetrators at this point. Again, outside accountability is paramount. Safe houses, a women’s shelter or a safe church family may be alternatives. One of the worst things the survivor can do is isolate, or go out walking late at night alone, or go camping in the woods by themselves. Abduction will often occur in these scenarios, when the survivor is alone and vulnerable. Safe roommates can help keep the survivor safe.

Locking up the phone in the trunk of the car may help if phone programming is intense. This gives the survivor the chance to wake up or stop phone calls, if an alter has to get up, find the car keys, turn on the light, go outside, and open a car trunk, bring the phone inside and hook it up again before making a phone call.

Building a support system through safe support groups, a good therapist, church, or work can also help. Whenever possible and practical, moving away from the town or state where the survivor was active in the cult can help. Why? Remember the survivor’s whole support network was the cult in their old town. The trainers and/or family members have invested time and effort into the survivor and have a big stake in their coming back. If the survivor moves far enough away, a cult group in the new city or state will not know them as well, and will not have a lengthy history with them. This can help decrease the chance of reaccessing by the cult, in conjunction with good therapy and a safe support network.

The survivor will have to rebuild their support system anyway, so why not do it as far as possible away from people they have known who might hurt them? It can be intensely triggering to the survivor to see their old trainer walking down the street towards them, and inside alters may destabilize or feel unsafe. This is one case where distance is good.

One caution though: even if the survivor moves, they will need to work intensely on blocking internal recontact programming at the same time, or they may be quickly reaccessed. Trainers will often send the person’s system codes and grids over the internet to cult groups in the new city, and will try to send someone who physically resembles the trainer or a family member to initiate contact with the survivor.

Internal communication and letting inside alters know that they can change their jobs will help. Reward internal reporters for changing allegiance and committing to keep the survivor safe. The cult used to reward them for doing their job; now the survivor can reward them for changing jobs. Develop new interests, work or hobbies that can help the survivor meet new, safe people. The survivor may want to practice friendship skills in support groups, as long as they are run by reputable, safe therapists.

Be aware that holiday dates are often important dates for reaccessing. Calendars are available that show important holidays for SRA groups. Birthdays are also dates when the individual is expected to return and there may be programming surrounding this.

Callback programming (where the person is given a specific date or holiday when they are to return to the cult, or be punished) may need to be broken as well. Allowing the alters who went through the programming to share their memories, acknowledging their needs, and trying to meet those needs in healthy ways will bring healing.

The survivor will need to go through a period of grieving for loss of
contact with family members and friends in the cult. No matter how abusive, how disliked, it can be very difficult to cut off with perpetrators, especially if they were the only people close to the survivor. The survivor needs to acknowledge the difficulty of creating a new, healthy, cultless support group. The survivor needs to recognize that learning new skills and developing healthy friendships will take time.

One issue often brought up by survivors is: how much do I tell others about my past? This is an individual decision that the survivor and therapist need to look at together. In general though, caution in sharing is best, since sharing too much about the survivor’s past may draw the wrong people to them. These people may be dysfunctional, or possible cult members. It is usually best to base new, non cult friendships on healthy aspects of the person at first and very gradually share small bits of information as the friendship progresses, and sharing seems appropriate. With time and opportunities, the survivor will learn the importance of appropriate boundaries and will want healthier relationships in their life.

To Be Continued…

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 11

Here’s some more info about this elite group called illuminati:

Chapter Eleven

Suicidal Programming

I have decided to write an entire chapter about suicidal programming, since it is often the most dangerous programming that the survivor will face during their healing process. ALL ILLUMINATI SURVIVORS WILL HAVE SUICIDAL PROGRAMMING PROTECTING THEIR SYSTEMS. I emphasized this to also reiterate the need for good therapy and a strong support system for the survivor.

The Illuminati know and realize that with time, individuals in their group may start to question what they are doing. Or they may become disenchanted with their role. They may even desire to leave the group or try to dismantle their own programming.

The trainers are well aware of this possibility and to prevent this, will always program in suicidality. The suicidality, or suicidal programming, may surround one or more systems internally. It may be layered into more than one system.

From earliest childhood, survivors have been conditioned to believe that they would rather die than leave their “family” (the Illuminati group). This is the core, or basis of suicidal programming. It will be closely linked to loyalty to one’s family as well as the group (remember, this is a generational group and leaving it may mean giving up contact with one’s parents, spouse, siblings, aunts, uncles, cousins and children, as well as close friends). These people will all try to contact the survivor, and try to draw them back into the cult, asking “don’t you love us anymore?”, or even becoming accusatory and hostile if the survivor does not respond the way they wish. The survivor will be told that they are “crazy”. Or delusional. That their family loves them and would never be part of a cult. The family members will all still be amnesic, unless something happens to trigger their own memories.

One of the most frequent suicidal programming sequences placed internally will be “come back or die ” programming. A family member may activate it by telling the survivor that they are missed and their family wants to see them. If the survivor fails to return, the programming will start running. It can only be deactivated by a code word from the person’s trainer or cult contact person. This ensures that they will recontact. If the survivor tries to break this programming, they will need assistance, both internal and external, for safety.

Hospitalization may be needed in a safe facility that understands DID and programming, as well as suicidality, as the alters inside will begin fighting if the person tries to break the programming. They have been programmed to commit suicide, or be shattered internally, or at the very least, severely punished, and are afraid of the repercussions of not obeying. The survivor will need to get to know these internal alters, and reassure them that they no longer need to do their jobs.

Chronometric suicidal programming is another type placed within. This does not need contact with family members to activate. In fact, it is activated automatically after a certain amount of time WITHOUT cult contact. Controller alters and/or punishing alters will have been programmed that if a certain period of time goes without contact with the trainer, they are to commit suicide. They will be told that the only way to prevent this is recontact with the trainer, who knows a command code to halt the program. The time interval may be anywhere from three months to nine months, each system is different. Call back programming may have this type of programming as a back up, to ensure that it is followed through on.

Systems layered programming is a particularly complex form of suicide programming where several systems (up to six at a time), are programmed to fire off suicide programming simultaneously. This always needs hospitalization for the survivor’s safety.

Honor/dishonor programming is common in military systems. In this, the military parts are told that an “honorable and courageous” soldier will take his life, rather than reveal secrets or leave his unit.

“No tell” programming will often be reinforced by suicidal programming.

Access denied programming, which prevents unauthorized access both externally and internally, will often be reinforced by either or both suicidal/homicidal programming.

Almost all suicidal programming is put in place to either ensure continued obedience to the cult’s agenda; to ensure regular recontact; or prevent the individual or an outside person from accessing the person’s system without authorization (i.e. the correct access codes, which the trainers are careful to use at the beginning of each session). It will frequently block therapy, as the survivor will be terrified, and rightly so, of dying if they reveal their internal world, or disclose their history.

Suggestions

First, both the survivor and the therapist need to find out what suicide programming is present (it’s a safe bet it’s there, no need to ask IF it is present). Internal communication, and finding out which alters or fragments hold suicide programming will be important. Physical safety, whether with a safe outside person, or inpatient hospitalization, while working on suicide programming is extremely important, as this programming may either drive the survivor to self destructive behavior, or back to the cult. Dealing with suicide programming assumes that the survivor and therapist have initiated good system communication internally. This is extremely important, since the survivor will need cooperation inside with dismantling suicidality.

Letting alters inside know that they no longer have to do their job, that they can change, may help. Reality orientation, letting them know that if they kill the body, that they will die, may also help (many times, these parts have been deceived into believing that they themselves will not die, if they do their jobs. This means they need to hear the truth). Having controller alters, high alters with pull inside the system, agree to help the therapist dismantle the programming will help. But be aware that SOME INTERNAL SUICIDE SEQUENCES WILL BE PUT IN THAT EVEN CONTROLLERS CANNOT DISMANTLE. Creating a safety committee inside whose main job is to keep the body safe and ask for help if suicidal programming begins to kick in, BEFORE ACTING OUT OCCURS, will also help tremendously.

As the survivor develops trust with their therapist and realizes the value of life, and that life can be much better than it has ever been before, they will become more willing to reach out and ask for help if they become suicidal. The survivor may also find that they encounter core despair. This despair may have been used by the cult to run suicidal programming, but it is not programming itself. A very young core split may have taken many of the feelings of despair, hopelessness, failure to thrive and desire to die, that the child felt growing up in a horribly abusive atmosphere. This is not programming but true feelings, and it will be important to differentiate this from programming. If core despair comes up, the alter containing this may also report having been trained to NOT SUICIDE, or give up. The trainers will do this, if despair begins overwhelming the subject at an early age, to prevent the child’s suicide.

The survivor’s cognitives, helpers, nurturers, will all need to be gathered together to help this part of the core heal. There will be intense, and rightful, grieving and anguish for the immense pain that
the young child suffered. Hopelessness will come out. It can help if alters with happier memories can try and share their memories with this very young part. External support and caring can also make a big difference. Healing the immense pain held by this core split will take a long period of time and should not be hurried. Antidepressants can help, as the depression may be shared through all systems. Messages of hope, new and positive experiences can all help the survivor work through this type of programming, as well as journaling, poetry, artwork and collaging the feelings. Time, patience, support, the ability to vent feelings in a safe manner and physical safety when needed, will all help immensely as the survivor works through these issues.

To Be Continued…

Source

Breaking the Chain – Breaking free of cult programming Part 10

Illuminati story continues…

Chapter Ten

The Sixth step of Discipline
Betrayal; Twinning, Internal walls, Structures, Geometry

This chapter will address the sixth step of discipline in the Illuminati: Betrayal programming.

Betrayal programming will begin in infancy, but will be formalized at around ages six to seven, and continue on into adulthood. The sixth step can be summarized as : “betrayal is the greatest good.” The Illuminists teach this to their children as a very important spiritual principle. They idealize betrayal as being the true state of man. The quick witted, the adept, learns this quickly and learns to manipulate it.

The child will learn this principle through set up after set up. The child will be placed in situations where an adult who is kindly, and in set up after set up “rescues” the child, gains its trust. The child looks up to the adult as a “savior” after the adult intervenes and protects the child several times. After months or even a year of bonding, one day in a set up the child will turn to the adult for help. The adult will back away, mocking the child, and begin abusing it. This sets in place the programming: adults will always betray a child and other adults.

Another set up will involve twinning, which deserves special mention here. The Illuminati will often create twin bonds in their children. The ideal is to have a set of real twins, but of course this is not always possible. So, the child is allowed to play with, and become close to, another child in the cult from earliest childhood. At some point early on, the child will be told that the other child is actually their “twin”, and that they were separated at birth. They are told that this is a great secret and not to tell anyone, on pain of punishment. The child, who is often lonely and isolated, is overjoyed. It has a twin, someone who has a special bond to them by birth.

The children do everything together. They are taught together, do military training together. They tell each other secrets. They are also frequently friends in the daytime as well. They are taught to cross access each other just as real siblings would be.

But at some point, they will be forced to hurt each other. If one “twin” is considered expendable, the ultimate set up will be one in which one twin is forced to die while the other watches. One twin may gather secrets from the other twin, be forced to disclose them to a trainer or cult leader, then may be forced to kill the other. One twin may be forced to hit, or hurt the other. If they refuse, the other twin will be brutalized by the trainer, and the refusing twin told that the child was hurt because of their refusal to comply. Many setups will involve one twin being forced to betray the other, turning on the other child after intense programming. This betrayal set up will devastate both children, and they will learn the true lesson: trust no one. Betray, or be betrayed.

The children will also have adult role models on every hand, since the cult is a very political, hierarchical, back stabbing society. Adults are constantly betraying each other, stepping over each other to move up. The children will watch one adult being praised, advanced, because they betrayed others below them, or set them up to fail. The children will learn quickly to mimic the adults around them, and both adults and children can become quite cynical as to human nature. They will have seen it at its worst, whether in training sessions, the brutality of a C.O. in military, or the gossip and back stabbing that occurs before and after rituals. They also incorporate the message internally: play the game, or be run over. Even the youngest children learn to manipulate others adeptly, at a very young age, while the adults laugh at how quickly they are learning adult ways. People manipulation is considered a fine art in the cult, and those who do it best, as in any group, often win out.

Suggestions

Betrayal programming may have totally shattered the survivor’s trust in outside people. It will take a therapist a long, long time to gain the survivor’s trust. These are people who were taught over and over again that talking, sharing one’s secrets, would be punished harshly. Inside littles will be very cautious at first, not trusting that the therapist is not just another trainer who will one day shout “aha!” and betray them if they begin to trust. This trust building takes time and patience, and must be earned through session after session where the therapist shows trustworthiness and non abusiveness. Survivors will test therapists over and over again, to see if they really are what they say they are. This is a normal part of the therapy process. Survivors may even try to back away from therapy, or outside support, as true caring support will “wig them out”, i.e. conflict incredibly with their world view and experiences prior to leaving the cult.

Both survivor and therapist need to realize that some amount of distrust is healthy, based on what the survivor has experienced, and may be life saving, helping to protect them from outside accessing. Honor this need and be patient while the survivor tests over and over. The survivor can try to reason with inside alters who may have been betrayed to the point of legitimate paranoia. They may ask them to watch, and see what the therapist, and/or support person is like. To take their time, check them out. To be aware that what they went through may magnify normal feelings of caution. Helping orient these parts to outside reality, and especially positive experiences of trusting a little, and not being harmed, will help make great strides in undoing this. The survivor may feel confusion and internal conflict, as they experience a world where trust is possible. They may pull away, or the reverse, become highly dependent on the therapist and share too quickly due to a longing for safe intimacy that has never been met. Setting healthy boundaries while acknowledging needs will help the survivor through this stage.

Another type of programming involves the deliberate creation of internal structures within the cult member.

Internal structures: temples, eyes, mirrors, carousels etc.

The Illuminati trainers will try to create internal structures within the person’s personality systems. Why? They believe this creates better stability. It also gives the alters and fragments a place to “hang on to” inside, and creates a convenient way to call them up. If a fragment is indexed inside to an internal helix, for example, the trainer knows how to locate them more easily.

Internal structures will vary greatly depending on the trainer, the group, the region of the U.S. or Europe and the goals for the individual. Common internal structures will include, but are not limited to:

Temples: these are often consecrated to principle Illuminati deities, and spiritual alters will congregate here. This may represent actual temples, Masonic or private, that the subject may have visited.

Temple of Moloch will be created out of black stone with a fire burning internally.

All seeing eye of Horus: one of the most common structures in an Illuminati system; universal. Horus is a deity revered by the Illuminati, and the all seeing eye internally represents the fact that the cult can always see what the individual is doing. It will also represent being given to Horus in a high ceremony. The eye may be closed, or open, depending on the system’s status at the time. This eye will also be linked to demonic watching of the person’s activities at all time.

Pyramids: the Illuminati revere ancient Egyptian symbology, especially “mystery religion” and Temple of Set teachings. Pyramids will be placed internally both for stability (a triangle, and/or pyramid represents strength and stability), and as a calling place for the demonic. Pyramids and triangles, and the number three, represent calling up the demonic in Illuminist philosophy.

Sun: represents Ra, the sun god

Geometric figures: configurations of circles, triangles, pentagons, etc. Geometric patterns are considered sacred, and are based in ancient philosophy. There may be hundreds overlapping in a training grid for complex systems, which will house fragments in each one.

Training grids: these may be simplistic, such as cubes with patterns on them, rows of boxes, or more complex such as helixes, double helixes, infinity loops. Each trainer will have favorites classified as simple, medium and complex, depending on the child and its ability to recall and memorize.

Columns: Greek Doric, ionic columns. Often hold “time travel” programming, with a portal between two columns.

Computers: complex, highly dissociated systems with alters and fragments held within a computer system.

Robots: may be seen in older systems

Crystals: gems, balls, multifaceted. Used in spiritual systems to enhance occult powers. Alters and fragments may congregate on facets of a large ball.

Mirrors: used internally to reinforce other programming sequences, internal twinning, and distortion of reality programming. May create shadow systems of functional systems. May also lock in demonic programming.

Carousels: used in some programming sequences to confuse alters inside. Often linked to spin, confusion programming internally. May be used to punish internal alters; they will be spun on the carousel if they tell.

Deck of cards: this can include cards from a deck, or complex configurations made of hundreds of card inside. Dominoes programming is similar. All touch each other and if person tries to dismantle programming, the deck will “fall”.

Black boxes: represent self destruct and shatter programming sealed off into a black box to protect system. Should not be opened without careful preparation and good therapy.

Mines, booby traps: see above

Spider webs: represent linked programming, with a spider (internal programmer) who continuously reweaves the web and reinforces internal programming and punishments. The web also communicates with other systems. Can also represent demonic linkages internally, woven in.

Internal training rooms: used as punishments for internal alters. Will represent external training rooms person has been in.

Internal walls: these will often represent very large internal amnesia barriers.

The walls may be very thick, impermeable or semi permeable. A typical use for a wall will be to maintain high levels of amnesia between “front” or daily living, amnesic alters, and “back” or cult active alters that contain more of the person’s life history. The back may be able to selectively see over and cross past the wall, but the front will be completely unaware that there is a wall, or what lays behind it.

Seals: usually in a group of six or seven, represent demonic sealing, and may cover end times, shatter programming, as well as role within cult in new hierarchy.

These are some common programming structures. Again, there are many, many other types of internal structures used and the number and type are only limited by the trainer’s and survivor’s creative abilities. The way that these structures are placed within the person are fairly
similar. Under drugs, hypnosis and electroshock, the person is traumatized into a deep trance state. In the deep trance they will be told to open their eyes and look at: either a projected image of the structure, a 3D model of it, or a holographic image using a virtual reality headset. The image will be ground in, using shock and bringing the image closer and closer to the person’s visual field. It may be rotated, if graphics are available, or a 3D is used. They may be told that they are entering inside it, if it is a temple or pyramid, under deep hypnosis, that they (the alter being programmed) will now “live inside” the structure/box/card, etc. This will also be used to reinforce amnesia and isolation programming internally, since the structure will be used to reinforce walls between the alter/ fragment and other alters and fragments internally.

Suggestions

If the survivor finds structures inside, it will help for them first of all to try and realize WHY they are there. What purpose do they serve? To reinforce amnesia? Isolation? spiritual programming? punishment? To hold dangerous programming sequences? This is important, since some structures such as internal walls or barriers may have been created not only by the cult, but reinforced by the survivor as well, as a means of internal protection. The survivor may not want to dismantle internal structures too quickly without knowing their purpose and what they contain. Both the survivor and the therapist will need to go slowly. Learning how the structures were put in and which alters are linked to the structure, will be a first step. Long, slow and careful preparation, with lots of system cooperation, will be needed to look at some structures. This may only come after years of extensive therapy. Each survivor will progress at their own pace. If a wall is present, taking it down slowly, one brick at a time, or allowing part of it to become semi permeable, may be first steps in healing. Training rooms can have the equipment turned off and dismantled; it can be turned into a safe room, redecorated and refitted with toys and safe objects. Computers can slowly begin to realize that they are human, and gradually allowed to take on human characteristics.

Survivors can use their creativity to reclaim themselves, with the support of their therapists, and undo what was done.

To Be Continued…

Source